Tech Hacks | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/tech-hacks/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Thu, 01 Jun 2023 14:25:13 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.1 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Tech Hacks | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/tech-hacks/ 32 32 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers https://www.popsci.com/advanced-firefox-hacks/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 21:21:13 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/advanced-firefox-hacks/
The Mozilla Firefox office building.
Switching to a new browser can be as refreshing as taking a nice walk around the block. Depositphotos.

Try out these tips, add-ons, and tricks for Mozilla's browser.

The post 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Mozilla Firefox office building.
Switching to a new browser can be as refreshing as taking a nice walk around the block. Depositphotos.

No matter your operating system, Mozilla Firefox makes a great default browser. The free program is quick, intuitive, and packed with features. And you can customize it in all kinds of ways, from tweaking the look of the software to changing the appearances of individual websites.

Once you dig past the surface-level options, you’ll find you can do even more with this privacy-focused browser. These features include app troubleshooting, expert tab management, and entirely new ways of surfing the web. Check out the tips below to ensure you’re taking advantage of all Firefox has to offer.

1. See tabs on your other devices

If you’re using Firefox on multiple devices—maybe a laptop, a desktop, and a phone—and you’re signed into the same Firefox account on all of them, you can see open tabs across all of them through a feature called Firefox View.

First, click the three horizontal lines (top right), then Settings and Sync to make sure you’re signed in. As long as you’re signed in on at least one other device, you can click the Firefox icon on the far left end of the tab bar to see the tabs you’ve got open elsewhere.

2. Customize your address bar

You can turn the Firefox navigation bar into a search powerhouse. That way, when you type keywords (rather than URLs) into the address bar, you’ll be searching for those terms across the web. First, choose the search engine you prefer, whether that’s Google, Bing, DuckDuckGo, or something else. Then set it as Firefox’s default, so search terms in the navigation bar will yield results from that search engine. To do so, open the application menu (click the three horizontal lines on the top right of the page), then choose Settings and Search to set the default.

The address bar can act as more than a standard search engine, too. By typing in special keywords, you can launch custom searches within pretty much any site you like, including Wikipedia, IMDb, Amazon, and more. To set this up, navigate to the site you want to search and find its search box. Right-click inside the box and choose Add a Keyword for this Search. A dialog box will pop up. Next, type something short but unusual in the keyword box. This is the term that will trigger your site-specific search when you type it in the Firefox address bar, so you don’t want it to resemble any normal keywords you might search for on a regular basis. For example, you might choose to trigger an IMDb search with the term “imdb”, because you’re not likely to run a general search for that word.

Click Save, and you can then search within that site by entering your keyword, followed by your search terms, in the address bar at the top of the browser. To stick with our previous example, type “imdb Tom Cruise” into the navigation bar to search the IMDb website for Tom Cruise.

3. Watch videos in picture-in-picture mode

Mozilla Firefox's picture-in-picture mode.
Picture-in-picture lets you watch videos outside of Firefox. David Nield for Popular Science

When you’re watching a video in Firefox, you’ll see a small overlay button that looks like two rectangles with an arrow pointing from one to the other. Click on this, and your video will pop out of Firefox. Then, you can carry on browsing while the video continues to play.

Click and drag the pop-up window to move it, and drag in (or out) from its edges to resize it. Click the X to close the picture-in-picture video, or the back to tab button (an arrow pointing to a box) to continue playback inside Firefox again.

4. Delete browsing data when Firefox is closed

Keeping on top of cookies and other browsing data saved by the sites you visit in Firefox can be tricky. This data saves information such as your location and your settings for particular sites, and while it can streamline your browsing experience, you may not feel comfortable with websites knowing this much about you.

If you’d like to stay a little more private, click the three horizontal lines (top right) in Firefox, then choose Settings and Privacy & Security. There, you can check the box labeled Delete cookies and site data when Firefox is closed. Every time you shut down the browser, these files will be automatically wiped, so you won’t need to worry about them.

5. Turn on mouse gestures

Mouse gesture depictions in the Firefox Gesturefy extension.
Gesturefy has plenty of gestures to pick from. David Nield for Popular Science

Clicking and scrolling is fine, but Firefox lets you supercharge your online navigation with mouse gestures that allow you to trigger specific actions by moving your mouse a certain way. Give it a trial run, with the help of the Gesturefy add-on, and there’s a good chance you’ll never look back.

First, install the extension inside Firefox and restart your browser. To explore the available gestures, open the main menu (the three horizontal lines in the top right) and choose Add-ons and themes. Find Gesturefy, click the three dots next to it, then Options, and you’ll find the configuration panel.

Under the Settings tab, you can set the trigger button, which is a button you need to hold down while making a mouse gesture. Gesturefy’s default trigger is the right mouse button, but you can change it if you’d like. Switch to the Gestures tab to see some of the gestures already in place. For example, dragging the mouse quickly to the right, then the left (with the right mouse button held down) closes the current tab. You can add more gestures to the extension’s repertoire here, too.

It may take you some time to get the hang of these gestures, but once you do, you may find that a quick hand movement feels much more intuitive than fishing around for toolbar buttons or scrolling through menus.

6. Manage your tabs

Tabs make up the core of your browsing experience—but you don’t have to settle for the default options Firefox gives you. Check out the Tree Style Tab extension, for example, which introduces a new tab panel on the left and lets you organize your open tabs into hierarchies, almost like a family tree.

Then there’s Tab Stash: This extension lets you save batches of tabs together as bookmarks inside Firefox. If you’re researching a particular topic, for example, and want to come back to it later, you can quickly save all your open tabs as a group that you can open up again later.

You should also check out Simple Tab Groups. This extension does exactly what its name suggests, enabling you to organize open Firefox tabs into color-coded groups in—you could have one group for work stuff and another for personal stuff, or whatever you like.

7. Take screenshots of webpages

A Firefox window open on a computer, with the screenshot tool active.
Taking screenshots of Firefox pages is easy. David Nield for Popular Science

There are all kinds of reasons you might want to take screenshots—for posterity, or maybe to refer to in a separate document—and this is really easy to do in Firefox. Just right-click on a blank part of a page, then choose Take Screenshot. You can either click on an element (like an image) to grab it, click and drag across a region to capture, click Save full page to screenshot the entire page, or click Save visible to just capture what you can currently see on screen.

8. Snooze tabs for later

You might be familiar with snoozing your alarm—hitting a button to postpone your wakeup call and sleep for a few extra minutes. Now you can do the same with Firefox tabs, thanks to a third-party extension called Snooze Tabs.

The extension is pretty simple to use: Click the extension button on the toolbar (it looks like a jigsaw piece), then pick Snooze Tabs. You can send the tab you’re currently viewing, or all your Firefox tabs away until a later time and date—choose a preset option like Tomorrow morning or specify your own with Custom time.

9. Search through your tabs

Browser tabs seem to multiply like magic, and you likely have dozens of them open at any one time. That can make navigation tricky, but there is a tab search trick that can help: Click inside the address bar at the top of the Firefox interface, then type the percentage symbol (%)and a space. You’ll then be able to search through the titles of the tabs that you currently have open.

10. Refresh Firefox

The refresh function in Firefox.
Firefox’s refresh function can get the browser running smoothly again. David Nield for Popular Science

If you find your software bogged down with a bunch of extensions, or behaving sluggishly for no specific reason, most programs require that you uninstall and reinstall them to restore their factory settings. Firefox offers a built-in refresh feature that easily resets the browser back to its factory settings and gets it running as good as new. As Mozilla explains, a refresh will return most Firefox settings back to their default state, but it won’t affect your saved bookmarks, stored passwords, browsing history, or even open windows. What it does scrub are third-party extensions, website permissions, modified user preferences, and any customizations you’ve made to the Firefox toolbar.

To access the refresh feature, type “about:support” into the address bar and hit Enter. This takes you to the master troubleshooting page. Click the Refresh Firefox button on the right, and instructions will guide you through the short process.

If you’re really having problems with Firefox, you may not be able to start it at all, which will prevent you from performing a refresh. So try running it in Troubleshoot Mode, which disables everything except the core Firefox program. To open the browser in Troubleshoot Mode, hold down the Shift button (Windows) or the Option button (macOS) while clicking or double-clicking the program icon. As Firefox starts, you’ll see the Troubleshoot Mode window appear. You can continue to browse in Troubleshoot Mode, or go ahead and run that refresh right away.

11. Switch to dark mode

Firefox comes with its own dark mode, which you may prefer. Click the three horizontal lines in the top right, then pick Settings. Open the General tab, and you’ll find Dark under the Web site appearance heading. This will be applied to Firefox’s own settings and new tab screens, but will only darken a website if the site has been coded to respond to a dark mode request from the browser.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 11, 2017.

The post 11 hot Firefox tips and tricks that might finally convince you to switch browsers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest ways to share your WiFi password https://www.popsci.com/how-to-share-wi-fi-passwords/ Mon, 28 Feb 2022 22:16:24 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-share-wi-fi-passwords/
A hand holding a phone showing a QR code for sharing WiFi.
A QR code is an easy way to share your WiFi password, if you know how to make one. Tima Miroshnichenko / Pexels

You don't even have to learn your own password.

The post The easiest ways to share your WiFi password appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding a phone showing a QR code for sharing WiFi.
A QR code is an easy way to share your WiFi password, if you know how to make one. Tima Miroshnichenko / Pexels

When a friend asks you to share your WiFi password, how long is your explanation? Saying “Oh, it’s a mess of letters and numbers taped to the router behind the refrigerator in the rental unit upstairs” doesn’t make things easy for them. 

There are better ways to share your WiFi. And sure, each of these tips requires some minimal hoop-jumping, but it’s a heck of a lot easier than trying to dictate a password like “dD^#i16HJ9vD” to someone while they fumble with the password field.

It’s also worth noting that if you often find yourself needing to share your WiFi password, you should set up a guest network to allow people to access your internet while keeping other devices in your home safe. We’ll explain how below, but for now let’s satisfy your immediate needs.

How to share your WiFi password on Android

Google’s operating system allows you to share WiFi passwords via scannable QR codes, so you won’t have to watch your friends hunt and peck on their phone keyboards. 

  1. Unlock your phone and open the Quick Settings menu—swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen.
  2. Long-press Internet to open the menu, and then tap the cog icon next to the WiFi network you’re connected to.
  3. Tap Share.
  4. Your phone will ask you to verify your identity with a biometric or a passcode. Once you provide it, it’ll generate a QR code with your home network’s info.

If your guests are Android users, you can share the info via Nearby, Google’s version of Apple’s AirDrop. To do this, tap the Nearby button below the QR code and wait until your device finds your guests so they can hop online.

If your friends wield iPhones or iPads running iOS 11 or later, they should be able to scan the QR code with their regular camera app and instantly join the network. 

How to share your WiFi password on iOS, MacOS, and iPadOS

Sharing a WiFi password between Apple devices is even easier—at least if you’ve done some work beforehand. Specifically, both people need to have the email address associated with their Apple ID saved in the other person’s contacts, and you need to be signed into iCloud. For WiFi sharing to work, both devices also need to have WiFi and Bluetooth on, and personal hotspot off.

Unlock the device sharing the password. Have your friend tap the network on their device. A prompt should appear on the one that’s already connected—tap Share Password, then Done.

You’ll need to be somewhat near their device, and in my experience, the process can be a little finicky, but it’s something to consider. If the prompt doesn’t come up, you can always create a dedicated WiFi QR code.

If all else fails, generate your own network QR code

If you find the options above are not working or you have a lot of people coming over and don’t want to share your password with each one, you can print (or cross-stitch, if you’re ambitious) a QR code they can scan. There are plenty of tools out there that will help with this task, but I like QiFi.org. It’s incredibly straightforward: 

  1. Type in your network’s name in the box under SSID.
  2. Select the encryption type. If you’re not sure, check your router’s administration page.
  3. Type the network’s password under Key.
  4. Click the Generate button, then choose Print or Export for a copy you can stick just about anywhere. 

QiFi does the heavy lifting offline, too, so you won’t have to worry about giving a random website your WiFi information.

Create a guest network before you share your WiFi password again

Ideally, you don’t want to give people access to your main WiFi network. This will give their laptop or phone access to all the devices in your home, which means they—or any malware installed on their system—can compromise your data. You can avoid this by creating a guest network, as we noted above. Most routers have this ability built in. 

[Related: Device won’t connect to WiFi? Here’s what to do first.]

1. Head to your router’s administrator page by typing 192.168.1.1 into your address bar. This is a private IP address some internet service providers use as a gateway to access their routers’ settings. If that one doesn’t work for you, there are other numbers you can try. You can also check the sticker on the bottom of your router or find its user manual. 

2. Look for an option in the settings called Guest Network and set it up with a WPA2 password, if you can. 

  • Note: Some routers only allow open guest networks, which I’d recommend against since they allow good-for-nothing rogues to snoop on your guests’ traffic. If you have the ability to do so, you should also make sure to block guest access to local network devices and prevent them from accessing your router’s settings.

3. Give your guest network an easy-to-remember name and at least a somewhat easy-to-remember password. Note that simpler passwords are inherently less secure, but for this specific use case, I’d argue the popular “four random words” method is secure enough. You can use a generator like Correct Horse Battery Staple to make one for you. That way, you can easily remember the password, and your grandma will have no problem typing it in when she visits.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 17, 2019.

The post The easiest ways to share your WiFi password appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to get rid of the giant ads blocking your favorite websites https://www.popsci.com/diy/remove-overlay-ad/ Sat, 27 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543862
Person in a suit and tie sitting outside in front of their computer, looking frustrated.
If you've ever spent more time than you wanted trying to find that "close" button, you know how he feels. Andrea Piacquadio / Pexels

You'll never have to look for that elusive "X" again.

The post How to get rid of the giant ads blocking your favorite websites appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person in a suit and tie sitting outside in front of their computer, looking frustrated.
If you've ever spent more time than you wanted trying to find that "close" button, you know how he feels. Andrea Piacquadio / Pexels

In ancient times (i.e. the early 2000s) scammy websites would automatically open multiple windows with ads, which you then had to close one by one. It was obnoxious, which is why now every major browser stops sites from opening new windows by default. But websites found a workaround to show you ads or get you to sign to their newsletter: the overlay.

You’ve surely seen them, even if you never had a word for it before. Overlays cover up what you’re trying to read, watch, or access, generally asking you for an email address or some other piece of personal information. Most times their purpose is relatively harmless, but sometimes these boxes have dark patterns: deliberately confusing design that manipulates users to collect their personal information.

Fortunately, you can remove overlays by editing the HTML code of a webpage. You can do this manually in your browser if you want, but it’s a lot easier to use an extension especially designed for the job.

The single-click option: BehindTheOverlay

BehindTheOverlay is free and works on Firefox and Google Chrome, which should also allow Edge and Opera users to download and install it. The extension is extremely easy to use: just click its icon whenever you see an overlay and it should disappear. 

[Related: 5 browser extensions that will keep you from drowning in tabs]

If you prefer, you can also use the app’s keyboard shortcut to trigger the extension: Ctrl + Shift + X on Windows, or Cmd + Shift + X on MacOS. If you’re a Chrome user, you can ditch the default key combo and set up your own. Head over to the extension settings page by clicking on the puzzle piece icon in the top right corner of the interface and choosing Manage extensions, or by typing Chrome://Extensions into the address bar. Click the three-line menu in the top-left corner of the screen and in the emerging sidebar, choose Keyboard shortcuts. Find the BehindTheOverlay extension and click the pen icon under it to edit the shortcut. 

This is a minimalistic tool but this level of simplicity has its downsides. There’s no way to automatically remove overlays, and if the extension doesn’t work on a particular site there’s not a lot you can do. Still, BehindTheOverlay works in most cases, which is why it’s worth trying out first.

The automated but finicky option: PopUpOff

PopUpOff is also free and works on Chrome, Edge, Opera, and Firefox. It requires more configuration than BehindTheOverlay, but rewards you by automatically disabling these obnoxious layers. This extension also allows you to set a default approach for every website you visit: Aggressive, Moderate, or Dormant.

The Aggressive mode will remove basically anything that follows you as you scroll. In some cases, this could even remove page elements such as headers, which is why there’s also a Moderate option. This is the extension’s default and tries to only remove the annoying layovers. Finally, there’s Dormant mode, which does nothing and it’s useful when the extension seems to be breaking the website you’re looking at.

PopUpOff is certainly the kind of tool you’ll need to spend some time tweaking, but once you’re done overlays will be a thing of the past and you won’t even think about them anymore.

Reading mode or Postlight Reader

Most modern browsers have some sort of reader mode: Firefox, for example, offers Reader View, while Microsoft Edge offers Immersive Reader, and Safari has Reader. This feature extracts the article from whatever website you’re looking at, allowing you to read without seeing any advertisements, sidebars, or other distractions. That includes overlays, meaning that reader modes are an overall great tool for avoiding them.

[Related: 7 things Safari can do that Google Chrome can’t]

Google, an advertising company, does not offer a reader mode in Chrome—at least, not without doing some digging through hidden settings. If you use the Big G’s browser, the Postlight Reader extension can add a reader mode to Chrome and even allow you to configure the font and text size of the article you’re reading.

The post How to get rid of the giant ads blocking your favorite websites appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: 10 rules for better internet etiquette https://www.popsci.com/diy/internet-etiquette-rules/ Thu, 25 May 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543392
split screen showing phone with halo on one side, phone with horns on the other
If only good vs. bad were always this clear. Laura Pusateri for Popular Science

When it comes to privacy, sharing is not always caring.

The post The Opt Out: 10 rules for better internet etiquette appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
split screen showing phone with halo on one side, phone with horns on the other
If only good vs. bad were always this clear. Laura Pusateri for Popular Science

THE INTERNET is vast, and we all have our own ideas about how we want to interact with it: Some livestream their every move, while others keep their daily activities to themselves. This would be perfectly fine if we all lived on our own isolated virtual islands, but we most definitely don’t.

When we share something about ourselves online, we’re also revealing details about those around us—just ask the victims of the Cambridge Analytica scandal, or the incredibly private people who’ve had their real identities revealed by TikTok sleuths. It’s beyond time we started looking at online privacy not as a personal decision, but as a collective issue.

To keep this conversation going, the Opt Out has created a code of conduct everyone could abide by. Of course, we can’t actually control what you do online, but we can help you understand that your actions on the internet have offline consequences, often for people other than you. 

So read these rules, take what applies to your life, and share it with your friends. The more people think about how everyone’s data and personal information is connected via the web, the more attainable privacy will be for all of us. 

Consent is crucial to respecting people’s boundaries. Before you share a photo, a video, a personal story, or anything that depicts or describes someone else, ask them if they’re comfortable with you posting it. 

This includes images in which they’re featured prominently, as well as those where they’re visible only in the background, so be careful when you pan your camera—you might be unwittingly outing a secret relationship people have been speculating about for months. But it’s not only about images: You should also ask for permission when sharing written posts that include a person’s name or details that might identify them. You’ll want to be especially careful with information people might use to contact the person mentioned in your post, like their email address, phone number, location, and place of employment. You don’t want to inadvertently help stalkers get closer to their victims.  

[Related on PopSci+: When you should and shouldn’t accept a website’s cookies]

Content involving children is particularly sensitive. If you’re not the parent or guardian, make sure you ask the person who is before you hit publish. Even if they agree, consider hiding the kids’ faces as much as possible. 

Finally, just don’t post about someone who’s intoxicated, asleep, unconscious, or unable to provide clear consent. In fact, don’t take any pictures or videos of them at all—that’s just creepy.

2. Think carefully about filming or recording random people on the street

Listen, we agree with you: It’s not OK to be mean to people. And as much as you might enjoy the occasional Karen video, you should know that filming people like that is also not OK.

There can be truly good intentions behind such footage, and videos of rude people have probably made some viewers reconsider how they treat others. But once a video is online, you lose control over it. TikTok users have built followings by finding anyone they believe deserves comeuppance and calling their employer to get them fired or reprimanded. Others go even further and dox them, resulting in disproportionate consequences for them and their loved ones, including stalking, harassment, and even assault. Social media rarely makes the distinction between a truly awful person and someone who’s just making a huge mistake. 

That said, there are exceptions. Sometimes whipping out your phone and hitting record could help bring justice to a victim of assault, a hit-and-run, or even murder. Use your judgment to gauge whether you’re in an extreme situation like that and stop to think about the best way you can help—it may be filming at your own personal risk, but it may also be calling 911 or attracting the attention of other bystanders. 

And if you choose to hit that red square on your screen, you’ll have to figure out what to do with the video once you have it. In the great majority of cases, you shouldn’t publish it to social media. The harm you cause when the video leaves your control may be magnitudes greater than whatever clout, following, or emotional boost you gained by posting it. The rare exceptions include when you want to help someone but can’t contact them because they were arrested or removed in an ambulance. Even then, you may want to take some time to see if you can track them down and hand the material over personally.

Keep in mind that even in a court of law, your footage will take on a life of its own once it leaves your hands. Despite your best intentions, your video may not have the effect or result you intended it to.  

3. Don’t share one-to-one messages

As a general rule, treat all texts, photos, and videos you get through one-on-one chats and private message groups with the same care an international spy treats confidential orders from their handler. The people sending those messages meant for you alone to see them, so you shouldn’t send or show them to anybody else. The best example of this is nudes: If you get one, you can save or delete it, but that’s all.

4. Share contact information only when it’s consensual or public

A lot of people have their contact information on websites or their social media accounts. For example, you can email a PopSci writer by clicking the letter icon in their bio at the bottom of a story. This allows readers to send us comments and questions.

But that doesn’t mean other contact information is also public. If you need to disclose someone’s contact information, share only what’s publicly available on their official channels. If they have none listed, always ask them before you share their contact information: Tell them what you plan on sharing and with whom, and proceed only once they say they’re OK with it.  

5. Avoid revealing more information than you need to 

Sometimes we share more information than we think we’re sharing. Without realizing it, your long-awaited unboxing might have given all your followers your home address, and an innocent photo with your colleagues taken during lunch might have revealed your place of employment just because one person forgot to take off their badge.  

This is bad enough when it comes to your own information, let alone when it involves others. So be careful with what you share and look out for details about yourself and the people around you that reveal more than you’d like. 

Be careful with pictures featuring packing labels, official documents, license plates, and boarding passes—if you must share them, blur or cover sensitive information. Don’t forget the background—you’d be amazed at how much you can learn about someone by pausing a video and peeking at their corkboard. You should also take a good look at screenshots before posting, as they may include location data or even a rogue notification you didn’t notice popped up at just the wrong time. When taking photos near windows or outside, pay attention to landmarks, street signs, and anything else that might make your location evident. If you want to go the extra mile, consider erasing the metadata from image files before posting or sharing them online.

Finally, mind the words you use and avoid those that describe a direct affiliation with someone. Going back to that lunch with your colleagues, a sweet post about how much you like them might reveal a lot more than your appreciation for them. Just calling them colleagues reveals everyone’s place of employment (remember that one who didn’t take off their badge?) and if you mention how happy they’ve all made you for the past three years, viewers now have an approximate period of employment. It might not be a lot of information, but it accumulates with every post. 

6. It’s OK not to share your passwords with your partner. It’s also OK if you do. 

You have the right to privacy, and you don’t owe your partner unlimited access to your accounts. Lots of couples share their credentials for the sake of transparency and practicality, but that’s not necessarily a sign of a good and healthy relationship.

[Related on PopSci+: Stop choosing bad passwords, already]

Whether you share your passwords and passcodes with your significant other is your decision and yours alone. If you feel comfortable doing it and think it might make the relationship better, go for it. Just know that you should be able to keep your own space and say no if your partner asks you to open that door.

7. You’re the only one responsible for setting your boundaries

You may have someone in your life who’s very much online—the one who takes a picture of everything and posts multiple updates on social media throughout the day. So the next time you go out with this person and they whip out their phone to take a group picture, don’t just hide from the lens—take some time to have a conversation about what you’re OK with when it comes to being featured in someone else’s online posts. 

They may not understand or agree with your stance at first, and you might have to have the same conversation more than once. But you cannot expect to be comfortable going out with them if they don’t know what you want. Setting boundaries will make it easier for your friend to respect your needs and for you to enforce them. 

8.  Post about what you’re doing but not whom you’re with 

We understand if you don’t feel like having a conversation about online privacy as your food is making its way to your table. It’s a bit boring and certainly not the reason you and your friends got together. So if you haven’t had a conversation about expectations and boundaries when it comes to social presence, you should feel free to post about whatever you’re doing—just as long as you don’t disclose whom you are with.  

The idea is to include only you, the one person definitely providing consent to appear on social media. If someone else also consents, you may include them as well, but be mindful of those who opt out—don’t include them in group photos, and don’t tag or mention them. Be careful to leave out any identifying details, such as tattoos, cars, or anything that might hint at whom you’re out and about with.

Some people may be comfortable with appearing in your posts but not with you including a link to their social media account or accounts. Again, just ask them what they feel comfortable with. 

This rule also applies to other situations like contests, promotions, friends’ posts, and even using hashtags. Most social media platforms group hashtags and generally make identically tagged content easily accessible to people who may or may not be directly connected to us. For someone who wants to keep to themselves, this can be an unwanted reservoir of information about them.

Your friend’s priorities regarding privacy may have changed since the last time you saw them. Even if they frequently post to Instagram and you think they’ll have no problem with you sharing a photo, don’t assume, and always ask them before you post. 

[Related: Everything you need to cure your smartphone addiction]

Tell them what you plan to write as a caption, if you’re planning to mention them, and make them feel comfortable by showing them the picture or post before hitting publish. Give them veto power and options.

And if you’re going to make assumptions about how someone feels about popping up on your timeline, it’s always a good idea to err on the side of caution. Assume the person beside you is private and doesn’t want anything about them online, until you learn otherwise. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: 10 rules for better internet etiquette appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs https://www.popsci.com/diy/track-changes-in-word-google-doc-pages/ Thu, 25 May 2023 12:16:45 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543504
hands typing on laptop keyboard
Tracking changes is a simple way to show that a document is all your own work. (Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash)

Showing your work is not just for math problems anymore.

The post Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hands typing on laptop keyboard
Tracking changes is a simple way to show that a document is all your own work. (Kaitlyn Baker / Unsplash)

AI chatbots such as ChatGPT and Google Bard have now reached a level where they can write emails, essays, and entire books. There’s an ongoing debate on how good that content actually is, but these platforms can certainly give a passable impression of a human being when it comes to creating copy.

That’s a problem when it comes to proving you wrote a particular document, whether you’re submitting a college essay or entering a short story competition. Right now, we don’t have a reliable way of detecting AI-generated text (ChatGPT can’t tell if ChatGPT has written something), but there are some options you can explore.

One is to track the changes to your document as you create it in your program of choice. It’s not a foolproof option, as you could still manually type out any output from ChatGPT or Bard, but it does at least show whoever’s reading your document how it came together, if they ever want to check.

Google Docs

Every document you create on Google Docs tracks changes by default, and you can’t turn this feature off. The idea is that previous versions of the file are always available to you, should you need to go back. Click the version history button in the top right corner (an arrow around a pair of clock hands) to see previous edits and revert back to them if needed.

Via File, Version history, and Name current version you’re able to manually set a point in the version history and give it a name—you might want to do this after the end of every chapter in a novel, or every day in a report, for example. Google Docs labels unnamed versions only with the time and date, so this makes previous versions easier to find.

[Related: OpenAI’s newest ChatGPT update can still spread conspiracy theories]

When it comes to passing on your work to someone else, you need to use the built-in Google Docs sharing feature: Click Share on the right to grant access or to get a link you can copy and paste into an email or chat box. If you save your work as a Word document or a PDF, the version history won’t be transferred over to the file.

Note that whoever you’re sharing your document with will have to log into a Google account to access it, and you’ll have to give them Editor permissions too. If the other person opens the document anonymously via a link, or only has Viewer or Commenter permissions, then won’t have access to the version history, and won’t be able to see that the document is all your own work.

Microsoft Word

There are two ways to approach change tracking in Word, depending on how you’re sharing your file. The more traditional option is where you’re emailing a Word document to someone else: open the Review tab on the ribbon menu and click Track Changes, which then highlights every change that you make to the document.

By default, the software will underline new text and color it red, but you can change this by clicking All Markup on the Review tab: Choose Simple Markup to have edits highlighted in the margin rather than in the body of the text, or No Markup to turn off highlighting altogether. Whether the highlights are visible or not, you can click Reviewing Pane (or Reviewing on macOS) on the Review tab to see all the document revisions. The person reading your work will be able to see all of the edits you made to the document in the same way, demonstrating it’s your own work.

The second option is to save your Word file to your OneDrive account and share it via a link, which is the more modern, Google Docs-style approach. While the Track Changes option is still available, you can also click the name of the document at the top of the window, then Version History, to view (and revert to) previous versions of the document.

Go to File, then Share, and you can generate a link for the file to pass on: Make sure the recipient has editing privileges and can sign in with their own Microsoft account. They’ll then be able to access the version history of a document by clicking on its title, whether they open it on the web or in Word for desktop. As long as the file is in your OneDrive account, version history will be available.

Apple Pages

Those using Apple Pages for their documents have the same options as with Word. To turn on the track changes feature, choose Edit and Track Changes. This introduces a new toolbar—you can use the options on it to set how Pages highlights changes and review edits.

When you share the document via File and Share, as long as you keep the file in the native Apple Pages format, the recipient will be able to see the same track changes information. If they have editing privileges, they’ll also be able to accept or reject the changes you’ve made.

[Related: Become a better writer with these online tools]

Version history is perhaps an easier option to show your work, but there are caveats. You have to save your file to your iCloud account so it’s available on the web, and the person you’re sharing it with will only be able to see versions created after you’ve shared the file. In other words, you want to share the file—via File and Share—as soon as you create it, so the other person is able to see all of the versions that build up.

If you’re using Pages on a Mac, open the File menu then Revert To and Browse All Versions to see previous versions of the document (and revert back to them if needed). If you’re using Pages on iCloud on the web, click the three dots (top right) and then Browse All Versions. Anyone you’re sharing the document with has the same options available to them, as long as you’ve granted them editing privileges.

The post Prove your writing is not AI-generated by tracking changes in your docs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-rapid-security-response-updates/ Wed, 24 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542991
Person outdoors holding a white iPhone on their hands.
Rapid Security Response updates are designed to keep your devices safe in a timely manner. Malte Helmhold / Unsplash

These updates ensure your Apple devices are safe from attacks.

The post What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person outdoors holding a white iPhone on their hands.
Rapid Security Response updates are designed to keep your devices safe in a timely manner. Malte Helmhold / Unsplash

Software updates are crucial to the health of your various gadgets and it’s generally in your best interest to install them as soon as they’re available. Apple knows this so they introduced a different type of software update called Rapid Security Response. These patches run separately from the usual iOS or macOS updates and work in a slightly different way.

If you see a Rapid Security Response notification on one of your Apple devices, don’t panic—it’s there to keep your device safe and secure.

What is a Rapid Security Response update?

We’re all now well used to Apple’s software update schedule: Big updates for iPhones, Macs, and other devices roll out once a year, with several smaller point releases spread out in between.

[Related: It’s time to update the firmware on your Apple devices]

Behind the more showy, user-facing upgrades, these updates also do a lot of important work under the hood in improving security and stability. The problem is that sometimes significant security issues come to light and need to be addressed immediately rather than in a few weeks or months.

That’s where Rapid Security Responses come in. Apple can send out these patches whenever they need to so that security vulnerabilities don’t stay vulnerable for long. The company says these responses could help “mitigate some security issues more quickly,” particularly those that pose a current risk. The company is now sending these updates to iPhones, iPads, and Macs running iOS 16.4.1, iPadOS 16.4.1, or macOS 13.3.1 or later. If you haven’t already, make sure to update your operating system to receive them.

How to apply Rapid Security Response updates

Rapid Security Responses are so important that Apple’s operating systems will apply them automatically by default, and unlike regular updates, you won’t get the option to snooze them. You may not even notice the installation process is happening in the background, but you’ll know it once it’s done, as your device might prompt a restart to apply the updates.

For the good health of your Apple gadget, we strongly recommend you authorize these automatic updates, but if you feel strongly about preventing software from installing without your consent, you can stop Rapid Security Responses. To go about it, open the Settings on your iPhone or iPad and choose General, Software Update, and Automatic Updates. Once there, toggle off the Security Responses & System Files option. On a Mac computer, open the Apple menu, then select System Settings, General, and Software Update. Click the info button next to Automatic updates to find the Install Security Responses and system files option and toggle it off.

When your Apple device installs a Rapid Security Response, the iOS, iPadOS, or macOS version number will have a lowercase letter after it—so “macOS Ventura Version 13.3.1 (a)” for example. To check this, go to Settings on an iPhone or iPad, or to System Settings on a Mac, and choose General, and then About. You’ll notice that, unlike normal software updates, these special security patches don’t come with any details about what they’ve fixed, presumably in the interests of speed and security.

[Related: Smart ways to manage software updates on Windows and macOS]

If you’ve disabled these automatic updates, you can still manually check for Rapid Security Responses in the same way as you would for any other update: Just go to General and Software Update in the settings on your Apple device. Any Rapid Security Responses your device doesn’t apply immediately will be rolled into the next standard software update, but we strongly advise you to protect your device by installing them as soon as they appear.

The post What to know about Apple’s new Rapid Security Response updates appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to remove malware from your suffering computer https://www.popsci.com/remove-malware-from-computer/ Sat, 28 Aug 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/remove-malware-from-computer/
A person sitting in front of a laptop that has a skull and crossbones in green code on the screen, indicating that it may have been infected with malware that they'll now need to remove.
All is not lost if you've been hit by malware. Alejandro Escamilla / Unsplash; Geralt / Pixabay

Getting rid of malicious software isn't as difficult as it may seem.

The post How to remove malware from your suffering computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting in front of a laptop that has a skull and crossbones in green code on the screen, indicating that it may have been infected with malware that they'll now need to remove.
All is not lost if you've been hit by malware. Alejandro Escamilla / Unsplash; Geralt / Pixabay

Disaster has struck—a nasty piece of malware has taken root on your computer, and you need to remove it. Viruses can cause serious damage, but you might be able to get your computer back on its feet without too much difficulty, thanks to an array of helpful tools.

We’re using the term malware to refer to all kinds of malicious programs, whether they’re viruses, ransomware, adware, or something else. Each of these threats has its own definition, but the terms are often used interchangeably and can mean different things to different people. So for simplicity’s sake, when we say malware, we mean everything you don’t want on your computer, from a virus that tries to delete your files to an adware program that’s tracking your web browsing.

With so many types of malware and so many different system setups out there, we can’t cover every scenario. Still, we can give you some general malware removal pointers that should help you get the assistance you need.

First, identify the problem

When malware hits, you sometimes get a threatening error message—but sometimes you don’t. So keep an eye out for red flags, such as an uncharacteristically slow computer, a web browser inundated by endless pop-ups, and applications that just keep crashing.

Most machines have some kind of antivirus security protection, even if it’s just the Windows Defender tool built into Windows 10 or 11. Extra security software isn’t as essential on macOS—its integrated defenses are very effective—but that doesn’t mean a clever bit of malware can’t get access.

Windows Defender, an antivirus program that will help you remove malware from Windows computers.
Windows Defender offers competent basic malware protection for Windows 10 and 11. David Nield for Popular Science

If you do have a security tool installed, make sure you keep it up to date. Then, when you suspect you’ve been hit, run a thorough system scan—the app itself should have instructions for how to do so. This is always the first step in weeding out unwanted programs.

[Related: How to make sure no one is spying on your computer]

You might find that your installed security software spots the problem and effectively removes the malware it on its own. In that case, you can get on with watching Netflix or checking your email without further interference. Unfortunately, if your antivirus software of choice doesn’t see anything wrong or can’t deal with what it’s found, you have more work to do.

Deal with specific threats

If your computer is displaying specific symptoms—such as a message with a particular error code or a threatening ransomware alert—run a web search to get more information. And if you suspect your main machine is infected and potentially causing problems with your web browser, you should search for answers on your phone or another computer.

Telling you to search online for help may seem like we’re trying to pass the buck, but this is often the best way to deal with the biggest and newest threats. To remove malware that has overwhelmed your computer’s built-in virus protections, you’ll probably need to follow specific instructions. Otherwise, you could inadvertently make the situation worse.

As soon as new threats are identified, security firms are quick to publish fixes and tools. This means it’s important to stay in touch with the latest tech news as it happens. If your existing antivirus program is coming up blank, check online to see if companies have released bespoke repair tools that you can use to deal with whatever problem you’re having.

Finally, based on what your research and antivirus scans tell you, consider disconnecting your computer from the internet to stop any bugs from spreading, or shutting down your machine completely to protect against file damage.

Try on-demand tools that will remove tricky malware

At this point, you’ve scanned your computer for malware using your normal security software and done some research into what might be happening. If you’ve still got a problem or your searches are coming up blank, you can find on-demand malware scanners online. These programs don’t require much in the way of installation, and they can act as useful “second opinions” to your existing anti-malware apps.

Tools such as Microsoft Safety Scanner, Spybot Search and Destroy, Bitdefender Virus Scanner (also for macOS), Kaspersky Security Scan, Avira PC Cleaner, Malwarebytes, and others can parachute onto your system for extra support. There, they’ll troubleshoot problems and give your existing security tools a helping hand.

Microsoft Safety Scanner, an antivirus program that will help you remove malware.
On-demand scanners, like Microsoft Safety Scanner, will take another pass at your applications and files and likely get rid of any malware that’s particularly troublesome. David Nield for Popular Science

Another reason to use extra software is that whatever nasty code has taken root on your system might be stopping your regular security tools from working properly. It could even be blocking your access to the web. In the latter case, you should use another computer to download one of these on-demand programs onto a USB stick, then transfer the software over to the machine you’re having problems with.

[Related: How to safely find out what’s on a mysterious USB device]

All of the apps listed above will do a thorough job of scanning your computer and removing any malware they find. To make extra sure, you can always run scans from a couple of different tools. If your computer has been infected, these apps will most likely be able to spot the problem and deal with it, or at least give you further instructions.

Once your existing security tools and an on-demand scanner or two have given your system a clean bill of health, you’re probably (though not definitely) in the clear. That means that any continued errors or crashes could be due to other factors—anything from a badly installed update to a failing hard drive.

Delete apps and consider resetting your system

Once you’ve exhausted the security-software solutions, you still have a couple of other options. One possibility: Hunt through your installed apps and browser extensions and uninstall any you don’t recognize or need. The problem with this method is that you could accidentally delete a piece of software that turns out to be vital. So, if you go down this route, make sure to do extra research online to figure out whether or not the apps and add-ons you’re looking at seem trustworthy.

A more drastic—but extremely effective—course of action is to wipe your computer, reinstall your operating system, and start again from scratch. Although this will delete all your personal files, it should hopefully remove malware and other unwanted programs at the same time. Before you take this step, make sure all your important files and folders are backed up somewhere else, and ensure that you’ll be able to download all your applications again.

The options for reinstalling Windows 10.
Resetting and reinstalling your operating system is always an option, but it could erase your files along with any malware if you don’t prepare properly. David Nield for Popular Science

Reinstalling the operating system and getting your computer back to its factory condition is actually much easier than it used to be. We have our own guide for resetting Windows 10 and 11, and Apple has instructions for macOS. If you need more pointers, you can find plenty of extra information online.

That’s it! Through a combination of bespoke removal methods, existing security software, on-demand scanners, and (if necessary) a system wipe, you should now have effectively removed whatever malware had taken root on your system. At this point, if you’re still struggling, it’s time to call in the experts. IT repair specialists in your area may be able to lend a hand.

How to prevent future problems

Proactively protecting your computer against malware is a whole ‘nother story, but here’s a quick run-down of the basics. Be careful with the links and attachments you open and the files you allow on your computer. Remember that most viruses and malware will find their way to your computer through your email or web browser, so make sure you use some common sense and are cautious about what you click on and download. You should also take care to keep your online accounts safe and secure.

Next, install a solid security tool you can trust. For Windows 10 and 11, the built-in Windows Defender program is a competent antivirus tool even if you don’t add anything else. That said, you can opt to bolster your machine’s defenses by paying for extra software from the likes of Norton, Avast, and many others. While the number of shady programs targeting Apple computers is on the rise, they’re still more secure than Windows machines. The general consensus is that macOS is mostly safe from harm, provided you only install programs through the App Store and apply plenty of common sense. That means you should avoid following shady links or plugging in strange USB drives you’ve found lying in the street.

Finally, make sure your software is always patched and up to date. Most browsers and operating systems will update automatically in the background, but you can check for pending patches on Windows 10 by opening Settings and clicking Update & security (on Windows 11 it’s Settings > Windows Update). If you have a macOS computer, just open up the App Store and switch to the Updates tab to see if anything is available that you haven’t downloaded.

It’s difficult to give a prescriptive setup for every system and every user, but you should always remember that 100 percent effective protection is hard to guarantee. Always stay on your guard.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 17, 2017.

The post How to remove malware from your suffering computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Customize your Minecraft experience by installing a creeper-load of mods https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-install-minecraft-mods/ Sat, 20 May 2023 15:00:20 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542514
A Minecraft world with multiple mods installed, and a tiger in the foreground.
How many mods is too many? That's up to your computer. Jamie Dickman for Popular Science

There are plenty of modding platforms, but for Minecraft we like CurseForge best.

The post Customize your Minecraft experience by installing a creeper-load of mods appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Minecraft world with multiple mods installed, and a tiger in the foreground.
How many mods is too many? That's up to your computer. Jamie Dickman for Popular Science

You’ve been developing your Minecraft world for a while. You have a full set of diamond armor, a field rife with pumpkins and melons next to your lakefront mansion, and you just defeated the Ender dragon. But reaching the End doesn’t need to be the end. If you want to spice up your crafting and maximize your gameplay experience, you can easily add a few, or a few dozen, modifications.

Veterans of the game might recall how hard it was to add mods to Minecraft in the early days. The process was manual and time-consuming. I, for one, lost days, if not weeks, of my teen years seeking out the latest versions of obscure mods online, waiting for downloads, and rooting around in config folders. Today, thanks to modern modding platforms, everything is automated.

Whether you’re trying to figure out how to install Minecraft mods for the first time or just need a refresher, this guide will help you snag the best user-created additions or alterations for this beloved sandbox game. If you encounter a warden in the deep dark, though, you’re on your own.

Install CurseForge

The modpack browsing interface on CurseForge, a platform that hosts mods for Minecraft and other video games.
Get used to the CurseForge mod-browsing interface. Jamie Dickman for Popular Science

There are many modding platforms out there, such as Technic Launcher and Feed The Beast, but I prefer CurseForge. It’s one of the easiest to use, and features a diverse array of mods and modpacks suited to your wildest gameplay dreams. CurseForge is free for Windows, Mac, and Linux, and you can install it directly from your browser.

Once installed, CurseForge will prompt you to choose a game for modding and add-ons. Right now you want Minecraft, but the platform includes modding options for other popular games such as The Sims 4, World of Warcraft, and Elder Scrolls

Make your own modpack, or install one to play

Modpacks are just what they sound like: packs of multiple mods. When video game mods came out, players didn’t want to limit themselves to using just one at a time, so they started using multiple at once. CurseForge offers thousands of premade modpacks for quick installation, and you can browse modpacks and their descriptions in the Browse Modpacks section. There, you can search for specific modpacks using keywords, or filter by game version and categories such as magic, sci-fi, or tech. If you really only want to play with one mod, that’s an option as well. Just search for it in the Browse Modpacks section or make a single-mod modpack by following the steps below.

To make your own modpack with a unique combination of mods, hit Create Custom Profile in the top right of the CurseForge window. The Profile Name is the name of your modpack. Once you set that, you will need to select the game version. Keep in mind that user-developed mods take a while to catch up with the latest Minecraft version. As of writing, most mods are updated to at least version 1.12.2. If you have a specific mod or mods in mind, you can look up its latest version online or in the CurseForge desktop app and choose the Minecraft version that suits your needs.

Then, CurseForge will ask for the Modloader version—select the latest Forge version. Click the orange Create button.

[Related: Why researchers are teaching AI to play Minecraft]

After you’ve created your modpack, it’s time to add some mods. Click the three vertical dots next to the orange Play button and select the puzzle piece labeled Add More Content in the dropdown menu. The puzzle piece icon to the right will take you to the same page. Here, you’ll be able to search for mods by name, and sort by update version and category. When you find one you want to add, click the Install button. Keep installing mods until you’re happy with the lineup.

Be careful not to add more than your computer can handle. A computer designed for gaming might be able to handle hundreds, but an older or lighter laptop might only be able to run 15 to 20 at a time without crashing. 

You can also add resource and texture packs in the Add More Content panel under Resource Packs. These alter the game’s graphics, including lighting and the appearance of blocks, items, and mobs. This is where you’ll find color-blind-friendly resource packs, and ones that make the game more realistic with alterations such as rounded logs, shadows, and clear windows.

A Minecraft modpack in CurseForge.
The CurseForge modpack we created for this story, ready to play. Jamie Dickman for Popular Science

When you’re finished adding mods and are ready to play, exit the Add More Content window and hit the orange Play button. This should open the Minecraft launcher. Make sure you’re on Java Edition. In the lower left corner where the Minecraft version is, you should see your modpack name. Hit the green Play button like usual. You should get a warning message saying that the mods may not support the latest safety features (such as parental controls, community guidelines, and chat moderation). If this isn’t a concern, go ahead and click Play

That’s it—you just made and launched your first modpack. Enjoy your game! If you want to play with friends, keep reading. 

Share your modpack with friends

If you want to play modded Minecraft with friends on multiplayer, they will need to install your modpack on their own CurseForge. You can easily send the modpack for them to download and install by following the instructions below. 

To export your modpack, click the three vertical dots next to the orange Play button in CurseForge, then select Export Profile.

You’ll end up in an export window where you can change the name of the file, name the version (optional) and select which files to include (the preset should work fine). Then, click the orange Export button and it will save to whichever file location you choose.

Your modpack will save as a ZIP file, which you can send to friends over email, as a link to a cloud drive, in an iMessage if you both have macOS, or via any other file-sharing method.  

If your modpack.zip is an exceptionally large file, or if you have a slow internet connection, it might be most efficient to stash it, old-school, on a USB stick, or recreate it on your friend’s CurseForge account by repeating the steps in the previous section.

[Related: 4 smart reasons to keep an old USB drive around]

While you were in the Create Custom Profile window naming your modpack and selecting the game version, you may have noticed an option titled, Or import a previously created profile at the top. Once your friend has the ZIP file, they can click import inside that phrase and upload the ZIP file from their computer. This will create a duplicate version on their CurseForge, which they can use to play on their own or on a modded multiplayer server. 

Just know that if you’re playing multiplayer, all players must have the same mods running. If one player adds or removes mods from their pack, the game will prevent players from joining the server due to incompatibility. You don’t want to miss out on traversing new dimensions with your friends because one of you is missing a mod.

The post Customize your Minecraft experience by installing a creeper-load of mods appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. https://www.popsci.com/diy/share-music-on-social-media/ Fri, 19 May 2023 16:22:49 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542294
Seemingly happy person listening to music on earbuds
Share your musical taste with all of your followers. Oyemike Princewill / Unsplash

Spread some tunes out to your friends and family.

The post Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Seemingly happy person listening to music on earbuds
Share your musical taste with all of your followers. Oyemike Princewill / Unsplash

The era of recording mixtapes and burning CDs for friends and family has passed by, so you’ll have to get creative if you want to share the latest track or artist you’re excited about.

One of your options is social media. You can share music on Instagram or have your pick from the TikTok music selection with only a few taps.

Instagram

When it comes to how to add music to your Instagram stories, create a new one by tapping the + (plus) button on the home screen and switching to the Story option. Once you’ve grabbed your photo or video, tap the sticker icon, and choose Music. You can pick a tune from the For you tab, which includes songs Instagram thinks you might like, or you can search by theme by tapping the Browse tab. If you still can’t find the perfect tune for your post, you can always use the search bar at the top of the interface—just type in the name of the song or the artist.

[Related: Instagram explains why it’s feeding you specific suggested posts]

When you select a song, Instagram will add it to your story as a sticker, and down at the bottom of the screen, you’ll be able to scroll through the track to pick a snippet of up to 15 seconds. You can also tap on the song’s icon to get more options: select a different sticker style, remove it completely, or use the album art instead. Tap Done to post the story.

If you want to add music to an Instagram post on your main feed, you can do so by tapping Add music on the final screen before publishing. You get a similar option when making a reel—just tap Audio on the left before or after you record your clip. 

Yet another way to share music on Instagram is by posting a link to Spotify or YouTube, for example. In a Story, choose your image or video, tap the sticker icon, and choose Link. You can also just paste a URL in a direct message conversation if you want to go for something more private.

TikTok

To add music to TikTok, you can use the sharing tools that are built right into the app.  Start the process of creating a new video via the + (plus) button on the home screen, then tap Add sounds at the top.

The app will then take you to the music selection screen: Browse through the Recommended tab to find popular TikTok music suggested by the algorithm, or Favorites, where you’ll find the sounds you’ve tried in the past. Finally, if you want something completely new, you can tap the magnifying glass icon on the right and use the search box. When you tap on a track you’ll get a preview—if you’re OK with it, confirm your choice by tapping on the pink checkmark button, but if you want to make some edits, you can always hit the scissors icon.

Snapchat

Screenshot of Snapchat's music menu.
You can easily add music to your Snapchat post by hitting that musical note on the right of your screen. David Nield

Snapchat offers almost as many ways as Instagram for sharing music with friends and family. Let’s start with Snapchat stories. Tap the camera icon at the bottom of your screen to go into recording mode, and either before or after capturing an image or clip, tap the musical note symbol on the right.

You can browse through the music that Snapchat suggests (trending tracks and songs based on mood), as well as search for specific tunes via the box at the top. Tap on the small play button to preview a track, or on its title to add it to your story.

You can then drag across the song’s sound wave to pick a 10-second snippet to use. With that done, tap Next to post the image or video as a story or as a snap directly to one or more of your contacts.

BeReal

The BeReal music options aren’t as comprehensive as they are on some other social media apps, but the platform added Spotify and Apple Music integration to allow you to share whatever you’re listening to at the time you’re taking your BeReal photo.

Tap your profile picture (top right), select the three dots, and go to Audio to connect your account to your favorite music service. If something is playing on Spotify or Apple Music when you capture a BeReal photo, you’ll see an icon down in the lower right corner of the image. Tap it and pick Shared so your friends can see the track and artist, or Private so only you can see what was playing when you took that picture.

Facebook

Over time, Facebook has gradually picked up a lot of the same posting features as the more nimble social media apps. When it comes to how to add music to a Facebook story, for example, open the app and pick Create story. You can tap Music to overlay a song (and its lyrics, if you want) on top of a video or image, or tap Music on the first screen to create a story that’s just a song with its album art and a solid background.

[Related: You can now tell Facebook to stop feeding you posts you hate]

In both cases, you can search for specific tracks or pick one of the Facebook suggestions. After you add a song, tap on its icon on the right to pick which part of it to embed into your story, and change how the track details and lyrics display in your post.

Stories aren’t your only option. To add music to a Facebook post, for example, tap Music from the list of options that pop up underneath as you’re creating it. You can also link your Spotify and Facebook profiles so people can click through on: From the mobile app, tap your avatar on the left, then go to Edit profile, and next to Links choose Add. Continue by tapping  Add Social Link and then Spotify.

Twitter

We’re including Twitter for the sake of completeness, but (at the moment at least) there aren’t any dedicated options for embedding tunes into your tweets. 

The best way to share music on Twitter is to just paste in a link from somewhere else, whether you’re internally sending a message to one person or broadcasting a tweet to the world. If you’re sharing from Spotify, tap the three dots next to a song while on the app, then choose Share and Copy link.

The post Social media posts are better with music. Here’s how to add your favorite tunes. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should use your iPad as a second screen https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-use-ipad-as-second-screen/ Thu, 18 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541852
A MacBook sitting next to an iPad used as a second screen.
With your iPad you'll always have a second screen to make more space for your work. Justin Pot

Take your an extra display everywhere you go.

The post You should use your iPad as a second screen appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A MacBook sitting next to an iPad used as a second screen.
With your iPad you'll always have a second screen to make more space for your work. Justin Pot

When you get used to multiple monitors it feels impossible to work without them. But these devices are not as portable as your trusty MacBook, so you should probably learn how to use your iPad as a second screen.

Thanks to a feature called Sidecar, iPads can mirror your laptop’s screen or act as an extension of it. And even if they’re not as big as your desktop monitor, Apple’s tablets are a lot easier to pack, so you can seamlessly take your work wherever you go.

How to use an iPad as a second screen for your Mac

The ability to use an iPad as an extra display is built into macOS and iPadOS, and it works completely wirelessly. This means you don’t need a cable to connect your devices, though plugging your tablet into a power outlet might be a good idea if you’re planning on using it for a long time.

[Related: Apple iPad Air (2022) review]

First, make sure both devices are signed into the same iCloud account. Then, open the System Settings app on your Mac, which you can find by clicking the Apple logo in the top-left corner of your screen and then clicking System Settings. On the sidebar on the left, head to Displays, and if your iPad is nearby and turned on, it should show up here automatically. If it doesn’t, click the + (plus) button to the right of the display icons.

On the drop-down menu, under Mirror or extend to, choose your iPad’s name and then Extended display. This will effectively turn your tablet into an extension of your Mac’s screen, meaning you can just drag your windows on your computer over to your iPad.

Screenshot of the System Preference app with the Display menu options
If your iPad is on and in range, it should automatically show as a display option. Justin Pot

Physically position your iPad where it’s most comfortable for you and click the Arrange button in the settings menu to make sure your virtual space reflects the device’s physical location in relation to your computer. Drag and drop the icons representing your devices into position if you need to make changes.

By default there will be a bar on the side and at the bottom of your iPad screen. The bar on the left that make it easier to control Mac apps using the touchscreen, while the bar at the bottom is a recreation of the interactive touch bar as seen on the MacBook Pro. If you prefer, you can turn both off by disabling the Show sidebar and Show Touch Bar options—you’ll get fewer on-screen functionalities, but gain more workspace, which is what it’s all about.

How to use an iPad as a second screen for Windows

Windows can’t use your iPad as an extra display out-of-the-box, but there are a few third-party apps you can use as a workaround. 

Among the free ones, our favorite is Splashtop Wired XDisplay, but as you’d imagine, setting things up is not as simple as on a Mac computer. First, download the app both on your iPad and your Windows device and open them. Continue by plugging your iPad into your computer and on your iPad, tap Trust to tell your tablet it’s OK to let Windows access your data.

[Related: MacBook Air vs. Pro: Which Apple laptop is right for you?]

Your iPad will immediately turn into a second display for your PC. If the display looks tiny make sure to use the rotation button, in the bottom-right corner of the screen—it looks like a square with a curved arrow on one of its corners. You can also configure your iPad’s screen resolution from Windows’ Display settings—you’ll find a shortcut in the Splashtop Wired XDisplay app.

This isn’t nearly as slick as Apple’s integration for the Mac, if only because it requires a cable, but it works well enough for simple things like note-taking. 

If you’re willing to pay Duet Display (starting at $4 a month) you’ll find it has a better framerate and it’s easier to use, but for most people, a free app works well enough. 

The post You should use your iPad as a second screen appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing https://www.popsci.com/diy/lightroom-ai-tools/ Wed, 17 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541627
Screenshot of photo editing in Adobe Lightroom Classic
Adobe Lightroom Classic will paint a selection red to mask it. David Nield

Let AI help you edit your photos like a pro.

The post 5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of photo editing in Adobe Lightroom Classic
Adobe Lightroom Classic will paint a selection red to mask it. David Nield

Adobe has been building artificial intelligence into applications like Photoshop for several years now. But Lightroom Classic, another of the company’s image editing programs, also features AI tools to quickly improve the look of your photos.

Underpinning it all is Adobe’s mighty AI muscle, trained on huge libraries of stock and publicly available images to generate new pictures. This means Lightroom Classic knows what a sky or a person looks like in a photo, and can make changes accordingly.

1. Select Background, Subject, Sky, and Object

Lightroom Classic mainly uses AI to detect the outline of people and objects against the background. This gives the software the ability to automatically select elements inside a photo to remove or edit them separately, saving you from wasting your time making pixel-by-pixel selections.

[Related: How AI is helping you edit photos]

You can now use AI to pick out backgrounds, subjects, skies, and objects: Just click the Masking icon on the right (it looks like a circle inside a dash-lined square) and pick Subject, Sky, Background, or Objects. You’ll also be able to choose Brush for more precise control over where your selection goes.

The program will shade the new masked selection in red and you’ll be able to manipulate it as needed. For example, if you selected the sky, you’ll be able to tweak the brightness and contrast to make your photo appear sunnier. The Masks window, which will pop up on the right of your screen when you select something,  is where you can switch between your masks, create new ones, and delete them. Just click the three dots next to each item to see a full set of options.

2. Content-Aware Remove

In Lightroom Classic you can use AI to quickly remove objects from your image. Click the Healing tool (the bandage icon), and then the Content-Aware Remove tool (it looks like the eraser on a pencil). 

Use the sliders that pop up underneath the tool when you click it to change the size and opacity of the brush, and paint over the object you’d like to remove. Once you finish your selection, the program will get to work. Lightroom Classic automatically chooses which parts of the background to sample to replace the deleted object, but you can use Ctrl+click (Windows) or Cmd+click (macOS) to specify a particular area, such as a blue sky.

3. Curves

Another AI enhancement you’ll find in Lightroom Classic is the ability to tweak the curves on masks, bringing the application closer to Photoshop in terms of capabilities. With a mask already selected, open up the Curve panel on the right, and play around with the interface.

This works just like the Tone Curve tool, but it only applies to the area of the picture under the mask. Along the top of the panel you’ll see selectors for the red, green, and blue channels—use them for more precise adjustments.

4. Denoise

The Denoise tool removes graininess or unwanted variations in the tone or luminance of a picture while keeping the important details. The only caveat is that this feature only works on Bayer or X-Trans RAW images.

Choose PhotoEnhance, and then check the Denoise option so that the AI can work its magic. The slider underneath the tool’s icon lets you control how aggressive it is—you can check the preview panel on the left to see the difference before you commit any changes. When you’re happy with the level of denoising, click Enhance to confirm your choice.

5. Adaptive Presets

The presets in Adobe Lightroom Classic work like filters in that they let you easily apply a look or effect to an entire image. But Adaptive Presets use the power of AI to transform specific areas of a photo. 

[Related: 5 apps to edit photos right in your browser]

To find them, go to the Presets dialog box on the left and click on the small arrows right next to it to see the full list of Adaptive Presets. For example, you can select Storm Clouds to add a bit of drama to the sky or Enhance Eyes to highlight the peers in a portrait.

Open up the Masks window via Tools and Masking to see the mask that Lightroom Classic’s AI created to apply the effect. You can edit this mask as any other, allowing you to use the brush tool to change the outline of the selection the program has come up with, for example.

The post 5 AI tools in Adobe Lightroom Classic to boost your photo editing appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to reset Windows 10 or 11 without losing everything https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-factory-reset-windows-10-11/ Wed, 17 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541467
A Windows 10 laptop on a desk under a desk lamp, with the Windows desktop on the screen.
You'll probably have to leave your computer alone for a while for the reset to run its course. Arnav Singhal / Unsplash

Know when to choose a factory reset over a custom refresh.

The post How to reset Windows 10 or 11 without losing everything appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Windows 10 laptop on a desk under a desk lamp, with the Windows desktop on the screen.
You'll probably have to leave your computer alone for a while for the reset to run its course. Arnav Singhal / Unsplash

It’s easy to run a full factory reset on a Windows 10 or 11 computer, but the risk of losing all your files is viscerally real. To avoid devastating data loss, you’ll need to prepare ahead of time and choose the right options before you give your device a fresh start.

The two best reasons to completely reset a laptop or desktop are to fix catastrophic performance issues or wipe it as clean as possible before selling, donating, or otherwise disposing of the device. If you’re considering a factory reset as a method of repair, make sure you’ve exhausted your troubleshooting options, especially if there are no other problems with your computer other than it being slow and/or hot.

It’s also worth noting that while a factory reset is the most dramatic version of a reset you can do, you’re not required to go that far. When you reset a computer to its factory settings, you’re essentially installing a clean version of the operating system—everything will disappear except for the files and apps your PC’s manufacturer preinstalled on the device. Windows, however, offers a number of options that allow you to keep personal data, settings, and apps intact throughout the reset. It’s a custom process, so make sure you use the settings that best suit your needs.

First, back up your files

Although a reset won’t necessarily clear everything off your laptop or desktop, it’s best to back up everything you want to keep before you proceed. Everyone has their own preferred file storage methods, but if you’re looking for tips, you can start with our basic backup guide.

[Related: Rip out your computer’s guts and craft an external hard drive]

If you’re using OneDrive with Windows 10 or 11, many of your files may already be backed up to the cloud. You’re also probably in a good spot if you’re syncing files to a third-party cloud service like Google Drive or Dropbox. Even so, you should still take a quick spin around your hard drive to make sure you’ve grabbed everything.

One important piece of advice: If you know or suspect your computer has been infected with malware, be very careful about what you back up. Don’t just snag all the folders you can see—take some time to ensure you actually recognize the files. You wouldn’t want to back up a virus and reinfect your newly reset device.

Back up your apps if you can

Not every computer program can be backed up or synced with a cloud storage service, but some can. Go through whatever apps you want to keep and see if you can save their data. Even if you can’t, make sure you have all the files, purchase details, and login information necessary before you proceed with a factory reset or any other type of system refresh—you can use a password manager or just jot down the information on a piece of paper. You may have to redownload some or all of your apps and set them up from scratch once your computer reboots, and you don’t want to lose access to something you already paid for.

How to reset Windows 10 or 11

The steps to reset a Windows 10 or 11 computer are substantially the same, but the paths and menus may differ. This guide uses Windows 10 (the most popular of the two) as a baseline, with specific notes for where Windows 11 deviates. Also, if you’ve encrypted your laptop or desktop, you’ll need your BitLocker key to reset it. Microsoft can help you find that key if you’re not sure where or what it is.

Finally, make sure your computer is plugged in—Windows won’t reset if it’s running on battery power.

1. Open the reset options. The easiest way to find these is to click the Windows 10 Start menu, go to Settings (the cog icon), and select Update & Security followed by Recovery. Once you’re there, find Reset this PC and hit Get Started.

  • On Windows 11, the steps are slightly different: Start menu > Settings (cog icon) > System > Recovery > Reset this PC > Reset PC.
  • On versions of Windows 10 prior to version 2004 (released in 2020), you’ll need to follow these steps: Start > Settings > Update & security > Windows Defender > Device performance & health > Fresh Start > Additional info > Get Started.

If for some reason you can’t access your computer settings, you can also reset a laptop or desktop from its sign-in screen. To force your Windows 10 or 11 computer to display the login screen, press Win+L to lock your computer. Then click the power button icon in the bottom right corner of the screen (not your computer’s physical power button), hold Shift, and click Restart on the emerging menu. This will open the Windows Recovery Environment. From the Choose an option screen, pick Troubleshoot and Reset this PC.

[Related: When to repair your computer and when to replace it]

2. Decide how much you want to keep or remove. The next screen will offer you two options: to keep or remove your files, apps, and settings. No matter which one you pick, you may also need to choose whether Windows reinstalls from the cloud (Cloud download) or your device (Local reinstall).

  • Keep my files. If Windows asks, choose whether you want your files to be saved in the cloud or on your local drive. By default, this option will restore all apps and settings that came with the PC when it was brand new—a complete factory reset. To avoid that and keep only what you had most recently, hit Change settings and turn the toggle switch under Restore preinstalled apps? to No, then hit Confirm. If you don’t see those additional options, your computer didn’t have any preinstalled apps.
  • Remove everything. As you may have guessed, this will reinstall Windows 10 or 11 and remove your personal files, apps you and your PC manufacturer installed, and reset any changes you made to your computer’s settings.
    • Once you select this, you can also hit the Change settings link to decide exactly how clean you want your device to be (there’s a Yes/No toggle switch under a Clean data? heading—choose one and hit Confirm to lock it in). Cleaning the drive could take a couple hours but Microsoft recommends it if you plan to get rid of your PC—doing so will make it harder for people to recover anything. Otherwise, you can opt not to clean your data, which will be faster but less secure. The company also notes that this type of data erasure is aimed at consumers and doesn’t meet government or industry standards, so someone with enough expertise and resources might still be able to restore some of your data.

3. Check what will be reset. No matter which one you pick, you’ll have to hit Next to proceed. Windows will tell you it’s ready to reset your PC, and list everything that the reset will do. You can click View apps that will be removed to see exactly what will be trashed.

4. Reset your PC. Once you’ve confirmed everything, hit Reset to start the process. There’s no standard for how long this will take on Windows 10 or 11, factory reset or otherwise, but your screen could turn black for more than 15 minutes and your PC might restart multiple times. In all, you could be waiting a couple hours, so be patient—if you try to manually restart your computer while it’s working, the reset could fail.

The post How to reset Windows 10 or 11 without losing everything appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to find your IP address whenever you need it https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-find-my-ip-address/ Sat, 13 May 2023 15:19:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541117
Hands on laptop typing.
There are several ways to get to your device's IP address. Burst / Unsplash

You don’t have to memorize your IP address, but it’s useful to know where to find it. 

The post How to find your IP address whenever you need it appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands on laptop typing.
There are several ways to get to your device's IP address. Burst / Unsplash

Knowing how to find your IP address is a useful skill, even if you don’t know exactly what an IP address is or what it’s for. Whether you want to set up a new 3D printer or don’t want to sound ignorant while on the phone with your internet service provider, there are a couple of ways to easily get this information.

Get to know these methods in case you ever need them, and while you’re at it, maybe learn what this string of numbers is and why it’s important.

How to find your IP address on any device

Don’t get intimidated by your IP address. This set of digits should be readily available on your device, and if you can’t find it, you can always just Google it. 

[Related: The government won’t protect your internet privacy, so here’s how to do it yourself]

On macOS

  • Click on the WiFi icon in the top right area of the navigation bar. 
  • On the emerging menu, choose Wi-Fi Settings.
  • At the top of the menu, you’ll see the network your device is connected to. Click the Details button next to it. 
  • A window will pop up showing the IP address of your device and your router. 

On iOS and iPadOS

  • Open Settings and tap Wi-Fi.
  • Find the network you’re connected to—it’ll be the first on the list and have a blue checkmark beside it. 
  • Tap the information button on the right (a blue “i” inside a circle).  
  • You’ll find your IP address under IPV4 address

On Windows 11

  • Open the Start menu
  • Go to Settings, then Network & internet. 
  • Open the Wi-Fi settings and open the properties of the network your device is connected to—it should be the second item on the list.
  • Scroll down to find your IPv4 and IPv6 addresses

There’s a reason why Windows computers and some other devices have two IP addresses. Internet protocol version 4, also known as IPv4, is the original system invented back in 1980 to identify computers and other devices. But IPv4 only has 32 bits, which means there are only so many addresses available and not nearly enough for the hyperconnected future we live in today. Enter IPv6—the 64-bit solution that provides many more addresses to make space for all the new devices hitting the market every day. The problem is that the rollout of this 1998 protocol took a long time, and some older servers and programs are not compatible with it. This is why some devices use a workaround and have two IP addresses to bridge that gap and avoid any service interruptions. 

On Android

As always, keep in mind that Android varies depending on the make and model of your device, so the names on these instructions could be slightly different. This is what you’ll find on a Pixel phone: 

  • Swipe one finger down from the top of the screen and long press on the Internet tile to open the internet settings. 
  • Tap the cog icon next to the network you’re connected to. 
  • Scroll down and you’ll find your IP address under Network details.

If that seems a little confusing, you can always unlock your device and ask the Google Assistant: “Hey, Google, what’s my IP address?” The platform will instantly open the About phone menu, where you’ll find your IP address under Device identifiers.

Use Google 

You can always ask Google for your IP address but note that the engine will reveal your public address, not your private one. From any browser, type “What’s my IP address” into the big G’s search bar and the engine will show it to you at the very top of the results page. 

What an IP address is and why should you care about it

You can easily go through life without knowing the importance of IP addresses, but in the highly connected society we live in today, it’s better to at least have a notion of what they are. 

In general, an IP address is a unique series of numbers that identifies a device with the ability to connect to the internet. Every gadget has a private or internal IP address assigned by its manufacturer. If the internet were a town, this would be your home address. When you watch a movie on a streaming service, your device sends a request to whatever platform you’re using, which in turn knows where to send the reply (i.e. the movie) thanks to your IP address. This specific piece of data is very useful, which makes it very valuable. Treat it as your social security number and don’t disclose it.  

[Related: This free tool can reveal who is behind any internet domain]

But your router also has an IP address—it’s assigned by your internet service provider and is known as an external or public IP address. This one’s important because it provides certain details about your location, such as the city you live in and your ZIP code. This information may help hackers get to your private IP address, which they can use for all sorts of nefarious purposes, ranging from sending you spam and intercepting your information, to framing you for crimes. If you’re worried about this, you may want to consider getting a VPN or using one built into your device.

The post How to find your IP address whenever you need it appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images https://www.popsci.com/diy/ai-photoshop-tools/ Fri, 12 May 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540792
A person typing on a laptop and editing on photoshop.
Photoshop's Sky Replacement tool lets your swap background of outdoor images to give them a different ambiance. Bram Naus / Stephen Leonardi / Unsplash

You can make full use of Photoshop's AI-powered image editing tools.

The post 5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person typing on a laptop and editing on photoshop.
Photoshop's Sky Replacement tool lets your swap background of outdoor images to give them a different ambiance. Bram Naus / Stephen Leonardi / Unsplash

The swift rise of generative platforms such as ChatGPT and Dall-E mini has brought artificial intelligence to everyone’s attention in recent months. But programs such as Photoshop have been offering AI assistance of their own for quite some time now.

When it comes to Adobe’s image editing software, these capabilities are there to help select the outline of an object, fill in a picture’s background, or change the expression on someone’s face. Your AI-enhanced edits can be subtle or quite dramatic, and there’s plenty of room to experiment.

All of this machine-powered magic works in a similar way, no matter what Photoshop tool you’re using: developers have used vast amounts of stock and copyright-free images to train the program to be able to decide where a pixel should or shouldn’t go, or what color it should be.

Neural Filters

Filters typically work as an added, easily removable layer that manipulates the existing pixels in an image. But Photoshop’s Neural Filters take it up a notch by introducing new information into a photo. 

[Related: 10 free Photoshop and other alternative programs you need to try]

To use them, go to Filter in the main navigation bar and then click on Neural Filters. You’ll be able to choose from a wide range of actions, such as adding depth to your images and smoothing the skin on people’s faces. Each filter comes with its own set of options, so you can tweak them to make them more or less aggressive, depending on what you want your final photo to look like. You may notice some of the filters are still in beta. This means they’re works in progress, so keep that in mind if you use them, as the results might be less than perfect.

For example, click Smart Portrait and you’ll be able to use simple sliders to make people in the photo look happier, younger, or older, and even change the direction they’re looking in.

Intelligent Refine Edge

Selecting objects and picking them out from their background to edit them or remove them entirely used to be a painstaking task. Fortunately, it’s becoming easier thanks to Photoshop’s AI muscle. Select an object using the Quick Selection, Magic Wand, or Lasso tools, and pick Select and Mask on the toolbar to start refining.

Switch to Object Aware mode on the right menu to get Photoshop’s help in picking out edges, then use the Refine Edge Brush Tool to make cuts—select it by clicking the second icon from the top down in the left sidebar, or hitting the R key on your keyboard. It’s particularly good when you’re trying to trace around very faint edges, like someone’s hair.

Sky Replacement

The sky is a key element in many images and Photoshop has an AI tool dedicated to it, enabling you to change the weather, the mood, or the time of day.

Open an image, go to Edit, and then Sky Replacement to make alterations. You can drop in one of the program’s presets or load your own, as well as tweak the sky’s temperature and brightness, and make adjustments to the foreground to help it match the lighting.

Select Subject

Selecting an object in an image can be difficult, especially if its outline isn’t particularly clear. This is where Select Subject comes in. This tool uses AI processing to identify the main star of your photo (it can be a person, a tree, or a dog, for example) and automatically select it for you. Just go to Select and choose Subject to let Photoshop get to work. Even if it doesn’t pick out the subject exactly, it should give you a good starting point.

Content-Aware Fill

Photoshop can remove objects from your images using the information in it and a little AI magic to fill in the gaps. This tool doesn’t always get it perfectly, as the software doesn’t actually know what is behind the object you want to wipe out,  but the results can be impressive.

[Related: Photoshop’s new Super Resolution feature makes images bigger, not blurrier]

Select an object in your photo, go to Edit, and choose Content-Aware Fill. You’ll be able to refine your selection further and see a preview of how the fill is going to work. You can specify areas of the image Photoshop should use to fill in the background once it removes the object.

To do this even quicker trusting in Photoshop’s process and without any refinement options, select an object and press Shift+Backspace. Just make sure the Content-Aware option is selected in the dialog box that pops up, and click OK to apply the changes.

The post 5 AI-powered Photoshop tools to subtly—or dramatically—alter your images appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Use MusicBrainz Picard to organize your sloppy music collection https://www.popsci.com/diy/musicbrainz-picard-guide/ Thu, 11 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540345
Screenshot of MusicBrainz Picard sorting a music album.
Make sure you take MusicBrainz Picard in your trip down compilation CD memory lane. Justin Pot

Let Picard automatically tidy up and label that mess you call a music library.

The post Use MusicBrainz Picard to organize your sloppy music collection appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of MusicBrainz Picard sorting a music album.
Make sure you take MusicBrainz Picard in your trip down compilation CD memory lane. Justin Pot

We’ve all got messy, unlabeled music files cluttering up our collections. You might have gotten them from questionable sources in the early 2000s, ripped them yourself but were too lazy to tag them, or just didn’t care for a neat library at the time. 

But instead of spending hours righting this wrong, you can use MusicBrainz Picard, a free and open-source application that will do all the track and album labeling for you. This program can identify any audio file—including MP3, FLAC, Ogg Vorbis, and more—tag it accurately, and even rename it with just a couple of clicks. Picard identifies tunes in seconds using two methods: a sort of fingerprinting system for recorded music called AcoustID, and the developer’s own crowd-sourced database that includes track names, albums, and artists.

[Related: Clean up your computer’s embarrassingly messy desktop]

This gives MusicBrainz Picard a vast pool of information to draw from, but also some limitations, as its database mostly only includes music that’s seen a wide commercial release. As a result, the software won’t be able to properly identify a recording of your high school band performing songs from Les Misérables, or a CD of your mom singing reggae versions of Bob Dylan songs (but please send me that CD, it sounds amazing).

Get started with MusicBrainz Picard

Using MusicBrainz Picard couldn’t be easier. Just open the program and simply drag any folder of music that’s not properly tagged onto the interface: it doesn’t even matter if you’re not sure what the music is.

Your tracks will automatically show up in the left panel. Click the Scan button at the top of the interface and Picard will attempt to identify your music and download the appropriate metadata for it. After a few seconds, your files will appear on the right panel with the right labels indicating the track’s name and number, and the name of the album they belong to.

A color-coded bar to the left of each track shows you how confident Picard is about the information it found—green means you have a great match, while red indicates the software might have gotten it wrong. If everything looks fine you can click the Save button in the toolbar. This will edit your files’ metadata, adding the correct tags and even the album art to each one. All of the details should automatically show up in your music player of choice but if it doesn’t, you might need to refresh the library or reload the files.

Picard also lets you rename all files if you want to—just click Options in the toolbar and check the Rename Files option.

[Related: Organize your catastrophic digital photo library]

By default, this feature will replace file names with the track number of each song followed by its title, but you can customize this setting by choosing a different File naming script in the menu. This will allow you to include details such as the artist’s name and album if you like. If none of the scripts work quite the way you like, you can always write your own—just click Open file naming script editor.

MusicBrainz Picard can label any music CD

Did your friends burn CDs for you back in the 90s? Have you left them in your car since then, only to forget what they are? MusicBrainz can identify them for you, assuming you have an optical drive. Just insert the disc into your computer, open the program, and click the Lookup CD button in the toolbar. The software will look into the tracks on the disc and automatically identify them—it doesn’t matter if it’s a single album or a compilation.

The post Use MusicBrainz Picard to organize your sloppy music collection appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box https://www.popsci.com/get-more-from-your-apple-tv/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 22:03:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/get-more-from-your-apple-tv/
A black Apple TV 4K box on a black surface next to an Apple TV remote.
There's lots to explore with the Apple TV 4K. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

Use Apple's black box like an expert.

The post 14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black Apple TV 4K box on a black surface next to an Apple TV remote.
There's lots to explore with the Apple TV 4K. Omar Rodriguez / Unsplash

It might be hard to believe, but the Apple TV box—not the Apple TV app—has been with us since 2007. In that time, it’s gotten both smaller and smarter, and it has a few tricks up its sleeve that you might not know about.

While the Apple TV is designed to make it easy for you to sit back, relax, and get to your entertainment as quickly as possible, you can improve your viewing experience by digging into some of the settings and hardware features. Note that these tips work with all generations of the Apple TV 4K, whether you have the latest version and its Siri Remote (with a circular clickpad), or the older model and its Touch Remote.

1. Rearrange your home screen

There’s no need to settle for the default Apple TV app layout. As you add apps, you can move them around to access your favorites more easily. Using the top half of your Touch Remote or the clickpad on the Siri Remote, tap and hold on any app to move the icon somewhere else on screen. Tap again to confirm.

To delete an app from the home screen entirely, tap and hold on it, press Play/Pause, and select Delete to remove it. As on iOS, you can create folders too: press Play/Pause and choose New Folder to create one, and you’ll be able to drag app icons into it. To remove them, drag them out of the folder.

There are more options for changing your home screen’s appearance on the General menu within Settings, including switching between a light and a dark interface mode and choosing from a list of available screensavers.

2. Tame your notifications

If you install apps that support notifications—like the Apple TV app, which will alert you to new shows—you’ll see badges on the app icons when there’s a new alert. If you’d rather not have the extra clutter, go to Settings and open up Notifications, where you can turn these badges on or off for each app.

3. Make full use of the remote

The Touch Remote or Siri Remote that Apple bundles with its TV is more clever than it looks. With the right combination of flicks and gestures, you can reveal several hidden menus and screens, particularly within Apple’s own apps.

You can double-tap the Home button (which looks like a big TV display) to show all of your recent apps. Within an app, if you slide a finger left or right on the touch-sensitive top half of the Touch Remote or tap the left or right side of the clickpad ring on the Siri Remote, you’ll go backward or forward in videos and audio tracks.

A downward swipe (Touch Remote) or a tap on the bottom part of the clickpad ring (Siri Remote) brings up more options while you’re watching something. The options vary by app, but in the Netflix app, for example, it will bring up the subtitle and audio options.

If you find your remote too sensitive, or not sensitive enough, head to the Settings app, then choose Remotes and Devices to adjust it. You can check on the remote’s battery level at the same time.

4. Control the Apple TV 4K with your iPhone

The options for using your iPhone as an Apple TV remote.
You might want to bump the Apple TV remote function to the top of your iPhone’s Control Center for easy access. David Nield for Popular Science

You can use your iPhone to control your Apple TV 4K, and you may find that easier than the device’s remote. Setting this up is as simple as opening the Control Center (swipe down from the top right corner of your phone’s screen), then tapping on the remote button (which looks like your Apple TV 4K remote). If you can’t see the button, open iOS Settings and choose Control Center to add and position it.

[Related: All the ways to customize your iPhone lock screen]

5. Get info on your screensavers

The Apple TV 4K has some of the most gorgeous screensavers in the business. If you find yourself particularly taken with a scene and want to know where in the world it is, lightly touch the top half of the Touch Remote or the clickpad on the Siri Remote (without actually clicking) to see the location.

6. Add more users

You don’t necessarily want family members or housemates ruining your Disney Plus recommendations list or checking out your photos and videos, which is why the Apple TV 4K supports multiple user accounts. From Settings, pick Users and Accounts, then Add New User. This new user will need their own Apple ID, which grants them access to all their apps and services. You can swap between users from the same screen, or by pressing and holding the Home button (with the TV display icon on it).

7. Check how much space apps are using

The interface for checking how much space apps are using on an Apple TV, with app size and a trash can icon next to each for quick removal.
Those trash cans are for quick deletion. David Nield for Popular Science

You get a certain amount of on-board storage with the Apple TV 4K, but all those high-resolution movies can quickly eat up precious space, and you don’t want to run out of room. If you need to free up some storage, you can see which installed apps are the biggest data hogs by going to Settings and choosing General, followed by Manage Storage.

The next screen will show all the apps on your Apple TV 4K, with the bulkiest (perhaps a game of some sort) at the top. Handily enough, there’s a trash can right by each entry on the list—tap this icon once to delete the app and free up some space. The Apple TV 4K remembers your app purchases, so you can always download them again.

8. Do more with Bluetooth devices

Your Apple TV 4K has Bluetooth, so make the most of it. You might already know you can boost the audio capabilities of your box with Bluetooth speakers or your own headphones, but you can connect other devices as well. Up to two Bluetooth devices can be connected to your Apple TV 4K at any one time.

For example, tvOS now supports Bluetooth keyboards, which means you can save yourself the hassle of typing out movie titles and search requests—just swap the Touch Remote or Siri Remote for a keyboard.

Or, add an MFi Bluetooth game controller to give yourself more intuitive control over your big-screen games. From the Settings app, head to Remotes and Devices, then choose Bluetooth to pair devices or to remove one device and make room for another.

9. Make your Apple TV kid-friendly

The content restrictions for kids on an Apple TV.
Parental controls can help ensure your kids only watch age-appropriate content. David Nield for Popular Science

The Apple TV can entertain kids of all ages, but you don’t necessarily want your youngsters to access all available material or start spending your money on in-app purchases.

[Related: How to set parental controls on any phone or tablet]

That’s where the Restrictions menu under General inside Settings proves very useful. Turn restrictions on, and you can stop new purchases and rentals from being bought (helpful if your toddlers don’t know what they’re doing) and disable in-app purchases too. You can also block music, podcasts, TV shows, and movies by rating, as long as the content is correctly labeled.

On top of that, you can disable multiplayer gaming, screen recording, and even explicit language in Siri’s responses. All of these blocks and limits are protected by a PIN code, which must be entered to turn them off again.

10. Check your video resolution

Your Apple TV 4K can output video in 4K resolution—as long as the app and television you’re using both support it. When it comes to your TV, you can check its capabilities by going to Video and Audio in Settings and choosing Check HDMI Connection. From the same screen, choose Format to pick the video resolution you want the box to use wherever possible.

11. Load any kind of content on your Apple TV

It’s not always easy getting content up on your Apple TV. Watching Apple TV movies or Netflix shows is easy enough, but if there’s not an appropriate app for the media you want to view, it can be tricky to stream it over to the box. Certain apps can be a big help here, specifically Plex, which will stream audio, video, and photos from any computer on the same network straight to your Apple TV.

Just install Plex on your computer and install the Plex app on your Apple TV to get started. If you need a little more help, Plex has more information about setting up the app. VLC Media Player is also worth a mention here, as it’s one of the most versatile media players for computers and phones. On the Apple TV, it provides support for streaming almost anything from your local network.

12. Calibrate your TV picture

The interface for adjusting an Apple TV 4K's color balance on an iPhone.
Tweak the color balance on your Apple TV 4K using your iPhone. David Nield for Popular Science

The Apple TV 4K offers a rather smart color calibration feature, which you can use if you also have an iPhone. From Settings, choose Video and Audio, then Color Balance, and follow the instructions on screen. Note that you’ll need to turn your iPhone toward your TV to monitor and adjust the balance of colors. When the calibration is done, which only takes a few seconds, you’ll have the option to accept the new settings or go back to the original calibration.

13. Get help from Siri

Siri is available on the Apple TV, so make use of the voice-controlled assistant by pressing and holding on the Siri (microphone) button on the remote—it’s on the front on the Touch Remote and on the side on the Siri Remote.

Try asking, “What’s the weather forecast?” or saying, “Show me comedy movies from the 90s” (or whatever genre you’d prefer). The best part is, Siri’s results pop up at the bottom of the screen most of the time, so they won’t interrupt what you’re doing.

When watching movies and shows, you can say, “Forward 10 minutes” to jump around, or ask, “Who stars in this?” to get a list of cast members to appear on screen. Another good vocal trick is asking, “What did he (or she, or they) just say?” This prompts Siri to rewind whatever you’re watching by 15 seconds and temporarily turn subtitles on. Meanwhile, saying, “Reduce loud sounds” can make it easier to hear dialogue.

14. Use picture-in-picture

Anything beamed to your Apple TV 4K via AirPlay or played through the Apple TV app supports picture in picture: To enable it, swipe down on the Touch Remote or tap the bottom of the clickpad ring on the Siri Remote to bring up the playback controls, then pick the picture-in-picture button (it looks like two rectangles with an arrow between them).

This will shrink the current video down to the corner of your screen, and you can open up a different video in any app you like. To switch between the main window and the picture-in-picture window, tap the Home button (the TV symbol)—when you’re in the smaller window, you’ll get options for changing its position on screen, and going back to the full screen mode.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 22, 2017.

The post 14 crisp tips for your Apple TV box appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere https://www.popsci.com/technology/how-to-make-a-qr-code/ Thu, 27 May 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368297
A hand holding a phone and scanning a QR code from a tablet.
Creating QR codes can help people discover new things from the comfort of their own devices. Proxyclick Visitor Management System / Unsplash

A DIY QR code can ensure you never have to spell out your WiFi password again.

The post How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding a phone and scanning a QR code from a tablet.
Creating QR codes can help people discover new things from the comfort of their own devices. Proxyclick Visitor Management System / Unsplash

Quick Response (QR) codes were popular before the COVID-19 pandemic, but now they’re everywhere, from restaurant menus to billboards. These square codes are quick and easy to use, and anyone can scan them on their mobile device using its built-in camera, no special app or update necessary. 

If you’ve ever wondered how to make a QR code, know that it doesn’t require any great degree of technical know-how or a huge amount of time. You just need the right app and the content you want to encode.

How to make a QR code

Plenty of apps for computers and mobile devices will happily create a QR code for you. There are no major differences between most, so it doesn’t matter too much which one you choose. QR codes don’t expire, either, so you and anyone else will be able to use them as long as the underlying data still exists.

QR Code Monkey

QR Code Monkey is one of the slickest and most versatile options we’ve come across, supporting these patterns for websites, social media profiles, email addresses, WiFi codes, app store links, and more. 

1. To get started, use the navigation bar at the top of the interface to choose the type of content you want to embed into your QR code. You can choose a link (URL), contact information (VCard), or a Twitter account (Twitter), for example.

2. Put your data in the Enter content section

3. Click Create QR Code on the right sidebar to generate the graphic.

4. (Optional) Customize your code using one or all of the options below.

  • Click on the Set colors option to change the hues of the QR code. You’ll have to click Create QR Code to see any changes you apply. 
  • Go to the Add logo image section to put a company logo in the center of the QR code. This won’t affect the pattern’s readability. Use the slider underneath your DIY QR code on the right to choose how big the finished graphic will be.
  • Tweak the look of the barcode under the Customize design heading. 

5. Finish by clicking Download PNG to save it to your disk. You can then use the code wherever you like, for free.

[Related: QR codes are everywhere now. Here’s how to use them.]

QRbot

Available for Android and iOS, QRbot is lightweight and simple to use. The app does double duty as an advanced scanner, and creating QR codes with it is simple.

1. Tap Create at the top of your screen and choose the type of QR code you want to make. 

2. The app will prompt you to add the required information like the website URL or contact details. 

3. Tap the checkmark in the top right corner of your screen and your QR code will appear. 

4. Tap PNG to save or share the code using the apps you already have on your device. 

This QR code generator is free to use, though you can pay a one-time $6 fee to remove ads inside the app and get extra features like an unlimited number of QR code scans.

Google Chrome

If you use Google’s browser on a computer, creating QR codes might be easier than you think. 

1. Visit the webpage you’d like to embed into your QR code. 

2. On the far right of the navigation bar, hit the Share button—it looks like a square with an upward arrow coming out of it. 

3. On the emerging menu, choose Create QR code.

4. Chrome will automatically generate a QR code for you, which you can save as a PNG file when you hit Download.

On mobile, the process is similar:

1. Open the Google Chrome app and go to the webpage you want to link with your QR code.

2. On Android devices, tap the three-dot menu in the top right corner of the screen and tap Share. On iPhones and iPads, tap the Share button (square with an upward arrow coming out of it) in the right of the address bar. 

3. Select QR Code (Android) or Create a QR Code (iOS). 

4. On Android, tap Download on the emerging window to save the code to your device. On iOS, tap Share and decide what you want to do with it. To download it to your iPhone or iPad, choose Save Image.

Chrome’s QR code generator is free and easy to use, but gives you little in terms of customization. If you create the code on an Android device or a computer, it will always have the Chrome dinosaur in the middle, but you can avoid that by using an Apple mobile device instead.

Other QR code generators to try

For serious commercial uses, you can find more advanced QR code makers, like QR Code Generator. You can use this platform for free or unlock advanced graphic design features and analytics starting at $29 a month. This might be a steep price to pay, but it might make sense if you’re running a highly digitized business.

You can also try The QR Code Generator, which has nearly the same name as the one we just mentioned. You can easily access this free platform from your browser, and you can start creating QR codes from the get-go. To enjoy features like the ability to add logos, make simpler patterns, or generate dynamic QR codes, you’ll have to create an account. But if you have basic needs, this site is intuitive and provides everything you’ll need.  

What you can do with QR codes

QR codes can store around 4,000 characters of text, which can be a plain message, a link to a website, a file to download, or pretty much any other information you can think of. You’re probably most familiar with their ability to store website URLs, whether that’s a portal to a company website on an advertisement or a shortcut to a bar’s drinks list.

[Related: How to easily share Wi-Fi passwords]

But these patterns can do more than that. You could, for example, encode your contact details within a QR code and print it on your business card. That way, every time someone scans it, your information will pop up in their default contacts app, ready to be saved.

Or if you’re running a live gig venue, you could have a QR code printed on the bottom of posters and flyers to direct people to the website where they can buy tickets.

On a more simple level, you might want to create a QR code with your home WiFi network’s login details. Guests could scan the code and immediately hop online without any need to search for a network name or type in a password.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 27, 2021. 

The post How to make a QR code and share digital data with anyone, anywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data https://www.popsci.com/diy/chatgpt-privacy-tips/ Sat, 06 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539427
Screen showing the ChatGPT welcome screen
ChatGPT might reply like a human, but the you should never give the chatbot sensitive information. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

Control how your data is being used.

The post 3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screen showing the ChatGPT welcome screen
ChatGPT might reply like a human, but the you should never give the chatbot sensitive information. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

It’s a sign of the times that most new technology brings with it new privacy and security issues, and OpenAI’s ChatGPT is no exception. The text generator is truly impressive (at least to some), but it also raises questions about how it collects and processes our data.

ChatGPT’s developers trained the large language model on vast amounts of publicly available text on the web. But the chatbot also uses your conversations with it to learn, so if you want to protect your privacy, you’ll need to know what your options are. 

Activate incognito mode on ChatGPT

By default, OpenAI will use the messages you send to ChatGPT to “train and improve” its models. But users have the power to stop this from happening by using the platforms’ incognito mode. To activate it, open ChatGPT in your browser, click your username on the left, go to Settings, and next to Data Controls click Show. Once there, turn off the Chat History & Training toggle switch. 

From that point on, every time you close the browser tab, your conversation log with ChatGPT will disappear from your account. But that doesn’t mean it’s entirely gone—behind the scenes OpenAI hangs on to your chat history for 30 days to “monitor for abuse” before permanently deleting it.

Back on the Data Controls menu, there’s an Export data option. This won’t affect how OpenAI uses your information or delete what it has already collected, but it gives you a better idea of what OpenAI has on you. It might include chats you haven’t erased and the feedback you’ve given to ChatGPT’s responses. 

If there’s anything in there you’re not comfortable with, you can manually wipe your chat history. Back on the ChatGPT interface, click your username and then Clear conversations to get rid of your entire log all at once, or click the trash can icon next to any specific chat to wipe it out. ChatGPT won’t be able to use deleted conversations for training, but depending on how long your chat history has been there, the chatbot might have gotten to it before you did. To prevent that from happening in the future, or just in case someone gets access to your computer and wants to take a peek at your conversations, it’s a good idea to tidy your chat log up every now and again.

Finally, if you no longer want to talk to ChatGPT, you always have the option to delete your account, which you can do from the Data Controls panel.

Be careful with what you tell ChatGPT

ChatGPT may output text in a natural and life-like way, but don’t go trusting it as a friend or advisor. The platform’s official support documentation tells users not to share any sensitive information with the chatbot—and that’s not least because it’s difficult to be sure exactly how your data will be used and analyzed later.

The chatbot’s privacy policy says OpenAI logs data such as your conversations and the features you engage with, and may share “aggregated information” such as user statistics with third parties. As a response to legal requests from law enforcement, for example, the company may also share users’ personal information, such as email addresses and location data, with “affiliates.” But the document is vague and doesn’t specify who these affiliates might be exactly. 

Screenshot of the form you need to fill out if you don't want ChatGPT from learning about you.
You have no control over what ChatGPT learns about you, but you can try and stop it from learning about you altogether. David Nield

It’s a standard privacy policy, but the rule is clearly the same as with most platforms online: the less you’re sharing about yourself, the better. That won’t only protect you from questionable privacy practices OpenAI might have in the future, but also from bugs and hacks. For example, a recent ChatGPT outage resulted in people seeing titles from other active user’s chat history

If there’s public information about you on the internet, ChatGPT might be able to tell other users about you—and if that’s not scary enough, think about what could happen if it gets things wrong. If you want to correct inaccuracies or just stop ChatGPT from learning about you, you can fill out this form or get in touch with OpenAI via dsar@openai.com. You can learn more about the data ChatGPT is trained on in the platform’s support page.

Be extra cautious with ChatGPT third-party apps

We’ve covered what you need to know when using the ChatGPT platform, but that’s not the only place you’ll run into the chatbot. This tool is popping up all over the place as OpenAI is allowing third-party apps and plug-ins to build on top of it. And if you’re using any of them, then there’s a whole new set of privacy and security issues you’ll need to think about.

When it comes to using an app or browser extension built on top of ChatGPT, you’ll need to apply the same caution you would with any other third party tool: check the permissions it requires, read through the privacy policy and terms and conditions, and find out about any associated costs, whether it’s subscription fees or in-app payments. 

As soon as something becomes as popular as ChatGPT, scammers and hackers also want in on it, so we’d also recommend researching the background of the developer behind any ChatGPT tool you use. 

The most trustworthy apps will have privacy and security settings of their own you can configure. When it comes to the ChatGPT-powered Bing AI chatbot run by Microsoft, for example, click the three horizontal lines in the top right corner of the Bing interface, then choose Search history to see the chats that you’ve had with the AI and to clear these results if needed.

The post 3 ways to prevent ChatGPT from using you as training data appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Ditch your Google password and set up a passkey instead https://www.popsci.com/diy/google-passkey-setup/ Fri, 05 May 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539294
Laptop with google account screen showing how to set up passkeys
Enable passkeys and you'll be glad you forgot your password. Austin Distel / Unsplash

The big G now provides a passwordless alternative to access your data.

The post Ditch your Google password and set up a passkey instead appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Laptop with google account screen showing how to set up passkeys
Enable passkeys and you'll be glad you forgot your password. Austin Distel / Unsplash

Password haters across the land—rejoice. Following the efforts of Apple and Microsoft, Google is now a step closer to being password-free after making passkeys available to all individual account users

Of course, having the option doesn’t matter if you’re not sure what to do with it. Google’s new feature allows you to sign into your account from your devices with only a PIN or a biometric, like your face or fingerprint, so you can forget your ever-inconvenient password once and for all. If that sounds great to you, continue reading to activate passkeys for your Google account. 

How to set up a passkey for your Google account

Remember that at the moment, passkeys are only available for individual users, so you won’t find them on any Google Workspace account. To see what all the fuss is about, go to your Google Account page, look to the left-hand sidebar, and go to Security.

Under How to sign in to Google, click on Passkeys, and provide your password before you make any changes—this may be the last time you use it. On the next screen, you’ll notice a blue button that says Start with passkeys. Click on it and you’re done: Google will create the necessary passkeys and automatically save your private one to your device. The next time you log in, you’ll need to provide one of the authentication methods you’ve already set up for your computer or phone: your face, your fingerprint, or a personal identification number (PIN). 

[Related: How to secure your Google account]

If you have Android devices signed into your account, you’ll see them listed on the passkey menu as well. Google will automatically create those passkeys for you, so you’ll be able to seamlessly access your information on those devices. 

You can also use passkeys as backups to authenticate a login on another computer or smartphone. If you’re signing into your account on a borrowed laptop, for example, you can validate that new session by choosing your phone from the list that pops up when you choose passkeys as your authentication method. Then just follow the prompts on your phone, and you’ll be good to go. 

Now, a word of caution

In general, your Google passkey should work smoothly, but you may experience some hiccups as tech companies adapt to this relatively new form of security. Passkeys use a standard called WebAuthentication that creates a set of two related keys: one stays in the hands of the service you’re trying to log into (in this case, Google), while the other, a private one, is stored locally on your device. 

The dual nature of a passkey makes this sign-in method extremely secure because the service never sees your private key—it just needs to know you have it. But if you have multiple devices running different operating systems, the fact that your piece of the passkey puzzle lives locally can cause some issues.

Apple-exclusive environments have it easy. The Cupertino company syncs users’ passkeys using the iCloud keychain, so your private keys will all live simultaneously on your MacBook, iPhone, and iPad, as long as you’re signed into the same iCloud account. Add a Windows computer or an Android phone to the mix and things start to get messy—you may need to use a second device to verify your identity. This is when the backup devices mentioned above may come in handy. 

[Related: Keep your online accounts safe by logging out today]

The hope is that eventually, integration between operating systems will be complete and you’ll be able to log into all of your accounts no matter the make and OS of your device. In the meantime, you can try passkeys out and see if they’re right for you. Worst-case scenario, you set them aside and instead outsource the task of remembering your credentials to a password manager.

The post Ditch your Google password and set up a passkey instead appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can now use Android’s Nearby Share on PC https://www.popsci.com/diy/nearby-share-for-pc/ Thu, 04 May 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538948
Windows computer showing the Nearby Share app from Android.
Swapping files between Windows and Android devices has never been simpler. Windows / Unsplash

Instantly swap files with the people’s AirDrop.

The post You can now use Android’s Nearby Share on PC appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Windows computer showing the Nearby Share app from Android.
Swapping files between Windows and Android devices has never been simpler. Windows / Unsplash

Android users are proud of our devices’ versatility, but many of us have been low-key jealous of Apple’s AirDrop, which allows iPhones, iPads, and Mac computers to seamlessly swap files within a certain physical distance. Google, naturally, came up with its own version of the feature—Nearby Share—but until recently it was only available on the company’s operating system.

Thanks to a new beta app, anyone with an Android device can now also share photos and documents with Windows 10 and 11 computers. Consider this your sign to get your PC and your Google-powered phone closer than ever.  

Download the Nearby Share app on your Windows computer

Since Google introduced Nearby Share on Android Marshmallow in 2020, the feature has been built right into all devices running the mobile operating system. In short: you won’t need to download an app to your phone.

You will, however, need to have the right app on your PC. You can download it by going to Android’s official website and clicking on Get started with Beta. As you might have noticed from the site, the Nearby Share link between Android and Windows is only a beta program at the moment. This means you might find some bugs, and things might change a bit between now and the moment the feature officially launches. Don’t be scared though, as beta programs are common and the fact they’re open to the public means you shouldn’t run into too many serious problems.

[Related: 5 security questions to ask before installing any app]

Once the app is installed, it will prompt you to sign into your Google account. If you have multiple, using a different account from the one on your phone won’t prevent you from sharing files, but it will add a few steps. When you’re using the same account on your phone and PC, Nearby Share will assume you’re sending files to yourself so the process will happen automatically. 

Set up the Nearby Share app on your PC

As soon as the installation is complete and you’ve signed into your Google account, you’ll need to tweak some options within the Nearby Share app. First, you’ll have the ability to change your PC’s name, which by default will be the same one you use on Windows. 

Keep in mind that this name will appear on the devices of the people you’re sharing files with, so if your personal computer is named something like “HELL_RAISER_PC,” you might want to opt for a neutral one if you plan to share stuff with professional contacts. 

Next, you’ll be able to set the visibility of your device by clicking the Receive from drop-down menu. It’ll be set by default to your contacts, meaning only people you’ve saved to your phone will be able to send you things. You can also opt to receive files from everyone, which will allow you to connect with all non-Apple phones and computers around you, or from your devices, which will make your PC visible only to gadgets signed into your Google account. Your last option is the more secure Device is hidden, which means you’ll have to manually change this setting every time you want to share anything through Nearby Share. 

Click the cog icon on the top right of the app’s interface to find more options. Under Save received files to you’ll be able to change the folder where Nearby Share items go—it’ll be set to your Downloads folder by default. Lastly, if you want to keep some privacy, toggle off the switch next to Send usage & diagnostics data, which will prevent Google from getting information on how you use this feature. 

How to send files between Windows and Android devices via Nearby Share

After adjusting those settings, make sure all the devices involved in sharing are unlocked and have Bluetooth on, and you’ll be ready to send and receive files.

From your PC, just drop a document into the open app or click on the Select files or Select folder links at the bottom of the interface. Once you do that, Nearby Share will list all eligible devices around you—pick the one you want to start the connection. If you’re sending and receiving from the same Google account, the process will be automatic, and you’ll get a notification on your phone to open the file either in Google Photos (if it’s an image) or in your phone’s Downloads folder. If the accounts don’t match, the same notification will prompt you to accept or reject the document.

[Related: Wireless sharing with Apple, Android, and Windows devices made easy]

Sending files from your phone to your PC is equally easy. Open a file in any app on your handheld device, tap Share or the share icon (a less-than symbol with circles on all points), and select Nearby. As long as your PC is unlocked, you’ll see its name on the screen—tap it and the transfer will begin either automatically or after you accept the emerging prompt on your computer screen. 

The post You can now use Android’s Nearby Share on PC appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want https://www.popsci.com/stop-laptop-installing-software/ Sun, 01 Aug 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/stop-laptop-installing-software/
A person using a white MacBook laptop on a white table, maybe figuring out how to remove bloatware.
Take control over what gets installed on your laptop. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

Don't compromise the security of your system or the safety of your data.

The post Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a white MacBook laptop on a white table, maybe figuring out how to remove bloatware.
Take control over what gets installed on your laptop. Tyler Franta / Unsplash

The fewer applications you’ve got on your laptop or desktop, the better—it means more room for the apps you actually use, less strain on your computer, and fewer potential security holes to worry about.

Taking some time to remove bloatware—pre-installed programs you don’t want on your device—is only the first step. After that’s done, it’s important to ensure your computer doesn’t get cluttered up with unwanted software in the future. Once these two tasks are completed, you should find your cleaner, more lightweight operating system runs a whole lot smoother.

Banish the bloatware

A list of Windows 10 apps inside the operating system's apps and features menu, some of which may be bloatware.
Figuring out how to remove bloatware on Windows 10 is as easy as finding the program and clicking a button. David Nield for Popular Science

Your shiny new laptop might already be weighed down by unnecessary applications. These are called bloatware, and to expand on the brief definition we offered above, they’re basically the laptop manufacturer’s attempts to push its own services. Some can be useful, but you don’t have to keep them around if you don’t want to.

On Windows, click the Settings cog icon on the Start menu, then choose Apps. Next, click Installed apps (Windows 11) or Apps & features (Windows 10) to see a list of all the applications on your system. Removal is easy: on Windows 11 click the three dots to the right of an app’s name and pick Uninstall; on Windows 10 just select any one and hit Uninstall. Most programs can be erased this way, though some can’t be removed.

Bloatware is less of a problem on macOS devices, but you might not want to keep all of the programs Apple includes. You’ve got a few different options when it comes to uninstalling programs from macOS.

You could open up the Applications folder in Finder, and then drag the app icon down to Trash to remove it from your system. Alternatively, open Launchpad from the Dock or the Applications folder, click and hold on an app icon until it starts shaking, then tap the little X icon that appears on it.

Be careful with installers

The setup process in the installer for CCleaner Business Edition.
Tread carefully through software installation routines. David Nield for Popular Science

Plenty of programs will attempt to install extra software while you’re working your way through the initial setup process. Not only will this add extra clutter to your system, it can also be risky from a security perspective—you’re granting access to apps you haven’t fully vetted.

The only way to really guard against this is to pay attention as you install new software, and don’t zone out while clicking the “next” buttons until you’ve reached the end. Watch out for boxes that are checked by default and effectively give permission for the program to install extra software.

[Related: Questions to ask when you’re trying to decide on a new app or service]

You should also be careful about the software developers you trust to install applications on your laptop. There are many honest and reputable smaller developers out there, but always do diligent research before downloading and installing something new: check the history of the developer, and read reviews of the app from existing users.

To be on the safe side, limit yourself to installing apps from the official Microsoft and Apple stores whenever possible—these programs have been vetted, and shouldn’t attempt to install anything extra. On Windows, choose Microsoft Store from the Start menu; on macOS, click the App Store icon in the Dock.

Lock down your browser

The installation process for Dropbox for Gmail extension in a Google Chrome browser.
Check the permissions given to extensions in your browser. David Nield for Popular Science

Your browser is your laptop’s window to the web, so you’ll want to make sure it’s shored up against apps and extensions that surreptitiously install themselves. Keeping your browser updated is the first step, but thankfully modern browsers take care of that automatically (so long as you close all your tabs and restart the browser every once in a while).

Avoid agreeing to install any add-ons or plug-ins you don’t immediately recognize as programs you opted to download. If you’re in any doubt, navigate away from the page you’re on or close the tab.

Watch out for extra toolbars appearing in your browser, or browser settings (like the default search engine) changing without warning—you can always head to the extensions settings page in your browser to remove add-ons you’re not sure about.

When you install a new extension in your browser, you’ll get a pop-up explaining the permissions it has—the data it can see, and the changes it can make to your system. Don’t install any extras on top of your browser without double-checking the developers behind them and reading reviews left by current users.

Practice good security

The app and browser control settings screen on Windows 10, for security.
Windows has a built-in feature guarding against unwanted installations. David Nield for Popular Science

To maximize your protection against applications that would install themselves without your permission, we recommend installing an antivirus package whether you’re on Windows or macOS—you can find a variety of independent reports online to point you towards the best choices. These packages typically include dedicated tools that watch for unexpected software installations.

If you’re on Windows, you can make use of the built-in Windows Defender software that comes with the operating system and specifically checks for the installation of authorized apps. On Windows 11, open Settings, click Privacy & security, then Windows Security, Open Windows Security, and App & browser control to make sure the feature is enabled. If you’re still using Windows 10, open Settings, then click Update & Security, Windows Security, and App & browser control.

[Related: How to make sure no one is spying on your computer]

Be very careful when installing anything you’ve found on the web. Double-check you’re accessing it from a trusted website—in the case of Office 365, for example, download it straight from Microsoft rather than a third-party website. If you are downloading applications from the internet, make sure the file you’ve got matches what you thought you were getting.

The same goes for email attachments or links sent over social media—know the warning signs of phishing and other email-based attacks. If someone sends you something you weren’t expecting, whether it’s a document or a download, check the email address (the account may have your brother’s name, but if the email address is unfamiliar, step away) before opening anything.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on February 27, 2019.

The post Make sure your computer isn’t downloading stuff you don’t want appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
3 ways to change how iPhone notifications appear https://www.popsci.com/diy/iphone-notifications-lock-screen/ Tue, 02 May 2023 18:39:16 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538470
An iPhone on a notebook next to a Macbook on a wooden table, showing the Count notification display option on the iPhone's screen.
That's the minimalist look. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; John Kennedy for Popular Science

Yes, you can customize how alerts gather on your iPhone lock screen.

The post 3 ways to change how iPhone notifications appear appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone on a notebook next to a Macbook on a wooden table, showing the Count notification display option on the iPhone's screen.
That's the minimalist look. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; John Kennedy for Popular Science

When it comes to lock screen notifications, iPhone users generally belong in one of three camps: those who must see every alert at all times, those who would rather die than glimpse a single notification, and those who like to adjust the iOS settings to find a happy medium.

Coincidentally or not, Apple also offers three different ways to display notifications on an iPhone, and you may find you prefer one over your current settings. The feature was introduced with iOS 16, the same update that moved alerts to the bottom of the display due to increased lock screen customization options that prioritize space for widgets.

How to adjust the way notifications look on your lock screen

From left to right, the lock screen notification display options for the iPhone: count, stack, and list.
From left to right: count, stack, and list. John Kennedy for Popular Science

To set your preferred notification format, open your phone’s Settings app and tap Notifications. At the top of this page, you’ll see the Display As heading, with three images that depict where your alerts will appear if you pick Count, Stack, or List.

Count

Choose Count, and your notifications will appear at the very bottom of your screen, between the flashlight and camera shortcuts. The only trace of your alerts will be a single line that reads something like “3 Notifications.” Tap that text or swipe up to expand them. Minimalists: rejoice.

[Related: Hidden iPhone tricks that will change the way you use iOS]

Stack

Stack appears to be the default if you’ve never touched these settings, and it simply piles all your notifications on top of each other near the bottom of your screen. They don’t shrink into a single line of text, but they’re densely packed, and you can tap them or swipe up to see more details.

List

Definitely the most chaotic choice, the List display will display your notifications as individual alert bubbles, most recent at the top. Get enough of them, and they’ll start to overlap a bit, but this option will take up the most space on your screen.

What else to know about the iPhone lock screen notification options

No matter which option you choose, your notifications will always display first as bubbles at the bottom of your screen. Each will contain the name of the app that’s alerting you, plus a preview of what’s in that notification if you’ve allowed iOS to give you a sneak peek. If you’ve turned previews off (tap Show Previews, then Never or When Unlocked), you’ll see something generic, like  “51 text messages” or “notification.”

After your alerts sit untouched for a minute or two, they will take the form you’ve asked them to.

You can also easily move between the three options on your lock screen—the display setting you pick only controls how they build up when you’re not looking at your phone. If you chose a list, for example, you can swipe down on your screen to condense them into a stack, and swipe down again to reduce them to a mere count. This works the other way, too, and if you swipe up one more time after the list grouping, you’ll open the Notification Center, where you can see all pending notifications—which can be a lot. Maybe swipe back down and put those away for now.

The post 3 ways to change how iPhone notifications appear appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dual-monitor-stands/ Fri, 17 Jun 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449578
The best dual monitor stands offer lots of desk space
Stan Horaczek

Double the screens, double the fun, but take up less of the desk space with the best dual monitor stands.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dual monitor stands offer lots of desk space
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm
SEE IT

Full articulation and ease of use are what make this dual monitor arm stand out—especially if you don’t have a lot of desk space.

Best wall-mounted The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup. Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount
SEE IT

The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup.

Best budget VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount
SEE IT

VIVO’s Dual Monitor Desk Mount has more features than its modest price suggests.

With so many people working from home, many of us are furnishing our offices on our own dime or with a small work budget rather than requesting equipment at the office—and that can mean some real makeshift monitor stands, etc. Ergonomics, however, is just as important at home as in a cubicle. Using a dual-monitor stand, whether it’s something you put on your desk, a mounted monitor arm, or a bracket you mount on your wall, gives you the freedom to place your screens as you please for both maximum comfort and efficiency. There are many ways to optimize your two-monitor setup: The best dual-monitor stands ensure maximum flexibility, regardless of your approach.

How we chose the best dual-monitor stands

To make our selections, I paired my own personal testing and experience with professional reviews and consumer feedback on Amazon. Our favorite monitor arms and monitor stands for dual-display setups provide a wide range of use cases, installation types, and prices. We also kept brand credibility in mind: Among monitor arm manufacturers, there are a handful of respected companies, and a very large number of lesser-known brands that often offer cheap prices but without the reputation or warranty to back them up.

Best dual-monitor stands: Reviews & Recommendations

So you have two monitors, and you want to put them up on a single adjustable stand. Now that you know the basics of what to look for, we have a few recommendations for the best dual-monitor stands, including desk-mounted, wall-mounted, and freestanding options. No matter your home office or PC gaming setup, there should be a decent option for you among these picks.

Best overall: Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Mount-It’s monitor arm makes it very easy to maneuver two big displays without any friction.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 20lb per arm
  • Display size range: 19-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black, Silver

Pros

  • Requires very little desk space
  • Offers fine-grain control over the monitors
  • Easy-to-move displays

Cons

  • Price

We’ve had great success in our tests of Mount-It!’s single monitor arms, and feel very comfortable recommending this dual-display version to anyone who needs a lot of extra digital real estate to work. The arms can hold large, heavy displays, and each one can be twisted, tilted, and turned in several directions. This level of control can accommodate many work styles: video editors who want to see how their color grading tweaks are affecting the look of footage in real time, office workers who want to dedicate a vertically oriented monitor to their e-mail or messaging client, or gamers who want to monitor their Twitch chat.

Two features have impressed us with Mount-It!’s other monitor stands that apply to this one: The ease at which they allow you to control your monitor and how well their clamping mechanism keeps it firmly attached to your desk. We’ve had no issues moving a 27-inch monitor with one hand, and the ability to move your displays closer and further from your face comes in handy more frequently than you’d expect. If you don’t have a lot of physical desk space, this monitor’s clamp will be incredibly helpful. A monitor stand’s feet can take up a lot more room than you think, and having more area back for your go-to tech accessories is very useful.

Best desk-mounted: Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm is a slick desk mount that balances great build quality and the price that comes with it.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 7-20 lbs
  • Display size range: 27 inches
  • Available colors: Black/white/silver

Pros

  • Superior build quality
  • Plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to install
  • Lots of color options

Cons

  • Expensive

When you think of monitor mounts, free-moving gas-spring arms typically come to mind. They offer smooth action that allows you to move your screens with precision easily. Though it costs more than many other brands, Ergotron’s LX Dual Monitor Arm dual-monitor arm has a higher quality that justifies the price. Plus, it comes with a 10-year warranty, so you know the company stands behind its product. The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm doesn’t do anything flashy. It just does the basics very well.

Best wall-mounted: Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount

MOUNTUP

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount looks sharp, and strikes a balance between price and features.

Specs

  • Mount type: Wall mount
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 3.3 – 17.6 lbs
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: Chrome/Black

Pros

  • Great price
  • Very adjustable
  • Detachable VESA plates

Cons

  • Requires tools to install
  • Requires brick, concrete, or wood anchor

If you’re ready to commit to a specific home, spot, and desk setup, you can save a lot of money on a really great dual-monitor arm with the Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount. It looks sharp, carries a lot of weight, and costs less than half as much as our desk-mounted pick. That said, this is a heavy dual-monitor arm. Not only do you need to attach it to the wall, the manufacturer specifically calls for you to anchor it on a brick, concrete, or wooden stud. Drywall alone may not hold it up. That’s a huge limitation, but if you have the right setup, this is arguably the most stable way to mount your monitors.

Best freestanding: ErGear Dual Monitor Stand

ErGear

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you don’t want to mount your monitors on arms, ErGear makes a more conventional dual-monitor stand that’s sturdy and offers strong adjustability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Pole-adjusted height/static arm
  • Weight range: Up to 26.4 lbs
  • Display size range: 17-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Works on glass and executive-style desks
  • Zero “install”
  • High weight limit

Cons

  • Fewer placement/ergonomic options
  • Still takes up space on your desk

We often recommend desk-clamping or wall-mounted monitor arms for their great adjustability and their ability to free up desk space. However, not all of us can use those options: We can’t all drill holes in our walls, and some desks aren’t clamp-friendly. Whether your options are limited, or you simply don’t want to install anything, a desktop or “freestanding” monitor stand is the way to go.

ErGear’s Dual Monitor Stand features a static base column with adjustable spokes for both monitors. It is as adjustable as a dual-monitor arm, but you can still adjust height, tilt, swivel, and rotation to get very good, ergonomically mind positioning. It’s all held down by a large, sturdy black glass base that has enough room under it to route some cables. While it doesn’t free up as much space as a desk-mounted stand, putting both of your monitors on a single stand still opens up your workstation quite a bit.

Best vertical: Hemudu HT05B-002 Dual Monitor Stand

Hemudu

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Hemudu HT05B-002 allows you to set up a vertical stacking configuration without sacrificing stability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 50mm x 50mm, 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static mount
  • Weight range: 44 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: 13-34 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Can handle very large and heavy displays
  • Has plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to move

Cons

  • Fewer adjustment options compared to free-moving arms
  • Still takes up desk space

Ergonomics are, ultimately, the core advantage of using a dual-monitor arm. Putting your displays on a single, adjustable mount allows you to position your displays to reduce the number of neck movements you have to do in your daily work. No matter what you do, though, putting two widescreen displays right next to each other ensures that you will need to turn your head to focus on one screen or the other. Suppose you are the kind of person who uses one display most of the time and only occasionally glances at screen number two. In that case, a stacking monitor stand, which mounts the two monitors in a single column, might be useful. Craning your neck to look up isn’t great, ergonomically speaking, but if you only look at that second monitor every once in a while, it may lead to a net reduction in strain.

If you want to set up a vertical stack, we recommend a desktop mount like the Hemudu HT05B-002, rather than a desk-mounted one. With a vertical setup, you’re putting a lot more stress on the stand arm, and a flat stand handles that extra weight better. The HT05B-002 can handle two 34-inch, 44-lb. screens. It features removable VESA plates for easy installation as well. A wide base limits your desk real estate gains, but you can rest easy knowing that the stand will support your monitors’ weight(s). It’s a small consolation, but the feet under the base raise up enough to fit some of your other cabling underneath.

Best premium: Ergotron HX Desk Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you’re willing to pay a premium for a reliable brand, the Ergotron HX is as sturdy as they come.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm (More available with optional bracket adapter kit)
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 35 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: White, Silver, Black

Pros

  • Killer looks
  • 15-year warranty
  • A trusted name in ergonomics

Cons

  • Very expensive

It’s easy to find a monitor arm for under $100, but they’re almost always a gamble. You’re buying a relatively untested design from a brand with little to no reputation, which can be a risky proposition with a dual-monitor stand that holds and protects two pieces of equipment that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. If you have a pair of very expensive displays, you may want to consider spending a similarly luxurious amount on your stand. 

Ergotron is one of the oldest and most reliable names in the monitor stand game, and its HX dual-monitor arm is a deluxe desk-mounted stand. It has some of the flourishes from our other top picks, including a 15-year warranty and detachable VESA mounts for easy mounting. It also features a unique handlebar beneath the screens that allows you to adjust both displays at once. Those things are all just gravy, though. In this case, you’re spending a lot of extra money on the peace of mind that comes with buying a trusted luxury brand.

Best budget: VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount

VIVO

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: VIVO managed to make its dual-monitor stand comparable to more expensive models without many compromises.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Adjustment mechanism: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Weight range: up to 22lb per arm
  • Display size range: 13-30 inches
  • Available colors: Black, White

Pros

  • Gives you a fair amount of control over your monitors
  • Won’t take up a lot of room on your desk
  • Price

Cons

  • No automatic height adjustment

If you’ve invested most of your home office improvement budget on your new displays, it makes sense to save a little bit on a dual-monitor stand. This model from VIVO has most of the features found in our best overall pick, but at a quarter of the price. Each monitor can be tilted and twisted individually, but you can only adjust their height by loosening and tightening a screw on the back. Both monitors have to be set at the same height, which may matter depending on the type of work you do. This stand works with monitors up to 30-inches wide, but VIVO offers a model that can handle displays up to 32 inches if necessary.

We like monitor arms that can be clamped onto a desk rather than sit on top of it because of the space savings, which is why VIVO’s is especially appealing to us. We’re also impressed that it can control monitors up to 22 pounds, which means the arms on this stand are stronger than the ones on our best overall pick. If the lack of height adjustability isn’t a dealbreaker, there’s no reason to spend more money on a dual-monitor stand.

Things to consider before buying one of the best dual-monitor stands

Even if you know exactly which dual-monitor stand or arm to buy, it helps to know a bit about the basic mechanics involved. Different stands require varying amounts of installation at setup, and not every monitor can be mounted on a third-party stand. Understanding these basics will help you pick the right stand for your displays, and ensure you’re ready to install your stand (or call someone who can.)

Why should I use a dual-monitor stand?

There are many reasons to mount your monitors, ranging from purely cosmetic to enabling better ergonomics. The stands with PC monitors vary widely in construction quality, appearance, and features. Some stands take up tons of desk space without offering any additional utility. Others may not allow you to adjust them properly, forcing you to twist or crane your neck to look at them, which could lead to long-term strain. And some of them may just look ugly. When you buy a monitor for its great specs, which you should, it potentially opens the door for you to end up with a huge, ugly stand that gives you a sore neck. Luckily, most monitors allow you to remove the actual display from its stand and mount them on a third-party stand. 

A monitor stand, whether it sits on your desk, clamps on at edge of it, or bolts onto the wall behind it, can solve all of these issues at once, giving you the ability to place your monitor exactly where you want it, reclaiming your desk space for more useful tools, and swapping out what may be garish design for something more subtle and clean.

Stand, clamp, or wall mount?

When moving to a dual-monitor stand, you must choose between a conventional desktop form factor, a clamping desk-mounted design, or a wall-mounted one. Often, picking one versus another comes down to what kind of desk you have, how important it is to reclaim desk space, and the likelihood that you’ll need to move your setup.

If you have a flat desk with an edge or lip, we like clamping monitor stands that clamp to the rear edge of your desk. They’re sturdy, highly adjustable, and easy to install or remove without damaging the desk. (Some offer an option to drill a hole into your desk as an anchor, but it isn’t necessarily mandatory.)

That said, if you have a glass desk, an executive-style desk, or something with lots of cable guides built into the back, a clamp might not be a good fit. In most cases, there’s just no spot to install the clamp. With glass, it could literally shatter the desk. In those cases, a desktop stand makes more sense. Though you won’t get as much space back, a desktop with a dual-monitor stand still consolidates two screens onto a single stand, reclaiming some desk real estate. Also, desktop stands are very sturdy, so it makes sense to use them for larger, heavier screens.

Finally, there’s the wall mount. Whether you use a set of monitor arms or a bracket similar to what you’d use when mounting a TV, the wall mount is an extremely sturdy choice but requires serious installation. To install it, you’ll need to find a stud, drill some holes, and bolt your monitor stand to your wall. Once you install it, your monitor stand isn’t going anywhere, which means your desk setup isn’t going anywhere, either. That lack of flexibility makes it a very niche choice. You don’t want to have to spackle and repaint your walls every time you think your desk would look better over by the window.

Before you buy: Make sure all your monitors have VESA mounts

If you peek around the back of most computer monitors, you’ll notice that the stand for your display probably attaches via four screws in a square configuration. This is a standard configuration maintained by the Video Electronics Standards Association, commonly known as VESA, meant to make stands as close to universal as possible so users can buy new stands easily. 

VESA mounts can come in many sizes, but most PC monitors fall into one of two options, 75mm x 75mm or 100mm x 100 mm. That makes everyone’s life easier: All of our picks support both sizes, as should most third-party monitor stands of any shape and size. That said, you should still double-check your monitors’ specs to see VESA mount sizes you’ll need before buying a dual-monitor stand, if only to make sure that your monitor can be mounted at all. Some very cheap monitors (and a few very expensive ones) build their monitors permanently attached to their stands.

Double-check the weight of both of your displays

Monitors are heavy and expensive. Before mounting them, you should ensure your stand can support their weight. Make sure that your monitors are within the stands’ specified weight limit–don’t risk going above or below whatever limits the manufacturer sets. Most monitor manufacturers include the weight of the displays both with and without stands on their product pages. You have a little wiggle room on the size of the monitor, but consider the weight tolerances to be inviolable laws of nature in this case, or risk breaking hundreds or even thousands of dollars worth of monitors.

FAQs

Q: Does a dual-monitor arm save space?

Desk- and wall-mounted monitor arms do double duty, clearing off desktop space and improving your PC setup’s ergonomics. With your monitor on a desk-mounted stand, you can remove the original stand from your desk, giving you back some desk space. You can leave that space open for a cleaner, more minimalist look, use it as a spot to store a laptop, or maybe take advantage of it as a home for some desktop speakers? The sky’s the limit.

Q: How much weight can a dual-monitor stand hold?

The maximum weight your dual-monitor stand can hold will vary from stand to stand. The mounts we’ve selected for this list max out at anywhere from 17.6 lbs to 44 lbs per monitor, influenced by the build material, the type of arm, and mounting style. 

This is one of the most important things to check out before picking out an arm. Do not buy a stand unless you are sure it can support your monitors’ weight.

Q: Can you use a monitor arm on a glass desk?

You can use some dual-monitor arms on a glass desk. Avoid using desk-mounted monitor stands, which apply a large amount of clamping force to your desk. A clamping monitor stand may very well crack or shatter the desk. So long as your desk can handle the weight of two monitors, a desktop monitor stand should work fine. If weight is also a concern, consider a wall-mounted stand.

Q: How much should a dual-monitor stand cost?

This will vary based on the features you need, but you shouldn’t have to spend over $50 on a monitor stand if your needs are modest.

Final thoughts on the best dual-monitor stands

With so many options for mounting your monitors and such a wide range of prices, the best dual-monitor stands are a very affordable and useful upgrade for anyone using two monitors. Whether you’re rocking one display in landscape mode and one in portrait mode, pairing an ultrawide monitor with a standard one, mounting to a desk or a wall, there are dynamic stands for every type of home setup.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app https://www.popsci.com/diy/app-security-questions/ Tue, 02 May 2023 12:23:31 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538260
A person holding an iPhone with a number of apps on its home screen. We hope they asked these security questions before installing them.
Be selective about what goes on your phone or laptop. Onur Binay / Unsplash

These simple checks will help keep your devices safe from bad apps and bad actors.

The post Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone with a number of apps on its home screen. We hope they asked these security questions before installing them.
Be selective about what goes on your phone or laptop. Onur Binay / Unsplash

There’s a wealth of software available for Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS—but not all of it has been developed with the best intentions. There are apps out there that have been built to steal your data, corrupt your files, spy on your digital activities, and surreptitiously squeeze money out of you.

The good news is that a few smart questions can steer you away from the shady stuff and toward apps you can trust and rely on. If you’re not sure about a particular piece of software for your phone or computer, running through this simple checklist should help you spot the biggest red flags.

1. How old is the app?

Wherever you’re downloading an app from, there should be a mention of when it was last updated. On the Google Play Store on Android devices, for example, you can tap About this app on any listing to see when it was last updated, and what that update included. On iOS, tap Version History.

Old software that hasn’t been updated in the last year or so isn’t necessarily bad, but be wary of it: It’s less likely to work with the latest version of whatever operating system you’re on, and it’s more likely to have security vulnerabilities that can be exploited by bad actors (because it’s hasn’t been patched against the latest threats).

Don’t automatically trust brand new software either. An app may have been rushed out to cash in on a trend (whether it’s Wordle clones or ChatGPT extensions), and these types of apps are built to make money rather than offer a good user experience or respect your privacy. It may be worth just waiting until you’ve seen some reviews of the app in question.

The app info for an Android app on the Google Play store.
Look out for when the last app update was. David Nield for Popular Science

2. What are other people saying?

That brings us neatly to user reviews, which can be a handy way of gauging an app’s quality. It’s easy to use the dedicated reviews sections in official app stores to see what other people think of the software, but in other scenarios (like downloading a Windows program from the web) you can do a quick web search for the name of the app.

Be sure to check several reviews rather than just relying on one or two, and look for running themes over isolated incidents (the customer isn’t necessarily always right). See what users are saying about bugs and crashes, for example, and how any requests for support have been handled.

[Related: What to do when your apps keep crashing]

Reviews can be faked of course, even in large numbers. Don’t be too trusting of very short and very positive reviews, or reviews left by people with usernames that are generic or look like they might have been created by a bot. Place most faith in longer, more detailed reviews that sound like they’ve been written by someone who’s actually used the software in question.

3. Can you trust the developer?

It doesn’t hurt to run a background check on the person or company that made the software, and the developer’s name should be shown quite prominently on the app listing or the webpage you’re downloading from. Clearly if it’s a well-known name, like Adobe or Google, it’s a piece of software you can rely on.

If you’re on Android or iOS, you can tap the developer name on an app listing to see other apps from the same developer. If they’ve made several apps that all have high ratings, that’s positive. Developer responses to user reviews are a good sign as well, showing that whoever is behind the software is invested in it.

Checking up on the developer of an app that you’re downloading from the wilds of the web isn’t quite as straightforward, but a quick web search for their name should give you some pointers. Developers without any online or social media presence, for instance, should be treated with caution.

4. How much does it cost?

Pay particular attention to how much an app costs, both in terms of up-front fees and ongoing payments: These details are listed on app pages on Android and iOS, and should be fairly straightforward to find on other platforms too. You don’t want an app that’s going to extort money out of you, but you also need to figure out how the costs of development are being supported.

Like the other questions here, there are no hard and fast rules, but if an app is completely free it’s most likely supported through data collection and advertising—this is true from the biggest names in tech, like Facebook and Google, to the smallest independent developers. Freemium models are common too, where some features might be locked behind a paywall.

[Related on PopSci+: You have the power to protect your data. Own it.]

If you get as far as installing an app, go through the opening splash screens very carefully, and pay attention to the terms and conditions. Watch out for any free trials you might be signing up for,that could be charging your credit card unexpectedly in a month’s time (even if you’ve uninstalled the app).

The in-app pricing list for Bumble.
Check the app list for any in-app payments. David Nield for Popular Science

5. Which permissions does it need?

If you’re installing an app through an official app store, you should see a list of the permissions it requires, such as access to your camera and microphone. You’ll also get prompts on your phone or laptop when these permissions are requested. Be on the lookout for permissions that seem unreasonable or don’t make sense, as they could indicate a piece of software that’s less trustworthy.

Ideally, apps should explain to you why they need the permissions they do. Access to your contacts, for example, can be used to easily share files with friends and family, rather than to pull any personal data from them. It’s not an exact science, but it’s another way of assessing whether or not you want to install a particular program.

You can change app permissions after they’ve been installed, too, and you should check in on these every once in a while because settings may change as developers update their app. We’ve written guides to the process for Windows and macOS, and for Android and iOS. If you do think that a piece of software is reaching further than it should do in terms of permissions, you can block off its access to them rather than removing it.

The post Stop and ask these 5 security questions before installing any app appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to block toxic comments everywhere https://www.popsci.com/block-toxic-comments/ Wed, 07 Jul 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/block-toxic-comments/
A woman punching through a laptop screen while shouting.
Hit the mute button before you do this. SIphotography / Depositphotos

You don’t need to be angry or sad every time you go online—these extensions and settings can help eliminate the worst of the web.

The post How to block toxic comments everywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman punching through a laptop screen while shouting.
Hit the mute button before you do this. SIphotography / Depositphotos

Some corners of the internet act as bastions of healthy discussion, but out there on the Wild Web, discourse appears worse than ever before. If you’re tired of feeling your blood boil every time you get to the bottom of an article or open up your social media app of choice, it’s time to clean up your internet conversations.

Block comments on news sites and blogs

Some sites are doing away with comments altogether, but there are plenty that have stuck by their discussion section—even if it’s littered with spam and hateful garbage. You can’t stop commenters from spewing their filth, but you can banish them from your view. Shut Up is a simple open-source tool that will automatically block most comment sections across the web. It’s available as an extension for Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Apple’s Safari, Microsoft Edge, and Opera. Just install it on your desktop or mobile platform of choice, and comment sections will disappear as if they were never there.

If there’s a site that you actually like to read comments on—yes, there are a few decent ones out there—you can click the Shut Up button in your toolbar or press Ctrl+Shift+X to whitelist that site. It will remember your preferences, so your favorite comment sections will stay visible no matter how many times you leave and return. Sadly, there’s no way to mute certain comments based on keywords.

Note that due to the way Chrome’s annoyingly broad permission system works, this extension will request access to read and edit data on all sites you visit, but you can read the developer’s privacy policy to ensure you agree with it. Afterward, if you’re still uneasy, you can always inspect and inject the Shut Up CSS code yourself, if you have a stylesheet extension you like.

Mute words on Twitter, Instagram, and other social networks

Website and blog comments are just a small fraction of toxic internet conversation—most of it happens on social media. Shut Up will block comment sections on some networks, like Facebook and Reddit, but that defeats the purpose of using those platforms at all. Thankfully some services, like Twitter and Instagram, have caught on and built “mute” functions that let you hide comments that contain certain keywords, for more control over what you see.

On Twitter, you can mute tweets with certain words or phrases by heading to the Twitter website and clicking More on the sidebar to the left. Next, go to Settings and Support > Settings and privacy > Privacy and safety > Mute and block > Muted words. Finally, click the plus icon in the top right to add words to your list. In the mobile app, the steps are nearly identical, but you start by tapping your avatar in the upper left-hand corner of your screen and build a list of muted words by using the Add button at the bottom right.

When you add the words you want to avoid, you can also select how long you want to mute it—which is useful if you’re just trying to avoid spoilers for a few days.

[Related: How to make your Twitter account more secure]

Instagram’s Mute feature is similar, though it only applies to comments on your posts (not other people’s). Start by going to your profile in the app, then tap the three lines in the top right. Head to Settings and privacy and scroll down to Hidden words. There are a number of options on this page, but if you’re looking to mute specific words, tap Manage custom words and phrases and start adding words. Then activate the toggle switches next to Hide comments and Hide message requests, depending on your needs, to hide any of those that contain your muted words.

If you want to do a little less work, you can also turn on the switches under the Offensive words and phrases heading at the top of the page to hide comments or message requests containing any words Instagram thinks you won’t want to see.

Other social networks, like Reddit, don’t have a mute feature built-in. However, browser extensions like the ever-popular Reddit Enhancement Suite will allow you to mute comments with certain words just the same. Install the extension and open the RES Settings Console. Navigate to Subreddits > filteReddit, and create filters to your heart’s content. You can hide posts with specific terms in the title, or block posts that come from chosen websites. You can also build filters for comments, provided you know how regular expressions work—there’s a small tutorial available if you need it.

Finally, Facebook is in a weird spot when it comes to muting or filtering comments. Back in June of 2018, Facebook began testing a feature called Keyword Snooze that would allow you to hide any comment containing words you specified. It wasn’t available to everyone and that test ended in January 2021. Now, your best bet is to hit the three dots in the top right corner of any post on your News Feed and choose Hide post to see fewer posts like it. From the same menu, you can snooze and unfollow the person or page that posted it.

In the absence of a built-in mute button, a popular browser extension called Social Fixer can create powerful keyword filters from the Filters section of its settings. Like the Reddit Enhancement Suite, these can get a bit complex and require a certain syntax, but you can read more about your options on its Github page. And again, if you’re wary about installing extensions from developers you don’t know, you can browse the code yourself and install it separately.

Remember, any time you install a browser extension to gain this feature, it’ll only mute posts on that specific computer—so Social Fixer and the Reddit Enhancement Suite won’t help you in mobile apps, where the extensions can’t be installed. We can only hope that companies like Facebook continue to build these features into their apps, so we don’t have to rely on third parties and workarounds to do it for us. But for now, it’s better than nothing.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 1, 2019.

The post How to block toxic comments everywhere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 ways to protect your Google search history https://www.popsci.com/diy/protect-google-search-history/ Thu, 01 Jul 2021 14:27:25 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=376706
A person using a laptop computer with Google on the screen.
We can't protect you from someone looking over your shoulder, though. Benjamin Dada / Unsplash

Consider protecting your search data with a password.

The post 4 ways to protect your Google search history appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using a laptop computer with Google on the screen.
We can't protect you from someone looking over your shoulder, though. Benjamin Dada / Unsplash

Google has become so synonymous with search that the company’s name has found its way into the dictionary as a verb—and that means your Google search history can reveal a lot about your life. If someone manages to gain access to that treasure trove of information, they could learn about everything from the medical conditions you’ve been worried about to where you’ve been on your vacations.

With so much sensitive data involved, you should make sure that your search history is safe from prying eyes. There are ways to make extra-sure that no outsiders can get a glimpse at what you’ve been looking for, and to block Google itself from knowing anything about your online queries.

Put a password on your Google search history

The Google search history password option inside the Google account settings.
Use extra verification on computers that other people have easy access to. David Nield for Popular Science

Your Google account is protected by both a password and two-factor authentication if you’ve switched that on (we recommend you do). That should minimize the risk of anyone else being able to log in and take a peek at what you’ve been searching for, but you can do more.

If you’re on a computer where you’re regularly logged into Google, your browser has your password saved, and other people (maybe housemates or colleagues) are likely to be wandering past, you might feel like an additional layer of security is required. Or maybe you’re just very private and security-conscious.

For these situations, Google has created an extra password step just for your search history. Even if someone makes it to your Google account page, they’ll need your password to enter the search history section.

You can enable this by going to your Google account page, and choosing Data & privacy from the options on the left. Scroll down to the History settings box, click Web & App Activity, and then hit Manage all Web & App Activity at the bottom of the page. Finally, click Manage My Activity verification, fill in the bubble next to Require extra verification, and hit Save.

Automatically delete your Google searches

The options to automatically delete your Google search history.
Google can clean up your search history after a set period of time. David Nield for Popular Science

Google will automatically clean up your search history, if you want it to. Go to your Google account page, click Data & privacy, find the History settings heading, and click Web & App Activity to open the Activity Controls page. There, find the Auto-delete section and click the time period underneath to open a dialog box full of customization options. Use the dropdown menu to tell Google to automatically delete search history data older than three, 18, or 36 months.

Back on the Activity Controls page, if you choose Manage all Web & App Activity instead of opening the auto-delete options, you can manually wipe everything you’ve ever searched for, or just some of it. Use the search and filter options to look for something specific, and either the Delete box directly under the search bar or the X buttons next to individual entries to get rid of what you want to erase.

[Related: How to purge all of your search histories]

You can also use the Activity Controls page to just tell Google to stop tracking your activity altogether. To do so, find the Web & App Activity heading and click Turn off. Then hit Pause, followed by Got it to confirm that this is actually what you want to do. This will remain off until you decide to turn it back on. For a clean slate, click Manage all Web & App Activity at the bottom of the page to see your activity, then hit Delete and All time to erase everything, or use whatever other options suit you.

Avoid Google entirely

The opening screen of Google's incognito mode.
Incognito mode keeps no record of your searches. David Nield for Popular Science

Another way to keep your Google search history private is not to allow Google to track it in the first place. If you open an incognito or private window in your browser of choice before visiting Google and running your search, it won’t be recorded. As soon as you close the window, the browser (and Google) will forget the query ever happened.

In Google Chrome, for example, click the three dots in the top right-hand corner of the browser interface and choose New Incognito Window from the menu that appears. In Microsoft Edge, click the three dots (top right) then New InPrivate window; in Firefox, click the three lines (top right), then New private window; and in Safari you can click File and New Private Window.

When you start off in an incognito or private browser window, you won’t be signed into any of your accounts, including your Google one. Make sure you don’t sign into Google during the browsing session though—otherwise Google will log your search requests as normal, even if you’re using a private browsing mode.

You also have the option to run your web searches elsewhere: You can pick from Microsoft’s Bing or the privacy-focused DuckDuckGo, for instance. The developers behind the browser Brave have also launched a search engine you can try, and it won’t track you or anything you’re searching for.

Manage your browsing history and syncing

The options for clearing your Google browsing history data.
Your web browser has history clean-up options of its own. David Nield for Popular Science

If you use Chrome while signed into your Google account, everything you search for on Google will be saved to the browser and your Google account. If you’ve turned off tracking in your Google account, your search history will still appear in Chrome. These lists of queries are one and the same, though the information might be presented slightly differently. You can see your history in Chrome by clicking the three dots (top right), choosing History, then History again.

This setup also means you can delete your history from your browser as well as your Google account page. From the History screen, you can select individual entries and then choose Delete, or click Clear browsing data on the left for some more comprehensive options. Select Browsing history and the time period you want to cover, then select Clear data.

[Related: How to clear your web history in any browser]

At the bottom of the dialog, you’ll see whether or not you’re signed into Google. If you want to clear the history in the local Chrome browser without affecting the history records in your Google account, you’ll need to sign out of Google first to break the sync—then repeat the steps we’ve outlined above.

If you’re using a browser other than Chrome, you’ll have two separate search and browsing histories to think about: the one stored by Google and the one stored by your browser (unless you’re using private mode for all your searches). Safari, Edge, and Firefox all have options for clearing the history logged in your browser, across whatever time period you like, but you need to remember to run these wipes regularly.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 1, 2021.

The post 4 ways to protect your Google search history appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 apps to organize your next group outing https://www.popsci.com/diy/group-trip-planning-apps/ Fri, 28 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537444
Three people standing on a high rock, looking at a beach downhill.
Skip all the boring parts of putting together a group trip and go straight to the fun. Tron Le / Unsplash

These apps help you collectively organize bookings, sightseeings, and even spending.

The post 5 apps to organize your next group outing appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Three people standing on a high rock, looking at a beach downhill.
Skip all the boring parts of putting together a group trip and go straight to the fun. Tron Le / Unsplash

There’s a lot to like about going on trips as a group—the shared experiences, the socializing, the deepening of friendships, the support and help when you need it. But it’s not without its problems either.

At the planning stage, trying to make sure everyone’s voice is heard and everyone’s ideas are accommodated can be tricky. But as with so many modern-day challenges, technology can help and group trip planner apps can help your journey go brilliantly.

Troupe

With Troupe group vacation planning is simple as can be: You create your trip, invite your crew, and you’re up and running. There’s a central message board for each trip that you can use to post text and images, so even when you’re not actually making decisions you’ll all stay connected.

You’ll be able to easily manage dates, destinations, and places to stay, and the slick Troupe interface means that it’s always clear who is contributing ideas and responses in each section. There’s a really handy polls feature too, which means you and the people you’re traveling with can vote on everything from attractions to see to restaurants to avoid.

Troupe is available for free for iOS.

[Related: 5 essential road trip apps that have nothing to do with eating, sleeping, or navigating]

Wanderlog

Wanderlog can manage every aspect of a trip, including the sights you want to see, how long it’ll take to get between them, and the flight and hotel reservations you need to sort out. You can use it for free, but you can also pay $50 a year for extras such as offline access to your plans and the ability to export itineraries to Google Maps.

It’s really simple to share your trips with other people, and you can choose to let them edit the various parts of the plans or just view them. Everyone can see what’s happening at all times, and leave comments or simple likes (just as you might on social media). There’s even a tool for managing and splitting costs.

Wanderlog is available for Android and iOS. Unlock extra features for $50 a year.

Pluto

Pluto’s mission is to make trip planning as enjoyable and as stress-free as possible, and we’d say that it absolutely succeeds in its aims. Right from the opening screen there’s a feeling of calm and control, and the interface is really simple to move around. The app works with Pinterest-style pinboards and you can create one for each of your planned trips.

These pinboards can feature everything from where you want to eat and drink to the modes of transportation you’re planning to use. Pluto will even show you example pinboards for popular destinations to give you some inspiration. You can share all of your boards with other people, and they can then contribute their own ideas in each of the categories.

Pluto is available for free for iOS.

Howbout

Howbout doesn’t offer as many features as some of the apps mentioned above, but that simplicity has its own appeal. You create a plan, invite your friends, and start organizing. Everyone can see at a glance what’s happening and when, and there are a number of tools for each plan—a chat thread, polls, and a neat feature for finding dates when people in the group is free.

Another nice option is countdowns, so you can all see the seconds ticking away to your big vacation. Howbout is also good at exploring possible places to go within a particular destination, like bars or notable landmarks, and managing multiple trips together is straightforward as well.

Howbout is available for free for Android and iOS.

[Related: 4 apps you didn’t know could help you explore new destinations]

TravelSpend

Our last app pick focuses on one particular aspect of your trip: expenses. The hassle of chasing up payments and sorting out who’s paying for what can be one of the downsides of traveling in a group. But TravelSpend takes away some of that strain—you can set up a budget ahead of time, or keep track of expenses while on your trip.

The app also lets you categorize your spending so that it’s easier to see where all the money is going. When sharing the app with others, you can also quickly split bills, settle up payments, and always know who you’re in debt to. You can use the app for free, but a $4-a-month subscription removes the ads and enables you to export your expenses to other apps.

TravelSpend is free for Android and iOS. Remove ads and get extra features with a monthly $4 subscription. 

The post 5 apps to organize your next group outing appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: Read this before sharing another photo of a kid online https://www.popsci.com/diy/sharenting/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537079
Teddy bear sitting in a corner and hands peeking from the corner with a phone taking pictures of the teddy bear.
Sharenting is not something only parents do. Any adult with a kid in their lives can do it. Lauren Pusateri

Adults need to do better by children in the digital world.

The post The Opt Out: Read this before sharing another photo of a kid online appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Teddy bear sitting in a corner and hands peeking from the corner with a phone taking pictures of the teddy bear.
Sharenting is not something only parents do. Any adult with a kid in their lives can do it. Lauren Pusateri

WITH A FEW infamous exceptions, it’s safe to say most of the content we see about children on social media has a positive spirit behind it. Your friend’s photo of their first sonogram and your cousin’s lengthy ramble about their toddler’s temper tantrums each come from a good place: the desire to mark a milestone, seek support, share happiness, or build community. But shifting the focus from the people who make the posts to the kids portrayed in them reveals a problem. 

The emotional, psychological, and developmental consequences of having one’s childhood—and all its growing pains—shared online are still unknown, as the first generation of kids conceived in the era of social media is only now coming of age. But studies and specialists are already warning that oversharing information about the kids in our lives might be fraught—both from an ethical and an online privacy point of view. 

What is sharenting and why is it problematic?

A portmanteau of share and parenting, sharenting is the common practice of creating, storing, and publishing content about kids online. And before you think being childless exempts you, know that the term is not limited to parents. If you’ve posted a TikTok dance with your nephew, made photo albums on Facebook about your students, live-tweeted your babysitting adventures, or just recounted a funny thing some kid did on the street, you’ve sharented. 

[Related: School devices are sharing your family’s data, but you can stop them]

“All of that seems innocuous, so you must be talking about influencers and mommy bloggers posting photos and videos of their children 24/7,” I hear you saying. Nope. Sharenting goes beyond the people making a profit off the content they share—the possibility of exploitation and what some may consider digital child labor is only a fraction of the problem. 

Think of it this way: A lot of the time, the kids in social media posts haven’t consented to having their picture or video taken and seen by people they know, let alone millions of others around the world. And even if they say it’s OK, they’re children. We cannot expect them to fully grasp the consequences of having their likeness and sensitive information posted online. Even educated adults have a hard time figuring out what terms and conditions and privacy policies mean, or gauging the social and psychological effects of broadcasting their lives. 

The obvious negative consequences of sharenting are the criminal and illegal activities it can lead to. Consider a post made by a new parent that includes a photo of their newborn, the kid’s full name and date of birth, and the name of the hospital. All that information will probably still be there when that infant becomes an adult, readily available for anyone who wants to bypass the security questions for one of their online accounts. And problems won’t wait for adulthood: A 2011 Carnegie Mellon CyLab study found that child identity theft was 51 times more common than adult identity theft. This is likely because a child’s identity is a clean slate with no credit history, Harvard Law School faculty member Leah Plunkett says in her book Sharenthood

Then there’s the possibility that the pictures you took of your child’s bath or your niece’s gymnastics tournament will end up on the wrong side of the internet. In 2015, an investigation by Australia’s children e-safety commissioner found that one image-sharing website for pedophiles contained at least 45 million files and “about half the material appeared to be sourced directly from social media.” 

Beyond these clear risks, the effects of sharenting on the psychosocial development of children are unclear. Data is scarce as we wait for the first children raised on social media to become adults, says Stacey Steinberg, a professor at the University of Florida Levin College of Law and author of Growing Up Shared. “Research, for the most part, is anecdotal—it is desperately needed,” she says. In her book, Plunkett theorizes that sharenting may thwart a child’s essential ability to explore, and that long-lasting posts may alter their personal narrative and sense of self, as many people they meet will go online and learn about them.

Sharenting do’s and don’ts 

The battle for online privacy is ongoing, and children’s privacy is no exception. In the US, laws and regulations like the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment aim to safeguard the data of minors on the internet, but privacy advocates still consider them insufficient

Some states are moving to pass their own laws in this regard, and the US Senate itself has its eye on the parenting influencer industry. But as of today, the country has no comprehensive statute that protects children’s privacy in all contexts. Still, adults have the choice and power to help. 

“Most parents do not overshare because they are trying to be malicious,” Steinberg says. “Most just have not yet considered the importance of their child’s digital footprint.” On the contrary, adults generally sharent with good intentions. Studies show sharenting is a way for parents to find validation and social support, and to help each other in an increasingly isolating landscape for child rearing. So instead of stopping everything and eliminating even the benefits of sharenting, Plunkett suggests four ways to post about the kids in your life in a more responsible way.

Share offline

First, go analog when possible. This is especially important if you’re sharing private information about a child. It’s important to you, as a person in charge of a minor, to receive support and validation from the people around you, and even though posting about it online may be the most immediate option, there are other ways to go about it. If you want people to see a cute picture of your baby to mark their first year, consider printing and mailing copies to your family and loved ones. If you need help managing a child’s temper tantrums, maybe pick up the phone and call or text your pediatrician instead of writing a lengthy Facebook post about it. 

Keep super-sensitive details to yourself

When it comes to sensitive information, just don’t share it. The things we post online have much longer lives than we realize, and details such as birth dates or the name of a child’s middle school could eventually make it easier for criminals and creeps to act against today’s children in the future. It’s unlikely these bits of information will unlock an account on their own, but they could be the missing piece that helps a hacker validate someone’s identity or answer a security question. 

Make sure the kids are fully clothed

One of the most disturbing uses of sharents’ photos and videos of children is their storage and reposting on file-sharing sites that cater to pedophiles. Most of the time, these pictures show kids in common situations like playing at the beach, running around in the park, or practicing cartwheels in the backyard. But the truth is that a lot of these innocent images get sexualized by twisted people. This is why Plunkett recommends only posting images of fully clothed children. The Innocent Lives Foundation, which seeks to protect children against predators online, provides more guidelines on particular outfits they search for (costumes, tutus, and bathing suits, for example) and hashtags to avoid when posting.

Don’t include the child’s face

Finally, ask yourself if a kid’s face actually has to be in the photo. You can always use an emoji or a scribble to cover their features, but if that goes against your aesthetic, consider posting only pictures showing the back of their head or a slight profile. This will help them stay anonymous in the real world.

Get the kids involved

It’s easy to think of the internet as a sea of data where everything will eventually get lost, but reality suggests otherwise. Those of us who remember living without the World Wide Web can confirm: Everything we posted during the early days haunts us, just as the content you share today might haunt the children in your life several years down the road.

[Related: When to have the online-security talk with your kids]

This is why getting kids involved in the decision-making process before you post something online can be formative in their digital education. Steinberg advocates giving children veto power over what you post about them online. Meanwhile, Plunkett says doing research with them and explaining—in a developmentally appropriate way—how social media works “models and supports practical and ethical digital citizenship.” This could also help them grow into adults who know the consequences of oversharing and have healthier relationships with online platforms. But whatever approach you take, keep in mind that as the only grown-up in this situation, you’re the one making the call to share or not to share. Kids are minors, and by definition, they cannot grant informed consent. 

It helps to think about children not as a source of entertainment or an opportunity to harvest likes, but as individuals who will one day face the consequences of our decisions to share moments of their lives. You might think you shared something silly or cute, like a video of them falling asleep on the toilet when they were three, but for them it may turn into a social debacle in the school cafeteria. Or maybe you run into an issue with something else—something you can’t even think of right now—that prevents them from getting into the college of their dreams. That’s the scary part: the not knowing. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: Read this before sharing another photo of a kid online appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should back up your Blu-rays and DVDs before they break https://www.popsci.com/diy/back-up-dvd-blu-ray/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 12:08:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537087
A person putting a DVD or Blu-ray disc into a black laptop, potentially to back it up.
Time's running out to back up your collection. racorn / Depositphotos

This free program will help you move data from discs to a safe place.

The post You should back up your Blu-rays and DVDs before they break appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person putting a DVD or Blu-ray disc into a black laptop, potentially to back it up.
Time's running out to back up your collection. racorn / Depositphotos

Entropy is, sadly, our reality. Everything eventually breaks down; everything eventually stops working. That includes your Blu-ray and DVD collection.

Sure, in a well-maintained archive, a Blu-ray is a great long-term option, but your shelves (or worse, haphazardly packed box) aren’t a well-maintained archive, sorry. Whether by natural disaster, kids finding and deciding to play with your discs, or just good old-fashioned wear-and-tear, all of your Blu-rays will stop working someday. Back them up now before they do.

If nothing else, take some time to save any home videos you only have on Blu-ray or DVD—a wedding recording, say, or anything else you wouldn’t be able to replace. But even things you can replace, like movies, are frustrating to buy again just because a disk got scratched. This is why I like to back up my discs to a computer hard drive—so I have a redundant copy.

To back up a Blu-ray or DVD, you will need a Blu-ray drive for your computer and enough hard drive space to store your collection.

Just a reminder: ripping TV shows or movies from protected discs may be a copyright violation, depending on where you live, and it’s almost certainly not legal if you intend to share the files with others.

How to rip Blu-ray to video files

The MakeMKV beta interface.
MakeMKV can help you rip DVDs and Blu-rays onto a hard drive. Justin Pot

The simplest tool for copying Blu-rays is MakeMKV, which is available for Windows, macOS, and Linux. It’s relatively simple to use, and it’s free. OK, it’s only free while it’s in beta, but it’s been in beta for over a decade and there’s no reason to think that’s going to change anytime soon. The company posts working license keys on the forum every month. Just copy this code, click Help, hit Register, and paste the code to register the application. Keep that link handy: the beta codes expire every couple of months.

With MakeMKV open, insert your DVD or Blu-ray and click the big button that looks like a disc drive. The program will scan the disc and give you a list of video files. Check the boxes next to the videos you want to rip. You sadly can’t preview the files, but you can see how long they are—this should help you determine which video is which. For a movie, the longest video will generally be the feature presentation, while shorter ones tend to be special features. For discs containing TV shows, the episodes will generally be in order. This can all vary, though, so be sure to check your videos afterward just to make sure.

[Related: How to back up and protect all your precious data]

Note that you can select which audio tracks you want to rip—commentary tracks, for example, or dubbed audio for other languages. By default, the program grabs all of them, but you can uncheck any track you don’t want.

Finally, pick a folder where you’d like your ripped files to end up. After everything looks right, click the large MakeMKV button. Note that, in some cases, a disc that plays fine may fail to rip—this is fairly standard. A Blu-ray or DVD player simply skips over dirt or scratches; ripping software can’t do that for various reasons. If this happens, clean the disc with a microfiber cloth and try again—in most cases that should work.

A note on UHD (4K) Blu-rays

For DVDs and most Blu-rays, the above is all you need to know. For newer, ultra-HD Blu-rays, however, things get more complicated because of the copy protection. To oversimplify, only certain drives will work for actually ripping the files, and you may need to install custom firmware. You can find a list of supported drives on the MakeMKV forum. The post also includes instructions for flashing your drive (replacing its firmware), if necessary.

How to play MKV files

MakeMKV, as its name suggests, turns ripped video files into MKV files. The simplest way to play this format is to install VLC, a free media player that runs on every major operating system. You can also stream your MKV files from anywhere using Plex or Jellyfin.

If there’s a particular player you prefer, however, and it doesn’t support MKV files, you can always convert your files from MKV to another video format using Handbrake, which has the added benefit of producing smaller files. Just point the application to your MKV files, decide which format you’d like to convert them to, and let Handbrake do the work. 

The post You should back up your Blu-rays and DVDs before they break appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. https://www.popsci.com/diy/mac-trackpad-gestures/ Wed, 26 Apr 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=536645
Zoom into the trackpad on a MacBook Pro
You can do way more with your MacBook's built-in trackpad. Martin Katler / Unsplash

You can go way beyond the default settings ruling your MacBook's trackpad.

The post Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Zoom into the trackpad on a MacBook Pro
You can do way more with your MacBook's built-in trackpad. Martin Katler / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you own an Apple MacBook, then the built-in trackpad might be your way of doing just about everything except typing. It’s an essential input device for your laptop, so you’ll need to know how to make the best of it.

Not only are there a ton of configuration options to personalize the gestures you use with your MacBook trackpad, but there are also third-party apps to help you do more clicking, selecting, zooming, and scrolling.

Get to know the trackpad settings in macOS

You can find the trackpad settings in macOS by opening System Settings and then scrolling down the sidebar all the way to the bottom to select Trackpad. The first tab, Point & Click, lets you adjust how fast the cursor moves across the screen (from Slow to Fast) and how hard you have to press the trackpad for the computer to register it as a click (from Light to Firm).

If you have a MacBook made in 2015 or later, you have a Force Touch trackpad that features Force Click and haptic feedback. This means you can firmly press and hold on the trackpad to trigger certain actions, such as previewing an address in Maps or the attachments in Messages. For most of these features you’ll also need to enable Look up & data detectors, but you can leave Force Click off and use a three-finger click to look up information instead. You can check out more examples of how this feature works on Apple’s website.  

[Related: Apple MacBook Air M2 review: Semi-pro]

Next is Secondary click, also known as right-click: You can turn this off completely or choose to enable it with a two-finger click, or a click on one of the bottom corners of the trackpad. The final option on this screen, Tap to click, means you can register a click with a light tap on the trackpad rather than a full press.

Switch to the Scroll & Zoom tab and you can set which direction the screen scrolls when you move two fingers up or down the trackpad (Natural scrolling), enable a pinch with two fingers to make things on screen appear larger (Zoom in or out), enable a two-finger double-tap for a quick zoom in or out (Smart Zoom), and enable the ability to rotate objects with two fingers (Rotate). Hover over any option to see a preview of how it works at the top of the dialog box.

Lastly, there’s the More Gestures tab, which offers a total of seven different gestures you can enable. Some of these just have a simple switch you can toggle to turn them on and off, with the gesture action explained underneath, while others have a drop-down menu where you can pick the gesture you want to trigger the action.

For example, turn on the Notification Center toggle switch and you’ll be able to swipe left from the right edge of the screen with two fingers. Meanwhile, for the Swipe between full-screen applications gesture, you can choose to do this by swiping left or right with either three fingers or four fingers on the trackpad. Or you can turn the gesture off completely.

Customize your MacBook’s trackpad gestures with third-party apps

Besides the options built into macOS, you can enlist the help of various third-party apps to customize the trackpad and its gestures even further. 

One such app is BetterTouchTool, which will set you back $10 with two years worth of updates, or $22 with updates for life. There’s also a 45-day free trial you can use to see if you like the software before you part with your money.

The program covers a whole host of customizations you can do on your Mac, but pick Trackpad from the menu at the top to start building your own personalized gestures. 

[Related: Apple now offers the MacBook Pro and Mac Mini with M2 chips inside]

First, click the + (plus) icon underneath Groups & Top Level Triggers, and pick your gesture—you can do something like 3 Finger Double-Tap or whatever else you want to do with your fingers to trigger the action. You can also combine a keyboard shortcut if you want, and choose whether macOS acknowledges the trigger with a visual alert. 

Then, click the + (plus) icon underneath Actions Assigned to Selected Trigger. This determines what happens next: you can choose from a long list of supported actions, including app navigation, window resizing, and system actions such as powering down the Mac. Once you pick the one you want, your gesture will be ready to use. 

Another trackpad app worth checking out is Swish which you can test for free for 14 days before having to pay $16 to keep using it. Unfortunately, this app doesn’t allow you to create your own gestures but comes with a list of custom ones that expands on the built-in trackpad functionality in lots of new and useful ways. You’ll be able to maximize and minimize windows, snap them to a grid on screen, move open windows between different monitors, or quickly view the desktop by minimizing every currently open window.

You can see the various supported gestures by going down the navigation pane on the left of the app interface: General, Windows, Snapping, Apps, Menubar, and Advanced. Swish also has a few other interesting settings you might want to turn on, like setting up a modifier key on your keyboard to enable gestures.

The post Your Mac’s trackpad doesn’t have to be basic. Here’s how to customize it. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A 1967 foot-powered tool you could build today—if you wanted to https://www.popsci.com/diy/diy-foot-pedal-history/ Tue, 25 Apr 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=535767
collage made from old magazine photograph and blueprints
Popular Science

This vintage Popular Science tutorial invokes spinning wheels and DIY guitar pedals.

The post A 1967 foot-powered tool you could build today—if you wanted to appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
collage made from old magazine photograph and blueprints
Popular Science

FROM ANCIENT treadwheel cranes to modern guitar effects pedals, the creative energy of our feet has come a long way. Roman aqueducts, medieval castles, and Gothic cathedrals were raised, mega-stone by mega-stone, by machines powered by human-size hamster wheels. Treadles, or foot levers, made their debut in the Middle Ages to power looms and spinning wheels. The stair climber got its start in 1818 as a prison treadmill—not to intentionally torment England’s inmates (as sometimes alleged), but to put their feet to work, turning gears to pump water and grind corn. In the late 19th century, pedal power took a fresh turn as artisans used the wheels of stationary bikes to spin up their wood lathes, bandsaws, drill presses, and knife grinders. By the early 20th century, even percussionists were getting in on foot action, adding pedals to drum sets and possibly taking pedal-effects cues from the centuries-old piano.

By 1967, when Popular Science electronics editor Ronald M. Benrey offered instructions for building a footswitch to control handheld electric tools, pedal power looked altogether different. When electricity and combustion engines had rolled out half a century earlier, our feet could suddenly spin up powerful cranes or propel cars at dizzying speeds with little more than a tap. No more sweating, huffing, and puffing. But even in 1967, using footswitches in home workshops was something of a novelty, especially the speed-control variety. Of course, some stationary home tools, like sewing machines, had standardized footswitches decades earlier.

In fact, Benrey wasn’t the first Popular Science editor to offer pedal-power DIY instructions. In December 1943, longtime contributor Walter E. Burton explained how to motorize a treadle sewing machine. His instructions include an electric motor controlled by a mechanical footswitch that worked like a clutch, engaging and disengaging the motor from the sewing machine’s flywheel. Burton’s design might have been inspired by a Popular Science contributor who, nearly a decade earlier (October 1935), had shared how he’d used a fan motor to automate his sewing machine, connecting it to the treadle. Perhaps the most innovative use of pedal power comes from a December 1880 Popular Science story that describes the use of wind- and water-powered motors (electricity was not readily available then) controlled by foot pedals to drive a variety of home workshop tools, including sewing machines. (Alternative energy DIYers might be inspired by 1880 domestic motor designs.)

Popular Science cover February 1967
The cover of the February 1967 issue of Popular Science put the pedal to the metal with car-centric stories and plenty of DIY projects. Popular Science

What makes Benrey’s 1967 foot pedal unique is its speed-control feature. In addition to a simple on-off switch (referred to as “full” power), Benrey describes how to add a variable setting. When the switch is flipped to “variable,” the speed of the tool, such as the electric drill featured in the story, can be controlled with your foot. The catch is that in variable mode, the foot pedal delivers only about three-quarters of the electric current required to run the tool at full speed—a limitation of the added electronics. For full power, Benrey’s added switch must be flipped from variable to full. 

Today, footswitches, including the variable-speed variety, like Benrey’s, can be purchased, ready to use, for under $20. Of course, DIY enthusiasts can build one using any number of instructional videos. And throwback DIYers nostalgic for 1960s-style ingenuity could even build Benrey’s model. When looking for a silicon-controlled rectifier (SCR), which varies the tool’s speed by translating foot pressure to a corresponding amount of electric current, today there are a variety of thyristors that will do the trick. Plus, being handy with a soldering iron and comfortable with wiring diagrams is really a prerequisite. Whether you choose to build your own switch or not, if you’re the creative type who regularly works with power tools, you might want to add pedal power to your arsenal—you’ll probably wonder why it took you so long to unleash the power in your feet. 

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post A 1967 foot-powered tool you could build today—if you wanted to appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud https://www.popsci.com/how-to-use-onedrive-google-drive-icloud-dropbox/ Sun, 27 Feb 2022 02:39:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-use-onedrive-google-drive-icloud-dropbox/
A person in a tan sweater sitting at a laptop computer on a wooden table.
Having everything you want to save readily at hand is not always the most practical choice. Better back up some of your stuff to the cloud instead. Christin Hume / Unsplash

Treating the cloud as your basement or attic will help you keep your files organized.

The post Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person in a tan sweater sitting at a laptop computer on a wooden table.
Having everything you want to save readily at hand is not always the most practical choice. Better back up some of your stuff to the cloud instead. Christin Hume / Unsplash

Disk space is always at a premium, so you should take every opportunity to free up as much of it as you can. One of the best ways to do this is to back up a bunch of files to the cloud, then remove them from your computer entirely.

Stashing your data in the cloud will allow you to access your files while still having hard drive space on your computer. The process is relatively easy, but don’t let this be your only form of backup: keep your files on another cloud service or an external hard drive (or two) in case something catastrophic happens.

How does the cloud work?

Understanding the cloud can be a little confusing at first, but platforms like OneDrive, iCloud, Dropbox, and Google Drive keep two identical folders—one in your computer and one in the cloud. They’re in sync by default, which means that when you change something on your laptop, it changes in the cloud, and vice versa. If you have these apps installed on multiple computers, the changes propagate across all of them allowing you to access latest version of your files from any device.

You can also set certain folders to be online-only, meaning they only live in the cloud and take up no space on your hard drive. When you want to access these files, you’ll need an internet connection, but that’s really the only catch.

[Related: How to move your photos to and from any cloud service]

Cloud storage and syncing apps can help you manually choose which files live locally on your computer, but they can also do the job automatically. In some cases, you can keep a folder online-only, but still have placeholders for its contents on your hard drive. As soon as you try to access them, they’ll download from the cloud and open as normal.

All these services also have web interfaces, which allow you to log in and view your files on any computer with a web browser and an internet connection. In some cases, web access might be all you need.

When deciding what kind of files to store where, think of the cloud as your basement—a place where you store things you don’t want to throw away, but wouldn’t keep in the middle of your living room. As such, it’s best to make older files and folders online-only—those you want to keep backed up but don’t need to access regularly, such as vacation photos and videos. You should locally store any files you constantly need access to, especially if you can’t rely on internet connectivity.

How to save computer space with OneDrive

If you run Windows and use OneDrive, certain folders on your computer and in the cloud will sync by default. You can also designate specific files as online-only to save local storage space. If you need them, you’ll have to download them with a couple of clicks, but this is not something you’ll want to do often with large files—it’s time-consuming.

To make some files online-only, right-click on the OneDrive icon (a cloud) in the Windows taskbar notification area, then choose Help & Settings and open up the Settings tab. Go to Sync and backup, then open the Advanced settings. Finally, locate Files On-Demand and select Download files as you use them.

You’ll find there are three types of files in OneDrive. First, there are online-only documents, which you’ll recognize by the blue cloud badge that sits on top of the file icon in File Explorer. These live in the cloud, but open normally as long as you have an internet connection. The second type are locally available files, which have a green check mark on them and live both on your device and in the cloud. Finally, there are locally stored files. These are marked by a white check mark in a green circle and they stay on your computer no matter what.

The last two types are practically the same, and you’ll be able to open and edit them normally, even if you’re offline. The only difference is that locally available files will automatically become online-only after a set period of time if you enable a Windows 10 and 11 feature called Storage sense, which uploads files to the cloud when you’re running out of space on your computer.

OneDrive will handle some of this automatically (by downloading files when you open them, for example), but you can also manually set up what the platform does with specific files and folders by right-clicking on them in File Explorer.

How to save space with iCloud

The iCloud interface.
If iCloud is your cloud of choice, it’ll work with all your Apple devices. David Nield

Apple has two different storage systems: iCloud and iCloud Drive. The first one syncs information on your Mac devices, including music and videos purchased through the iTunes Store, plus contacts, calendars, and pictures. The second, iCloud Drive, is Apple’s version of OneDrive or Dropbox. You can install it on Apple and non-Apple tech, use it to store any file or folder, sync that data across devices, and share your files with anyone.

To see how much of your iCloud storage you’re using on your Mac, open the Apple menu, choose About This Mac, click More info, and scroll down to click Storage Settings. Under Recommendations, you’ll see a Store in iCloud button. Click it, and you’ll have the option to save all the files and documents from your Desktop and Documents folders in the cloud so you can access them from any Apple device where you’re signed in with your Apple ID. You can also move all your messages to the cloud rather than storing them locally.

Under Optimize Storage, click Optimize to remove any local iTunes movies and TV shows you’ve got on your Mac that are marked as watched—you can always download them again if you need to. 

Finally, open System Settings, go to the Apple ID tab, and choose iCloud. If you toggle the switch next to Optimize Mac Storage, macOS will start to clear your hard drive of older files you haven’t opened in a while, whenever you start to run out of space. These files won’t disappear from iCloud and you can always redownload them.

How to free up space on your computer with Dropbox

Dropbox offers two ways to keep files in the cloud and off your hard drive until you need them. The first is Selective Sync, and it’s available to users of both the free and paid tiers. Simply open the Dropbox Preferences panel on your computer, and under Selective Sync (if you’re a Windows user), or Select folders to sync to this Mac (for Mac users), click Select folders.

This feature will let you uncheck some or all of the folders in your Dropbox to prevent the platform from downloading and syncing them to your computer. If you uncheck a folder, it will disappear from that device, but will remain in the cloud and on any other computers you’re using Dropbox with. You can follow the same path and undo this preference if you want to restore access and syncing capabilities to certain folders. 

Then there’s the feature formerly known as Smart Sync, which is only available to paying Dropbox customers. It works like Selective Sync but it’s more automatic: it lets you move files to the cloud, making them online-only, but the platform will put placeholders for them in the Dropbox folder on your computer. You can easily view online-only documents when you’re offline, but if you need to edit them, you’ll need an internet connection to download them. Changes will sync to the cloud, but if you want to keep the file online-only after that, you’ll need to manually enable the feature again.

[Related: 6 essential Dropbox tools you might be missing]

To make a file or folder online-only, go to your Dropbox folder, right-click on the file or folder you want to only store in the cloud and choose Make online-only. You can also make all new files online-only by default: go to Dropbox Preferences, click Sync, open the dropdown menu next to New files default, and select Online-only.

How to save space on your device with Google Drive

On Google Drive, you pick which folders live both on your computer and in the cloud, and which you just want in the cloud. If you use Google Drive on more than one computer, you can keep different folders on different devices. All users, whether they pay for the service or not, have access to the Google Drive for Desktop app, which is the easiest way to manage your files if you’re using this service.

With the app installed on your computer, click the Drive icon in the menu bar, then the gear icon, followed by Preferences. On the sidebar, choose Google Drive and check the bubbles next to Stream files (so they’ll only exist in the cloud) or Mirror files, meaning they’ll live in both locations at the same time. To sync folders from your local drive, select the option for your computer and hit Add folder to start syncing.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 10, 2019.

The post Free up space on your laptop by moving all your files to the cloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use Little Snitch Mini to see which Mac apps are connected to the internet https://www.popsci.com/diy/little-snitch-guide/ Mon, 24 Apr 2023 12:11:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=536202
The Little Snitch Mini interface showing a list of Mac apps that are connecting to the internet, and a map of Earth showing where those internet locations physically are.
Hopefully all the locations make sense to you. Justin Pot

This lil' app is an internet detective.

The post How to use Little Snitch Mini to see which Mac apps are connected to the internet appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Little Snitch Mini interface showing a list of Mac apps that are connecting to the internet, and a map of Earth showing where those internet locations physically are.
Hopefully all the locations make sense to you. Justin Pot

You probably know that the applications on your Mac are constantly connecting to the internet, but what exactly are they connecting to? Little Snitch Mini is a free app you can use to find out.

This simple program will show you, at a glance, which apps are connected to the web and where those connections are in the world. This can help you spot fishy situations. If you live in the United States, for example, there’s a good chance that relatively few of the services you use are based in places like Russia. Noticing an app keeps connecting to servers in an unexpected country could be the first sign that you have a security issue. And even if everything looks OK now, familiarizing yourself with your computer’s normal connections may help you quickly spot any suspicious changes.

There have always been applications like this, but Little Snitch Mini is different because of how comprehensible it is. The interface is entirely free of jargon and technical terms, meaning anyone can use it and learn about what their computer is doing.

Snitches get detailed information

When you open Little Snitch Mini, you’ll see a panel on the left-hand side of the window with the list of programs running on your Mac. Beside each app is a bar graph highlighting recent network activity. The taller the bar, the more bandwidth the app is currently using. Click any app, and the map to the right of the panel will show you where, on Earth, the services that app is connecting to are physically located.

How many locations an application connects to can vary wildly, and can give you a good idea of how companies end up with your data. Your web browser, for example, is probably connected to not only the websites you’re looking at, but also to the companies serving ads on those websites, a few tracking services, and possibly more. If you have multiple tabs open, there’s probably going to be ongoing connections related to each of those tabs.

[Related: Small, game-changing utilities for macOS and Windows]

For single-purpose applications, though, what you see should be a lot more straightforward. Dropbox, for example, only connects to Dropbox.com and Dropboxapi.com on my device, as well as to a few devices on my network. This makes sense. Plexamp, my music player, mostly just connects to my Plex server with occasional callbacks to the Plex service.

Little Snitch Mini also offers a menu bar icon, which will show you your device’s network usage in real time. Click this icon (it’s a row of seven bars) to see current network usage along with a list of any apps that have recently used your network.

You don’t need to check it obsessively, but it’s a nice way to passively monitor which apps are using your network.

The Little Snitch Mini menu bar icon on a Mac computer.
What you’ll see if you click on the Little Snitch Mini menu bar icon. Justin Pot

Block apps from connecting with Premium

The free version of Little Snitch Mini just gives you information—it can’t do anything about what’s happening. The premium version, which starts at $1.49 per month or $13.49 per year, allows you to stop your computer from connecting to specific websites. So, if you notice a URL that seems sketchy, you can block that URL entirely.

Even better, the premium version can use community-maintained blocklists to stop entire categories of crap—tracking, phishing, malware, and cryptocurrency miners—from ever connecting to your computer. There are also lists for blocking things like pornography and gambling, if giving up those things is something you’d like to do. It’s worth noting that, unlike browser extensions, Little Snitch Mini’s blocking works across every application on your system—not just a single browser. It’s a nice upgrade, but the app is worth checking out for the free version alone.

The post How to use Little Snitch Mini to see which Mac apps are connected to the internet appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox https://www.popsci.com/diy/sort-gmail-inbox/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 14:30:24 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388357
An empty Gmail inbox.
Gmail has different inbox types that allow you to sort by unread and otherwise organize your emails. Krsto Jevtic / Unsplash

Don't settle for the default Gmail inbox view. You can do better.

The post 6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An empty Gmail inbox.
Gmail has different inbox types that allow you to sort by unread and otherwise organize your emails. Krsto Jevtic / Unsplash

For a lot of us, checking our Gmail inbox is a daily ritual, and Google’s email client comes packed with labels, filters, stars, and other features meant to help you sort and manage your messages as quickly as possible. But those are just surface-level—you can go deeper.

Experimenting with Gmail’s layout is a powerful, but often overlooked way to boost your email productivity. It can surface the most important messages first, help you avoid inbox clutter, and give you a different perspective on your mountain of emails.

1. Sort unread emails to the top

Deal with your unread messages before anything else by clicking the cog icon (top right) in the main Gmail interface to open the Quick Settings menu. Then scroll down to the Inbox type heading and select Unread first. This will separate unread emails from everything else, putting the messages you haven’t opened yet at the top.

After Gmail creates this divide, click the three dots in the top right corner of your inbox to choose how many unread emails appear on screen at once (up to 50). From the same menu, you can also select Hide section when empty to have it disappear when all your emails are read.

You can also type “is:unread” into the search box at the top of the page to sort by unread Gmail messages. This will display everything from your inbox and archive that you haven’t opened yet, in reverse chronological order, while hiding all your other emails from view. It also won’t change the layout of your main inbox, so it’s a good option if you just want to have a quick look instead of making a lasting change.

2. Show important emails first

A Gmail inbox sorted to display important emails first.
Anything important should be at the top. David Nield

If simply sorting by unread isn’t enough, you can choose to have Gmail bring the most important emails to the top of your inbox. Importance is judged by Google’s artificial intelligence algorithms, and those algorithms are based on indicators such as who you email most frequently and the keywords inside your messages. Emails that Gmail thinks are important have a small yellow arrow next to their subject headers.

Click the cog icon (top right) in the main Gmail interface, scroll down to Inbox type, and choose Important first. Emails deemed to be important will appear in the top section, in reverse chronological order, and everything else will show up below. Click the three dots (top right) to choose how many important emails appear on screen at once, and whether or not the section should be hidden when it’s empty.

Irrespective of your inbox layout, you can run an “is:important” search to see all the important emails in your Gmail account, in reverse chronological order, without changing how everything looks. You can also click the arrow markers to the left of email subject headers to mark the messages as important or unimportant.

3. Display starred emails first

You might not have realized how comprehensive the stars system in Gmail is: Click the cog icon (top right), See all settings, and make sure you’re in the General tab. Scroll down to find Stars, and you’ll see there are 12 types to choose from (you don’t have to use them all).

Make your choices and click Save Changes to lock them in. Back in your Gmail inbox, click the cog icon again, find Inbox type, and select Starred first. All the messages you’ve put a star next to will go right to the top of your inbox. They will appear in reverse chronological order by date, with each star type from a given date grouped together. Click the three dots (top right) to set how many starred messages appear on screen at once.

[Related: 4 tips to bring your Gmail inbox to zero]

You can search for starred emails too, which won’t change the layout of your Gmail inbox. Run a query for “is:starred” to see everything with a star next to it, or use a search like “has:orange-star” to find specific star types (hover over the stars in the General tab of Gmail’s settings to see what their individual labels are).

4. Switch to the Priority Inbox

Another alternative Gmail layout is the Priority Inbox: This splits your inbox into sections that include important, unread, or starred emails. You get to choose the sections and how they’re arranged.

To do so, click the cog icon on the main Gmail interface (top right), go to Inbox type, and select Priority inbox. Click Customize just underneath, and you can decide how many sections show up on screen, as well as what gets put in them.

One of the most useful sections is Important and unread, which shifts every, well, important and unread email up to the top of the conversation list (click the three dots in the top right to choose how many emails are shown in each section). Any label you’ve set up in Gmail can be used to fill out one of your sections.

5. Tweak the default setting

The tabs view setting window for the default inbox layout in Gmail.
If you like the default view, you can choose what tabs appear. David Nield

You can make adjustments to the default Gmail layout too, which uses tabs at the top of the inbox to split your emails into categories. If you’ve never explored these options, they’re worth experimenting with to see which setup suits you best.

Click the cog icon (top right) from the main Gmail interface, find the Inbox type heading, locate Default, and choose Customize. From there, you can pick which tabs show up on screen—from Primary, Social, Promotions, Updates, and Forums—and Gmail will try to sort your messages into these tabs as they come in.

[Related: Dig up any old email in your inbox, even if it’s in the trash]

Based on our experience, this sorting works pretty well, but Gmail can occasionally get a category wrong. You can always drag emails between tabs to tell Google where a certain type of email should go, and this should improve its future classification decisions.

6. Opt for a multi-pane view

Traditional email clients usually show your list of messages alongside the body of the currently selected email, and Gmail can do this too. Click the cog icon in the top right corner of the interface and scroll down to the Reading pane heading. Here you can choose between No split, Right of inbox, and Below inbox. After you make a choice, Gmail may ask you to reload the page.

Using “right of inbox” as an example, as soon as you select an email, it will appear in the pane alongside your inbox and you can keep browsing the message list on the left while you read. This layout can save you some time jumping between individual emails and your main list of messages, and should make it easier to triage emails as they arrive.

If you don’t currently have any of your conversation threads selected, the second pane will show the amount of free storage space in your Google account, which is shared between Gmail, Google Photos, and Google Drive.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 10, 2021.

The post 6 Gmail sorting tips for a more efficient and less chaotic inbox appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse https://www.popsci.com/windows-keyboard-shortcuts/ Wed, 24 Mar 2021 21:00:30 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/windows-keyboard-shortcuts/
A Dell laptop compatible with Windows keyboard shortcuts on a wooden table with a coffee mug beside it.
The more Windows keyboard shortcuts you know, the faster you'll be able to move around your computer. XPS / Unsplash

Let your fingertips fly, you Microsoft magician.

The post 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Dell laptop compatible with Windows keyboard shortcuts on a wooden table with a coffee mug beside it.
The more Windows keyboard shortcuts you know, the faster you'll be able to move around your computer. XPS / Unsplash

Whatever familiarity you think you have with Windows keyboard shortcuts, think again. The nearly 40-year-old operating system has so many hotkeys that it can be easy to miss some surprisingly useful ones, and if you recently switched from Windows 10 to Windows 11, some shortcuts have changed.

No matter how often you’re using these efficient key combinations in your day-to-day work, it’s in your in interest to learn as many as possible. A single shortcut will shave a mere moment off a task, but you’ll save a substantial chunk of time over weeks, months, and years. To get you started, we’ve gathered 20 of the most indispensable keyboard commands for the latest Microsoft Windows computers.

Basic Windows keyboard shortcuts

Ctrl+Z: Undo

  • No matter what program you’re running, Ctrl+Z will roll back your last action. Whether you’ve just overwritten an entire paragraph in Microsoft Word or deleted a file you didn’t mean to, this one is an absolute lifesaver.

Ctrl+W: Close

  • Another shortcut that works just about everywhere, Ctrl+W will close down whatever you’re viewing. Shut that File Explorer window, eliminate that browser tab, or shelve that image file without bothering to hone in on the close button.

Ctrl+A: Select all

  • This command lets you highlight all the text in a document or select all the files in a folder. Hitting Ctrl+A can save you time you’d otherwise spend clicking and dragging your mouse.

Alt+Tab: Switch apps

  • This baby is one of the classic Windows keyboard shortcuts, and it can be hugely useful when you’re running multiple applications. Just press Alt+Tab and you’ll be able to quickly flick through all your open windows.

Alt+F4: Close apps

  • Another old-school shortcut, Alt+F4 shuts down whatever app you’re using so you can skip the process of hunting down its on-screen menu. Don’t worry about losing unsaved work with this command—it will prompt you to save your documents before closing them.

Windows navigation shortcuts

Win+D: Show or hide the desktop

  • This keyboard combo minimizes all your open windows, bringing your home screen into view. If you store rows and rows of files and shortcuts on your desktop, Win+D will let you access them in moments.

Win+left arrow or Win+right arrow: Snap windows

  • Snapping a window simply keeps it open on one side of the screen (left or right, depending on which arrow you hit). This allows you to compare two windows side-by-side and keeps your workspace organized.

Win+Tab: Open the Task view

  • Like Alt+Tab, this shortcut lets you switch apps, but it does so by opening an updated Windows application switcher. The latest version shows thumbnails of all your open programs on the screen.

[Related: The fastest way to install Windows software]

Tab and Shift+Tab: Move backward and forward through options

  • When you open a dialog box, these commands will move you forward (Tab) or backward (Shift+Tab) through the available options, saving you a click. If you’re dealing with a dialog box that has multiple tabs, hit Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab to navigate through them.

Ctrl+Esc: Open the Start menu

  • If you’re using a keyboard that doesn’t have a Windows key, this shortcut will open the Start menu. Otherwise, a quick tap of the Windows key will do the same thing. From there, you can stay on the keyboard and navigate the Start menu with the cursor keys, Tab, and Shift+Tab.

Advanced Windows shortcut tricks

A black-haired woman with glasses using a computer with two monitors—an excellent use-case for Windows keyboard shortcuts.
You don’t need to be someone with multiple monitors and a sweet setup to take advantage of these advanced keyboard shortcuts. Patrick Amoy / Unsplash

F2: Rename

  • Simply highlight a file and hit F2 to give it a new name. This command also lets you edit text in other programs—tap F2 in Microsoft Excel, for example, and you’ll be able to edit the contents of the cell you’re in.

F5: Refresh

  • While you’re exploring the function key row, take a look at F5. This key will refresh a page—a good trick when you’re using File Explorer or your web browser. After the refresh, you’ll see the latest version of the page you’re viewing.

Win+L: Lock your computer

  • Keep your computer safe from any prying eyes by using this keyboard combo right before you step away. Win+L locks the machine and returns you to the login screen, so any snoops will need your user account password to regain access.

Win+I: Open Settings

  • Any time you want to configure the way Windows works, hit this keyboard shortcut to bring up the Settings screen. Alternatively, use Win+A on Windows 11 to open the Quick Settings panel. On Windows, 10, Win+A brings up the Action Center panel, which shows notifications and provides quick access to certain settings.

[Related: How to use File Explorer tabs on Windows 11]

Win+S: Search Windows

  • The Windows taskbar has a handy search box that lets you quiz Cortana or sift through your applications and saved files. Jump straight to it with this keyboard shortcut, then type in your search terms.

Win+PrtScn: Save a screenshot

  • No need to open a dedicated screenshot tool: Win+PrtScn grabs the whole screen and saves it as a PNG file in a Screenshots folder inside your Pictures folder. At the same time, Windows will also copy the image to the clipboard. If you don’t want to snap the whole screen, the Alt+PrtScn combination will take a screenshot of just the active window. Just know that this command will only copy the image to your clipboard, so you won’t get a saved file.

Ctrl+Shift+Esc: Open the Task Manager

  • The Task Manager is your portal to everything running on your Windows system, from open programs to background processes. This shortcut will call up the Task Manager, no matter what application you’re using.

Win+C: Open Microsoft Teams chat (Windows 11); start talking to Cortana (Windows 10)

  • This shortcut has changed a bit since Microsoft deemphasized its virtual assistant, Cortana. On Windows 11, Win+C opens Microsoft Teams chat. But if you have a Windows 10 computer, this puts Cortana in listening mode as long as you’ve activated this ability. To do so, open Cortana from the taskbar search box, click the cog icon, and turn on the keyboard shortcut. Once you’ve enabled the shortcut, hit Win+C whenever you want to talk to the digital assistant. You can do this instead of, or in addition to, saying, “Hey Cortana.”

Win+Ctrl+D: Add a new virtual desktop

  • Virtual desktops create secondary screens where you can stash some of your open applications and windows, giving you extra workspace. This shortcut lets you create one. Once you have, click the Task View button to the right of the taskbar search box to switch from one desktop to another. Or stick with shortcuts: Win+Ctrl+arrow will cycle through your open desktops, and Win+Ctrl+F4 will close whichever one you’re currently viewing and shift your open windows and apps to the next available virtual desktop.

Win+X: Open a hidden menu

  • Windows has a hidden Start menu, called the Quick Link menu, that allows you to access all the key areas of the system. From here, you can jump straight to Device Manager to review and configure any hardware, such as printers or keyboards, that are currently attached to the system. Or you can quickly bring up the PowerShell command prompt window to access advanced Windows commands.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 30, 2017.

The post 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts that will make you forget your mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive https://www.popsci.com/diy/jellyfin-guide/ Thu, 20 Apr 2023 12:47:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=535482
The main Jellyfin interface on a web browser.
Jellyfin can handle all of your media. Jellyfin

This open-source program help you build your own Netflix or Spotify.

The post How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The main Jellyfin interface on a web browser.
Jellyfin can handle all of your media. Jellyfin

If you have movies, TV shows, and music stored on your computer that you want to stream to other devices inside and outside of your home, there aren’t too many options purpose-built for the job. You’ve probably heard of Plex, but there’s another option: the open-source Jellyfin.

Both Jellyfin and Plex turn your computer into a media server, allowing you to send any media stored there to any other device where you have them installed. It’s like having your own personal Netflix or Spotify. Jellyfin, though, is completely free to use (some Plex features, like downloading to mobile devices, require a $5-per-month Plex Pass subscription).

Whether you’re a seasoned Plex user looking for an alternative or are just getting started with this kind of technology, Jellyfin is worth a look. It’s not difficult to configure: All you need to get started are some folders of locally stored movies, TV shows, and music.

How to set up Jellyfin

The setup screen inside Jellyfin.
Jellyfin Server is the tool you need for setup. David Nield

Whether you have a bunch of home movies, burned CDs from your teenage years, or recordings you just can’t get anywhere else anymore, Jullyfin supports all of the most common formats. These include H.264 for video and MP3 for audio, and there is a format compatibility list you can check. If a file type is supported, you can stream it straight from your Windows or macOS computer.

When setting up Jellyfin, you’ll first need to make sure all your locally stored content is indexed and available. Click Download Now from the Jellyfin homepage and pick the software that matches the desktop operating system you’re using—just make sure Server is selected at the top, as this is the program that will get your files ready to stream. Here we’re looking at the Windows server tool, but it’s similar on other platforms.

[Related: How to stream your personal video collection to any device]

Run the Jellyfin Server tool after installation and its interface will pop up in your default web browser. Most of Jellyfin’s setup steps are quite straightforward, and you’ll quickly come to an Add Media Library button: Click this, and you can point the program toward the media storage folders on your computer by using the plus icon next to Folders. Check the Enable real time monitoring box, and whenever you add new files to your selected folders, Jellyfin will automatically put them in your media library.

After a few seconds (or minutes, depending on how many files you’ve got), your library should be scanned and ready to access—you can access it from the Libraries option on the left of the main Jellyfin interface. The same screen lets you add more folders to your library: Just click on one of the existing collections, like Shows, Movies, or Music. Further options on the same screen let you choose whether or not Jellyfin automatically pulls imagery like album art from the web.

That’s all that’s really required to set up a Jellyfin library. There are a range of other options available in the various screens within the Jellyfin Server tool, but you can leave most of them in the default configuration until you get more familiar with the software. However, if you want to stream files outside of your local network, you’ll need go to the Networking page and enable Allow remote connections to this server.

Tips for using Jellyfin

Jellyfin watch history.
Your Jellyfin watch history will be synced across devices. David Nield

On the computer where your media files are stored, you can use any media player you like to watch or listen to them. The Jellyfin Server program can do the job as well, if needed. To use it, open the app in your web browser, and you’ll see your media library on the first screen. Click on anything you see to browse the folder or play the file.

Your watching and listening history will sync across devices—so you can, for example, start watching a film on your laptop and finish it on your phone. If anything is labeled incorrectly, click the three dots next to the file and choose Edit metadata. For TV shows, for example, that would be the episode title and the year of release. If you add a link to the relevant listing on the IMDb website, some of this information will be filled out automatically.

[Related: 6 streaming tools to help you watch TV better]

For other computers, you can use the same Jellyfin Server tool to watch content over the web: Just skip the adding a library part of the setup process. As long as you log in using your Jellyfin username and password, you’ll see the files you added on the other computer. Bear in mind that the original computer—the one acting as the media server—has to be switched on if you want to do any streaming.

Head back to the Jellyfin downloads page, and you’ll see there are apps available for Roku, Android TV, and the WebOS software that runs on LG TVs. It’s not quite as comprehensive a selection as you get with Plex, but Jellyfin is getting there. There are also official apps available for Android and iOS, for getting your content on phones and tablets, and you can also use these apps to make playlists with your files.

There’s lots more to dig into with Jellyfin, and we’d recommend checking out the official documentation and the Jellyfin subreddit for more information. You should find everything you need there for going beyond the basics with the software, whether that’s accessing your content remotely over the web or filtering through your library (by genre, for example) as it starts to grow in size.

The post How to use Jellyfin to stream movies, music, and more right from your hard drive appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console https://www.popsci.com/diy/playstation-voice-commands/ Tue, 18 Apr 2023 12:23:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534849
Person wearing official PlayStation headset while gaming against a purple background.
You can use any headset with a microphone to control your PS4 and PS5 with your voice. Sony

Get your PlayStation to do what you want only by using your voice.

The post PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person wearing official PlayStation headset while gaming against a purple background.
You can use any headset with a microphone to control your PS4 and PS5 with your voice. Sony

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The bundled gamepad isn’t the only way to control your PlayStation. Not only can you use a mouse and keyboard, but you can also use voice commands like you would with a smart speaker. Simply say your instructions out loud and your console will obey.

Voice control is a quick and convenient way of performing functions like turning off your PlayStation 4 or PlayStation 5, and launching games. And there are plenty more voice commands to explore.

How to use voice commands on the PlayStation 4

On the PlayStation 4, voice control works via the official PlayStation Camera accessory or any connected headset with a microphone, but you’ll need to enable the feature first. Press and hold the PlayStation button to bring up the quick menu, choose Settings, and then pick System and Voice Operation Settings to turn on Operate PS4 with Voice.

[Related: Best PS4 games to play on PS5]

Before you start talking to your console, you need to say “Playstation” and wait for the microphone icon to appear on screen. You can also press and hold L2 on the DualShock controller to get the console to start listening, but this only works on the home screen. When the mic shows up you can start talking and say multiple instructions in a row.

There are some basic commands that are going to work just about everywhere, including “yes” to agree to a confirmation prompt, “cancel” to reject a confirmation prompt, and “back” to return to a previous screen. You’ll also be able to say the name of any game or app on your console to launch it, but this will only work from the PS4 home screen.

To turn your console off with your voice, open the power options by saying “start power” and then either use the “enter rest mode” command (to put the PS4 into rest mode) or say “turn off PS4” (to turn the console off completely). Unfortunately, no matter whether the console is in rest mode or fully switched off, there’s no way to turn on the PlayStation 4 using your voice as there is on the Xbox.

You can also get around the various different screens in the console interface with your voice—just say “start…” followed by the name of the screen you want to jump to. Available options here include the PlayStation Store, settings, notifications, friends, messages, party, profile, and trophies. You can manage gameplay captures with voice commands as well: say “take screenshot” to do just that, or “start video clip” to begin recording gameplay.

At the time of writing, Sony doesn’t have an official full list of all the PS4 voice commands you can use, but you can see them all through the Voice Operating Settings page under System in Settings: Just choose Commands for Voice Operation. Alternatively, use the voice command “all commands” to see the list.

How to use voice commands on the PlayStation 5

Using your voice to control the PS5 is currently labeled as a “preview” feature, which makes us think it’s perhaps not fully finished, or at least there’s more functionality to come. But it works well already, and there are plenty of voice commands for you to play around with. Unfortunately, they’re not exactly the same as on the PS4.

For the PlayStation 5, you can use the PlayStation Camera (PS5 edition) as a mic, or any connected headset with a mic. As the bundled DualSense controllers also have a mic on them, you can just talk into that as well. Just make sure the microphone is turned on, which you can do by pressing the small button between the joysticks, right under the PS button—it lights up orange when enabled.

To activate this preview feature on your PS5, get to the main Settings page by selecting the cog icon in the top right corner of the home screen, then choose Voice Command (Preview) and turn on the Enable Voice Command toggle switch. It’s a good idea to enable Listen for “Hey PlayStation!” too, otherwise you’ll have to tap the PS button and select Voice every time you want to talk.

[Related: Video games feel different on the PlayStation 5 and that’s a good thing]

The “Hey PlayStation” command will get your console listening, and then you’ve got lots of options. For a start you can say “open…” followed by the name of any app or game you’ve got installed—it’s a quick and convenient way of launching something, especially if it’s got a short name that’s simple to say. You can also use “find…” followed by a game or app title if you’re looking for something in the PlayStation Store.

You’ll also be able to control media playback on any app playing movies or music through your console: For example, commands such as “pause”, “resume” and “fast forward” will do exactly what you’d expect. If you want to make a gameplay video, “capture that” will record the last few minutes of action. You can be more specific by adding a time period to the command (just say “capture the last five minutes”), but if you don’t, the PS5 will use the default duration of 30 seconds instead.

As with the PS4, there’s no official list on the web of all the voice commands supported by the PS5 at the time of writing, but a quick search will reveal plenty of unofficial ones. You can also choose Voice Command (Preview) and then Learn More from Settings on the console itself to see a list of some of the supported commands.

The post PlayStation voice commands will change how you use your console appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private https://www.popsci.com/set-up-email-alias/ Sun, 22 Aug 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/set-up-email-alias/
Two women using one laptop at a wooden table. One woman is wearing a black hat.
With an email alias, you can pretend to be two different people, if you want. Brooke Cagle / Unsplash

Creating an alias is easier than setting up a new email address.

The post Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two women using one laptop at a wooden table. One woman is wearing a black hat.
With an email alias, you can pretend to be two different people, if you want. Brooke Cagle / Unsplash

We all deal with a daily deluge of email, which means we jump at anything that can improve the efficiency of our inboxes. In that spirit, consider creating at least one email alias, and you should find that your organization and, in some cases, privacy, improve immediately.

Aliases are useful features found in popular services such as Gmail, Microsoft Outlook, and Apple Mail that serve as alternative addresses for when you don’t want to give out your main one. They still direct messages to your original inbox, so you essentially get a new address without having to go through the hassle of setting up a new account with its own login credentials.

What is an email alias?

A Gmail alias being used as an email filter to sort incoming messages.
An alias makes it easy to filter incoming messages. David Nield

In general, email aliases act as “fronts” to your main email address, although the exact details vary from service to service. Anything sent to these variations will arrive at the same inbox as messages meant for your main address, while keeping your original moniker hidden from view. That said, the real application here is not anonymity, but easy filtering.

For example, if you sign up for a lot of email newsletters, consider doing so with an alias. That way, you can quickly filter the incoming messages sent to that alias—these are probably low-priority, so you can have your provider automatically apply specific labels, mark them as read, or delete them immediately. Alternatively, a filter might prioritize messages sent to the alias you give out to friends and family, or those sent to the alias you use for work emails. This approach gives you a lot of flexibility for managing your inbox.

Bear in mind that recipients can usually look at one of your aliases and use it to figure out your main email address. So in situations where anonymity is critical, you might need to start fresh with a new address. Still, if hiding your identity doesn’t matter as much, aliases are much easier to configure than whole new accounts.

How to create a Gmail alias

Adding another email alias to a Gmail account.
It’s fairly easy to add an alias to your Gmail account. David Nield

You don’t need to jump through any hoops to set up a Gmail alias. Just add some periods and plus symbols to the addresses you give out. When you tack on a plus sign followed by a word, the Google service will ignore the added text, and it overlooks periods altogether. For example, let’s say your email is “johnsmith@gmail.com.” Messages addressed to “john.smith@gmail.com,” “j.o.h.nsmith@gmail.com,” “johnsmith+hello@gmail.com,” and “johnsmith+message@gmail.com” will all show up in your usual Gmail account.

Although the end result is the same, this gives you a quick and effective way of filtering messages. Going back to the John Smith example, you might always do your online shopping through the “john.smith@gmail.com” alias. When these messages arrive, Gmail might automatically label them “shopping” or “receipts.” You could sign up for email newsletters with the moniker “johnsmith+news@gmail.com,” and a filter might mark them read and send them straight into the Updates tab.

[Related: 4 tips to bring your Gmail inbox to zero]

To set up a filter, head to your Gmail settings: Open the web portal, click the cog icon in the top right corner, and pick See all settings. Choose Filters and Blocked Addresses, Create a new filter, enter your chosen alias in the To field, and hit Create filter. Use the next dialog to decide what should happen to messages sent to this address—you can add labels, flag them with stars, mark emails as important, mark them as read, or instantly archive messages, among other options. Finally, click Create filter.

Giving out aliases is easy, but if you want to send Gmail messages from these addresses, you’ll have to tweak the settings once more. Open Settings, go to Accounts, find Send mail as, and click Add another email address. Then type out the email address, tick the Treat as an alias box, and click Next Step. From now on, whenever you compose an email, you’ll be able to select your alias in the From field.

How to create an email alias in Outlook

The web page for creating a Microsoft Outlook email alias.
You can create a new Outlook alias from Microsoft’s website. David Nield

Outlook aliases are similar to the ones you can build in Gmail. You can also create completely new “@outlook.com” addresses within your primary account, which gives you more options if you want to use aliases to maintain anonymity.

With Microsoft’s free webmail service, you can still make up variations on your full address using plus symbols, but periods won’t work the way they do in Gmail. For example, you can use aliases such as “johnsmith+news@outlook.com” and “johnsmith+work@outlook.com,” but you can’t rely on “john.smith.” Again, you don’t have to specifically create these aliases—just hand them out, and they’ll work automatically.

To set up a filter for your tweaked email addresses, click the cog icon in the top right, hit View all Outlook settings, make sure you’re in the Mail tab, select Rules, and choose Add new rule. Name your rule whatever you want, go to the dropdown menu under Add a condition, and pick To from the list of options. Another text box will appear to the right—enter your email alias there. Finally, use the Add an action dropdown menu to decide on an action to take. For instance, you might tell Outlook to immediately delete alias-addressed messages, move or copy them to certain folders, mark them as read, label them as spam, categorize them, forward them to another email address, and so on. Click Add another action to process the incoming message in multiple ways, or Add an exception to exclude certain messages from the filter. When you’re happy with the actions an alias-addressed email will receive, click Save.

[Related: How to secure your Microsoft account]

Unlike with Gmail, you won’t be able to send messages from these variations on your original email address. However, Outlook does let you add a completely new @outlook.com address inside your primary account. If your requested address is available, you’ll get to manage both “johnsmith@outlook.com” and “johnsmithalias@outlook.com” from the same account—messages addressed to both will arrive at the same inbox, and you can send messages from both as well. So if you want to use aliases to achieve anonymity, Microsoft’s email service has an edge over Gmail in this department.

To add this kind of alias, you’ll need to visit a specific web page within your Microsoft account (account.live.com/AddAssocId/). Look under the Create a new email address and add it as an alias heading and enter your new address there. You can choose pretty much any alias you want, as long as you pick addresses that nobody else has claimed first. Once you’ve established an email alias or two (or more), they will work in the desktop version of Outlook, as well as the Mail application that comes with Windows. To create new ones though, you’ll need to follow these steps in your web browser, not the desktop app.

You can filter incoming messages sent to these aliases the same way you filter those sent to DIY aliases made with plus signs. To actually send emails from your added addresses, just click From when you’re composing a message and select whichever moniker you prefer.

How to create an iCloud email alias for Apple Mail

Creating an iCloud email alias for Apple Mail.
You can create email aliases in the iCloud web interface. David Nield

The Apple Mail alias system works very much like the Outlook one. Without changing any settings, you can toss pluses into your address, and messages sent to “johnsmith+work@icloud.com” will still end up in the “johnsmith@icloud.com” inbox. However, you can’t send emails from these aliases. To get that ability, you can create up to three completely new @icloud.com email addresses that funnel messages into your original inbox.

Let’s start with those plus-sign aliases. To filter messages sent to those addresses, head to iCloud Mail’s web portal, click the cog icon, and choose Preferences. Select Rules, then Add rule. Enter your alias in the top field, change the label to is address to via the dropdown menu, and decide what you want to do with the message: You can send it to a folder, forward it, mark it as read, and more.

Those DIY aliases are easy to set up, but you can’t send messages from them. For that, you can create a brand-new alias—a different email address managed from your original account—and send messages from it. First, click the cog icon, followed by Preferences. From the Accounts tab, choose Add an alias, and enter your chosen address. If it’s available, it’s yours. Finally, you can tell Mail to apply a label to any messages that arrive at this address.

That’s not the only filter, of course—the same rules you applied to plus-sign aliases will also work for standalone ones. And you can send messages from them: When you compose a new email, your available aliases will appear as options in the From box. This holds true whether you’re writing a message from the web or from the macOS desktop app. To further add and manage aliases from your Mac, open the Mail app and choose Mail, then Settings.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on November 11, 2018.

The post Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun https://www.popsci.com/diy/streaming-devices-tools/ Tue, 01 Jun 2021 19:01:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368970
A woman wearing a baggy black shirt lounging on a couch, eating a bowl of popcorn, while holding a TV remote with popcorn all over her chest.
Sorry, we don't know of any apps that will help you eat popcorn without making a huge mess. JESHOOTS.COM / Unsplash

You've got better things to do than scroll endlessly in search of something to watch.

The post Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman wearing a baggy black shirt lounging on a couch, eating a bowl of popcorn, while holding a TV remote with popcorn all over her chest.
Sorry, we don't know of any apps that will help you eat popcorn without making a huge mess. JESHOOTS.COM / Unsplash

The sheer number of streaming services available today means more content to watch, more places to watch it, and a growing number of tools and add-ons that can improve your viewing experience beyond what’s built into the likes of Netflix, Disney Plus, and Apple TV Plus.

From working out how long a binge-watching session is going to take, to randomly choosing what to watch, these out-of-the-box features can augment your favorite streaming apps in a variety of useful ways.

JustWatch

If you’ve got something specific in mind that you definitely want to see, JustWatch will tell you which streaming services currently have the show or movie you seek. It taps into the databases for Netflix, Hulu, Disney Plus, Apple TV Plus, Amazon Prime Video, HBO Max, YouTube TV, and others so you’ll always know where something is showing. If the film or series you’re after is available to rent or purchase digitally, JustWatch can direct you to the right platforms (the Amazon, Apple, or Google stores online, for example).

[Related: 9 ways to get the most out of Prime Video]

Can I Binge?

The user interface for Can I Binge? streaming tool showing that it's possible to watch Mare of Easttown in one week.
One episode per day sounds pretty reasonable. David Nield

Before you sit down to start streaming a new show, it’s useful to know how long it will take you to cruise from start to finish—you might be after something you can wrap up in a week, or an epic tale that takes months to watch in full. Can I Binge? is perfect for this: Type in a show and how much time you can commit to it, and it will tell you how many episodes you’ll have to watch each day, week, or month, so you can pace your bingeing accordingly. For example, if you want to get through the entirety of Twin Peaks in a month, you’ll need to settle in for two episodes a day.

Teleparty

You can’t always be in the same physical space as other people when you want to watch something on a streaming app together, and that’s where Teleparty comes in. Formerly known as Netflix Party, this browser extension for Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, and Opera can set up virtual watch parties in minutes and sync content across services including Netflix, Disney Plus, Hulu, and HBO Max. It also includes a chat box so you can discuss what’s happening with your friends or family members. The core features are free, but throw the developers $5 a month and you’ll unlock the ability to use emojis in the chat box and participate in real-time voice chat for an even more intimate feel.

IMDb

The Internet Movie Database (IMDb) remains one of the best tools on the web for the serious viewer, whether you want to check up on an actor’s name or need to find out when a particular movie or show first aired. You can access IMDb from your laptop or your phone, putting a wealth of information at your fingertips that can help you choose something to watch (genre categories and user ratings), keep track of your viewing (the watchlist feature), and poke around behind the scenes of movies and shows (despite its name, the site covers everything on the small screen, too).

[Related: Hack Netflix with these add-ons and tricks]

Reelgood

The user interface for the Reelgood streaming tool, showing the options for spinning a wheel to watch a random episode or movie.
Reelgood Roulette: For those who really can’t choose. David Nield

Reelgood acts as a command center for all the streaming services that you’re signed up to. Covering platforms such as Netflix, Amazon Prime Video, Hulu, and HBO Max, it lets you keep track of what’s available on each service—including what’s just arrived and what’s about to leave. You can use Reelgood to discover new movies and shows to watch, and to keep track of everything you’ve seen to date as well. We particularly like the Reelgood Roulette feature, which picks a movie or show for you to watch based on filters such as genre and viewer rating—perfect for those times when you’re looking for something new.

Netflix Codes

This is just for Netflix, but it’s a good one: Netflix Codes gives you access to a host of hidden categories that Netflix uses to sort its library, from sports documentaries to experimental movies. All you need to do is type the URL “www.netflix.com/browse/genre/” into your browser’s address bar, followed by the category code. Netflix Codes makes it easy to see what’s available (with direct links to the categories so you won’t actually need to do any typing), and these semi-secret codes can lead you to content you wouldn’t have discovered otherwise—from movies with martial arts in them to flicks based on children’s books.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 1, 2021.

The post Hidden Netflix codes and 5 other streaming tools to make TV simpler, smarter, and more fun appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Control your Xbox by using your voice https://www.popsci.com/diy/voice-command-xbox/ Fri, 14 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533991
An Xbox One S with a controller sitting on a white table.
Louis-Philippe Poitras / Unsplash

Don't stop your gameplay and control your Xbox with your voice instead.

The post Control your Xbox by using your voice appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Xbox One S with a controller sitting on a white table.
Louis-Philippe Poitras / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You can go the traditional way of controlling your Xbox by using a gamepad or a mouse and keyboard. But you can also use your voice—just speak out the correct commands to easily open up menus and launch apps.

Voice control is managed through either Amazon’s Alexa (available for Android and iOS) or the Google Assistant (available for Android and iOS), so you’ll need to pick one and get the appropriate app installed on your phone.

Setting up your Xbox for voice control

If you have a Microsoft console launched at any point since 2013 (the list includes the Xbox One, the Xbox One S, the Xbox Series X, and the Xbox Series S), you’ll be able to set it up to react to voice commands.  

From the front page of the Xbox interface, pick Settings, go to Devices & connections, and then Digital assistants. Check the box marked Enable digital assistants and you’ll be ready to turn your attention to the Alexa or Google Home apps. Keep in mind that if you regularly use both platforms, there’s no need for you to pick only one, as you can use them in tandem if you want to.

[Related: Xbox Series X vs. PS5: How to pick between the two biggest new game consoles]

If you’re using Alexa, open the app and choose More and Skills & Games. Search for the Xbox skill and when you find it pick Enable to use. Amazon’s assistant will ask you to log into your Microsoft account to give it permission to interact with your console.

If you’re using the Google Assistant through the Google Home app, tap the + (plus) button in the top left corner, then choose Set up device and Works with Google. Search for and select the Xbox option, then link your Microsoft account.

Bear in mind that you won’t be directing your voice commands to your Xbox: You’ll be speaking to Alexa or the Google Assistant, and they will control the console based on your instructions. You can use your phone for this or, if you have one, you can also use another connected device like a smart speaker, as long as it’s connected to the same Amazon or Google account as the app on your phone.

There’s a nice bonus if you use the Google Assistant: Open the Google Home app, pick Xbox from the front page, and you’ll get an Xbox remote control on screen. You can use it to navigate around menus, adjust the volume, and turn the console on and off.

Using voice commands on your Xbox

The trigger words for your voice commands will depend on the digital assistant you’re using: it will either be “Alexa…” or “Hey, Google…”, followed by your instructions. You’re also going to need to include “Xbox” somewhere in there so the digital assistant knows what you’re referring to.

The simplest commands you can use are “turn Xbox on” or “turn Xbox off”. The only caveat is that for the former to work, your console needs to be in Sleep rather than Shutdown mode—you can set this up by going to General and Power options in Settings.

You can save yourself some time by using voice commands to launch games and apps as well. Just say “open [app or game] on Xbox” to have it come up on screen. Games with longer titles can be a bit of a mouthful, but Alexa and the Google Assistant are usually pretty good at understanding what you mean.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

Another area where voice control can be really useful is in taking screenshots and capturing videos of gameplay. Just say “tell Xbox to take a screenshot” or “tell Xbox to record that” to launch the capturing features. You can also start and stop a live stream using your voice by saying “tell Xbox to start broadcasting” or “tell Xbox to stop broadcasting”.

When you’re not gaming, you can also use Alexa and the Google Assistant to control media playback. Say “pause Xbox” or “play Xbox” while watching movies or videos on streaming apps such as Netflix or YouTube. You can also control the volume with the commands “volume up on Xbox” or “volume down on Xbox”.

It’s also possible to see which of your friends are online, send messages, and set your online status. The only problem here is that the supported commands aren’t all the same on Alexa and the Google Assistant. For a full list of everything you can do on an Xbox with both digital assistants, check out Microsoft’s official command list.

The post Control your Xbox by using your voice appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways to get started with Freeform, Apple’s app for creative thinkers https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-freeform-app/ Wed, 12 Apr 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533450
iPad Pro showing a Freeform canvas on screen
Yes, Freeform gives your thoughts the aesthetic of those 90s Jazz design paper cups. Tony Sebastian / Unsplash

Freeform just kinda showed up one day, so you might as well learn how to use it.

The post 5 ways to get started with Freeform, Apple’s app for creative thinkers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
iPad Pro showing a Freeform canvas on screen
Yes, Freeform gives your thoughts the aesthetic of those 90s Jazz design paper cups. Tony Sebastian / Unsplash

If you’ve upgraded your Apple devices to iOS 16, iPadOS 16, or macOS Ventura 13, you may have seen a new app floating around. It’s the collaborative Freeform, and it’s essentially a blank canvas. You just have to know how to make it come alive. 

The tool was announced at the 2022 Worldwide Developers Conference and hit iPhones, iPads, and Macs six months later. You can use it for brainstorming, journaling, stylized note-keeping, or just plain old doodling. Freeform, as its name suggests, lets you do pretty much whatever you want, but if you get a bit overwhelmed, we’ve chosen five ways to start exploring the app. 

1. Create customized shapes

Screenshot of star-shaped elements on Apple's Freeform.
These all came from the same basic shape. Sandra Gutierrez

Just like Google Slides and Microsoft PowerPoint before it, Apple’s Freeform has a wide range of shape presets you can use as if they were digital stamps. You can browse the available options by tapping the shapes icon at the top of the screen—it looks like a square in front of a circle. Choose a category by sliding their names to the left or right along the top of the window, select the shape you want, and move it around the canvas as you see fit. You’ll be able to easily resize it and change its color by tapping on it and tweaking the options on the emerging menu. 

Out of all the available categories, Basic (which you’ll find all the way to the left) has the fewest shapes to pick from, but it offers many more customization options. For example, choose a star and notice that, when you select it on the canvas, two green dots appear on top of it. The one closest to the center of the shape will allow you to edit its radius—slide it all the way inward to get a small star with very long points; slide it all the way out outward to get a decagon

[Related: Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library]

You can use the other green dot as a dial to edit the number of points on your star—slide it clockwise to get up to 20 points, and counterclockwise to go as low as three. Using these two functions, you’ll be able to create a wide range of stars and sparks to customize your canvas. 

All shapes in the Basic category will have one or more green dots: the ones on dialogue bubbles allow you to round up corners and play around with the shape and width of its point, while the one on arrows will let you adjust the thickness of the shaft. 

2. Add descriptions for a more accessible Freeform file

Screenshot of the description box on Apple's Freeform.
Yes, you can also insert links into your Freeform canvas. Sandra Gutierrez

To make your Freeform canvas more accessible, you can write descriptions for each item you add to it. This allows Apple’s VoiceOver to help people with visual impairments navigate Freeform documents by using Siri to describe what’s on the screen.  

To create a description, tap on any element on your canvas. From the emerging menu, tap the three dots on the right to see more options. Pick Description, and a text box will emerge where you can add details about the selected element. You can do this at any time and can always go back to edit your description as necessary. 

3. Break shapes apart

Screenshot of a shape broken apart on Apple's Freeform.
Freeform has a lot of shapes to choose from, a selection you can easily expand by breaking shapes apart. Sandra Gutierrez

While the elements in the Basic category are the most customizable, the “break apart” function will let you play around with shapes in other categories as well. 

As you might imagine, this option lets you treat each piece of a shape independently, so you can color, resize, reshape, and relocate them around your canvas. This feature is not available for all shapes though—you’ll only find it associated with objects made from multiple, smaller pieces. 

To use it, pick a breakable shape. The Geometry category, for example, has a bunch of fun ones you can choose from. Insert the element into your canvas, tap it, go to the three-dot menu, and choose Break Apart. Immediately, Freeform will give each piece of the shape its own customizable features. Notice that once you tap the option, all the pieces will be selected, so trying to move one will move all of them. Deselect everything by tapping on blank space, then tap a piece individually to work on it. As with any shape, you can tug the corners of the selected piece to resize it and tap on it to summon a menu that will let you add an outline, change its color, and even add text on top of it. 

4. Use Freeform in Split View

Screenshot of Apple's Freeform app used in Split View with Apple's Photo app.
Split View is especially handy if you need to insert a lot of pictures into your canvas. Sandra Gutierrez

Apple introduced Split View for iPadOS in 2015, and four years later expanded support for it to macOS. The feature allows you to use two apps at once, and if both are native to the company’s ecosystem, you can seamlessly drag elements from one to the other. 

Using Freeform in tandem with Apple’s Photo app, for example, allows you to insert images and videos from your local storage. To open Split View on an iPad, open Freeform and tap the three dots at the very top of the screen and choose Split View from the emerging menu. On a Mac computer, open Freeform and hover over the green button in the top left corner of the window. Then, from the emerging menu, choose either Tile window to the left of screen or Tile window to the right of screen, depending on what you want. On both operating systems, your screen will unsurprisingly split in two, and on the second half you’ll see your desktop (macOS) or your home screen (iPadOS), where you’ll be able to choose the Photos app. 

From there, you can use the grid view on Photos to choose whatever item you want to use in Freeform and just drag it into place. As you’d expect, you’ll be able to reposition and resize it however you want. Opening other native Apple programs will give you similar options. For example, open Notes and you’ll be able to select text or images and drag them into Freeform.

5. Select multiple elements at once

Screenshot of the bulk selection feature on Apple's Freeform.
Organize that Freeform chaos with the app’s bulk selection tool. Sandra Gutierrez

Your Freeform canvas will likely get pretty busy pretty quickly. With all the shapes and color options you get, plus anything you scribble on your iPad with the Apple Pencil, being able to edit elements in bulk can make your work a lot easier. 

[Related: Which iPhone 14 should you pick for your next upgrade?]

To do this, tap and hold on an item, then use your free hand to select other elements. Once you’re done, let go of your selection and tap it again to see what you can do with it. Tap the three-dot menu and go to Select Objects to add more elements to the group—this comes in handy if you realize you forgot something and you’ve already let go of your selection. Just tap on anything you want to add and finish by touching Done.

The post 5 ways to get started with Freeform, Apple’s app for creative thinkers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library https://www.popsci.com/diy/apple-music-classical/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 12:52:35 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533178
The Apple Music iPhone app icon, red.
Apple Music now has a separate Apple Music Classical app. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

Apple Music's new sibling is both independent and integrated with the streaming platform.

The post Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Apple Music iPhone app icon, red.
Apple Music now has a separate Apple Music Classical app. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

The new Apple Music Classical is an extension of Apple’s existing music platform and offers more than 5 million pieces of music. If you’re a fan of Beethoven, Mozart, or any other composers, take a few minutes to learn how the app works.

Apple Music Classical is free as part of a standard Apple Music subscription, and it’s not available to buy separately. It does, however, have a separate app for iOS. Apple says an Android version is “coming soon” but there’s no word on a web player.

Having its own app means that this classical component is both a part of Apple Music and exists in its own independent space. That may be different from what you’re used to, and there are a few things to know about integrating its classical tracks into your existing music library.

Navigating Apple Music Classical

Fire up the Apple Music Classical app for iOS and it’s clear why a separate app was necessary: classical music compositions are generally longer and feature multiple movements, and that requires a different approach to search and organization.

Tap the Browse icon to see what we mean: You can navigate the catalog by composer, time period, genre, conductor, orchestra, soloist, and even the type of instrument featured most prominently. Follow any of these links to see new releases and popular picks, and in some cases curated Editor’s Choices.

A listing for a composition in Apple Music Classical.
Apple Music Classical will give you a host of information about each piece. David Nield

With a track playing, pull up the “now playing” card from the bottom of the screen, then tap the small info button (or “i”) for further details. From this screen you’re able to navigate to pieces from the same composer, conductor, or orchestra, or from the same overall work. Apple Music Classical will also show you related works (linked by similar composers or orchestras, for example).

Also on the now playing screen, you’ll see a Dolby Atmos label if a piece is available in Spatial Audio with Dolby Atmos—the surround sound technology that’s designed to create a more immersive experience. Enabling this depends on your device, but on iPhones and iPads you can go to Music, Audio, and Dolby Atmos inside the Settings app to turn it on or off.

The browsing section of Apple Music Classical.
You can browse through Apple Music Classical in a variety of ways. David Nield

Open the Search tab in the Apple Music Classical app and your options are wide open. You can search based on any of the criteria we’ve already mentioned, or even look for the nickname of a particular piece—try searching for “emperor” to get to Beethoven’s Concerto No. 5 if you want to test it out. You can look for the name of a recording, its composer, or someone involved in its production.

As in the main Apple Music app, you can listen to tracks without adding them to your library so you can easily get back to them later on. If you do want to add something to your library, tap the plus icon that appears on search results and individual listing pages. You can also create playlists by tapping the three dots next to pieces or on listing pages and choosing Add to a Playlist.

Using both apps together

Apple Music can be confusing at the best of times—not least as it boldly tries to mix locally stored tracks with a cloud streaming service—and there are a few extra complications that Apple Music Classical brings along with it. Most of these involve your saved music library and the different places you can access it from.

[Related: Why and how to set up a second Apple Music library]

Tap Library in the Apple Music Classical app and you’ll only see classical music. However, tap Library in the original Apple Music app and you’ll see everything from your regular music library and your classical music library—this applies to everywhere Apple Music is available, including on Android, the web, and macOS.

A piece by Johann Sebastian Bach in Apple Music.
The shuffle feature is one reason to switch over to the Apple Music app. David Nield

One of the reasons you would want to access a classical music playlist through the main Apple Music app is that there’s no shuffle feature in the Apple Music Classical app: These compositions don’t really lend themselves to being shuffled anyway, but if you want to shuffle the tracks in a playlist, you’ll need to switch to Apple Music.

The same is true for downloading pieces for offline listening. At the time of writing at least, you can’t do this in the Apple Music Classical app, so again you’ll need to go to the Library tab of the Apple Music app to save classical works to your iPhone or iPad. To do so, open the playlist or album, then tap the download button (the downward arrow in the top right corner) to save the tracks.

The iPhone settings for Apple Music Classical.
It’s up to you if playlists are also added to your library. David Nield

You don’t get the same library navigation options in the Apple Music app as you do in the Apple Music Classical app, so you won’t be able to drill down into your saved pieces based on composer, conductor, or orchestra. As your music collection gets bigger, you’ll probably want to stick to the Apple Music Classical app for listening to classical music most of the time.

As in Apple Music, you can choose to add classical works to playlists in Apple Music Classical without adding them to your library (handy if you want to check out some new recordings without cluttering up your library). On an iPhone or an iPad, you can set this up by opening Settings and choosing Music and Add Playlist Songs (the same toggle switch controls the behavior across both apps).

The post Right on cue, Apple Music Classical is here to liven up your music library appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to break your toxic infinite scroll habit on TikTok https://www.popsci.com/health/infinite-scroll-habit/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533003
Teen in green sweatshirt with long brown hair against a bright yellow background scrolling through TikTok on a smartphone
A 2022 Pew Research Center survey suggests 16 percent of teens use TikTok constantly. Deposit Photos

Excessive social media scrolling is linked to poor mental health, especially in teens. But there are better ways to enjoy the stream of videos and other content.

The post How to break your toxic infinite scroll habit on TikTok appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Teen in green sweatshirt with long brown hair against a bright yellow background scrolling through TikTok on a smartphone
A 2022 Pew Research Center survey suggests 16 percent of teens use TikTok constantly. Deposit Photos

Picture this: You’re at your desk working on a project when your phone chimes. A quick glance tells you a friend sent over a video on TikTok. Convinced you’re due for a break, you click the link to find a new dance video from Charli D’Amelio. Fast forward an hour later, and you’re still on your phone, except now you’ve gone from viral dances to animal videos to fitness gurus raving about a weight loss hack. 

If this scenario hits too close to home, you’re not alone. Most people on social media check it daily, and younger people are likelier to return to their favorite platforms multiple times a day. TikTok is especially popular with teenagers: A 2022 survey from the Pew Research Center suggests 67 percent of teens use it, while 16 percent use it almost constantly. 

So why do people spend so much time online? One underlying reason is that platforms like TikTok promote infinite scrolling. You might start off in one video only for the page to continuously load a never-ending stream of content. Absent-mindedly scrolling through content might seem like an innocent activity and a great excuse to waste time. However, research suggests it can negatively influence the brain and mental health.

Anyone can fall prey to mindless scrolling. Younger people are especially vulnerable since the brain is not fully developed until age 25, says Lisa Pion-Berlin, a psychologist and president of Parents Anonymous, a child abuse prevention nonprofit. While limiting access to social media (like this Utah bill requiring parental permission is trying to do) is one option, learning how to be a more active user can help anyone stop infinite scrolling and still enjoy social media.

Why infinite scrolling is bad for you

Social media platforms like TikTok are not comprehensively bad for you. Several studies suggest social media can prompt feelings of connectedness and positive well-being. Further, they allow for personal expression, which fosters positive mental health.

Ultimately, how social media makes people feel depends on how they use it. For example, excess social media use is associated with feeling more anxious, lonely, and generally bad about yourself

“The more attached we are to our devices, the more problematic it becomes,” says Lisa Strohman, a psychologist and the founder of Digital Citizen Academy, an education program that teaches children and teens how to have a healthy relationship with technology. 

[Related: Do you never feel FOMO? Time to meet its twin, JOMO.]

Moreover, Strohman says watching pictures and videos of everyone living their best life might make you worried or sad that you’re missing out. Some research suggests that comparing yourself to others on social media can result in aggression and anxiety, while other studies suggest a link between negative comparisons on social media and suicidal ideation.

Meanwhile, mindless scrolling can result in a state of mind similar to being in a trance state, says Pion-Berlin. She’s concerned that “mindless scrolling is a way to tune out” or dissociate from reality. Some research suggests that overuse of social media can result in negative psychological impacts: A 2023 study in the journal JAMA Pediatrics found that middle schoolers who constantly checked their social media feeds showed changes in how their brains responded to feedback and criticism from peers.   

Infinite scrolling can also lead to disrupted sleep patterns in adolescents and adults. The screen’s blue light can make it difficult to fall asleep, and the constant content prevents your brain from shutting down for the night. 

When we sleep, the brain sorts through and categorizes the information from the day and commits the vital stuff into long-term memory, explains Strohman. But mindless social media surfing before bedtime keeps giving it more data for the brain to process throughout the night, “and that’s what tends to lead to that insomnia,” she explains.

TikTok app for you feed on three smartphone screens
TikTok’s For You feed will give you a constant stream of recommendations—but you can customize the settings for healthier viewing. TikTok

How infinite scrolling can hijack the brain

Mindless scrolling helps make social media an addicting habit because it takes advantage of the brain’s reward system, says Strohman.

An enjoyable TikTok, for example, can trigger the brain’s reward pathway. Subsequently, this causes the brain to release a chemical called dopamine, which Strohman describes “as a hit or a high” for the brain. The dopamine surge tells the brain that scrolling through social media is pleasurable and that we should do it again. Because another attention-grabbing Tiktok plays immediately when the first is over, this process starts all over again immediately. 

“The brain is rewarded every time because of how the feeds and algorithms are set up so that anytime we’re not on the app, we think we’re missing something,” explains Strohman. “That makes us want to go back on it again.:

The same process applies to adolescents—possibly to a more significant effect. Pion-Berlin explains that because the prefrontal cortex is one of the last brain areas to mature fully, younger people are more impulsive and have less self-control than adults. With less self-control, it may be easier for teens to fall into this rabbit hole of social media content, she says. In addition, the limbic system—a part of the brain involved in behavioral and emotional responses—is also more sensitive during our teenage years, which makes them likelier to prioritize pleasurable and desirable activities.

What are some ways to stop infinite scrolling?

While infinite scrolling isn’t great, that does not mean you need to quit social media altogether. On the contrary, there are some benefits to staying on the apps, such as building communities among people with a shared hobby or interest, maintaining relationships with family who live miles away, raising awareness for a particular cause, and learning from credible experts.

[Related: All the ways you can reduce screen time across your devices]

To make the most of your time, you’ll want to become an active rather than a passive user. Active users interact with others— in practice, this could look like commenting on posts or creating content. The high engagement gives you a specific purpose for being on the app, allows you to nurture and maintain online friendships, and is associated with improved well-being

Meanwhile, infinite scrolling is a passive activity because you’re socially disconnected from others and lurking in the background. Of course, sometimes you just want to take a break from life and watch some mind-numbing videos. In these situations, you’ll want to set a timer to limit the time you spend online and know when it’s time to log off, Strohman says. 

Another suggestion from Strohman is turning off notifications. People often fall into mindless surfing when notified or tagged in something. And while you might start out looking at the relevant post, you can easily find yourself lost in a comment thread or other recommended videos. 

“Have a clear purpose when accessing social media,” Strohman says. If a friend shares a post, tell yourself you will only watch this one video and not spend the next two hours on TikTok. 

“The more you scroll, the less settled you’ll be,” advises Strohman. “Be mindful, recognize your part in it, and try to do what you can to manage yourself in those online worlds.”

The post How to break your toxic infinite scroll habit on TikTok appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/automatic-turn-on-shut-down-computer/ Thu, 29 Apr 2021 19:14:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=362263
A person sitting in front of a desktop computer in an office, using a laptop. She should learn to schedule a shutdown on Windows.
When you've got a lot of work to do, you might not want to wait for your computer to turn on. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

Save some energy and give your poor computer a break by getting it to run on a set timetable.

The post Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person sitting in front of a desktop computer in an office, using a laptop. She should learn to schedule a shutdown on Windows.
When you've got a lot of work to do, you might not want to wait for your computer to turn on. Mimi Thian / Unsplash

Maybe you’re used to turning your computer on every day with the power button and off every evening with a few clicks—or perhaps you just leave it running around the clock. Instead, save yourself some time by making your computer turn on and shut down on a schedule.

Not only will you save money on energy bills, but you’ll also have your PC or Mac booted up and waiting for you in the morning when you reach the office (or home office). You can also leave your computer working on a task (like a hefty download or a long video encoding process) knowing that it will switch off when it’s done. Or maybe you just want to fall asleep to some streaming video, without leaving your laptop or desktop running all night—there are lots of ways to use this superpower.

How to automatically turn on a Windows PC

The screen you'll see when trying to schedule a shutdown in Windows 10.
If only we had an automatic shutdown program to help us sleep. David Nield

Powering up a PC on a schedule requires a bit of digging around in the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) that launches before Windows does. On computers sold in the last few years, the BIOS has been replaced by the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), but they do a very similar job.

To get to the BIOS or UEFI, you’ll need to press a specific key while your computer is booting up. Which one varies from device to device, but it’s usually F2, F8, Delete, or Esc. The key you’ll need should be displayed on screen during the startup process, but if you’re really stuck, try looking for documentation for your PC’s make and model on the web.

[Related: Small, game-changing utilities for Windows and macOS]

Different manufacturers configure their BIOS or UEFI differently, so we can’t give you exact instructions for how to find the scheduling feature, but it shouldn’t be too difficult to track down—look for some kind of advanced settings or power management menu after you press the proper key. If you can’t find anything, your PC might not have this feature at all, but you should check the web to make sure.

The Dell desktop we used as a test machine for this guide was running Windows 10, and we pressed F2 to enter the BIOS screen. There, we found an Auto Power On option under the Power menu. This gave us the choice to turn the computer on at a certain time every day or on one particular day, but as we’ve said, your PC may be slightly different.

Alternative ways to enter the Windows BIOS/UEFI

On a Windows 11 Lenovo laptop, we were able to access the BIOS/UEFI mode while the computer was still on by navigating through its settings. You can also use the Windows Terminal app. Just know that these two methods are somewhat more complicated and you’ll want to make sure you save all your work before you proceed. Although you’ll be starting with a device that’s already on, you’ll still have to reboot it in the end.

From the Settings app, choose System on the left, then scroll down to click on Recovery. Under the Recovery options heading, find Advanced startup and hit Restart now. Here, Windows will warn you to save your work, but if you’ve already done so you can click Restart now from the dialog box. On the next screen, go to Troubleshoot, Advanced Options, UEFI Firmware Settings, and hit Restart to enter BIOS/UEFI.

If you’d rather use the Terminal app, search for it via the Start menu. Open it and enter this command (without the period at the end): shutdown /r /o /f /t 00. Hit Enter to restart your computer. From the “Choose an Option” screen that appears, click Troubleshoot, Advanced Options, UEFI Firmware Settings, and then Restart.

How to schedule a shutdown on Windows 10 or 11

Shutting down a Windows computer on a schedule is much more straightforward. Use the taskbar search box or Start menu to look for and launch the Task Scheduler program, then click Create Basic Task and give it any name you like.

Work through the task creation process, using the Next buttons to move through the steps. Along the way, you can pick the days and times you want the scheduled shutdown to occur, and have it repeat automatically or leave it as a one-off action. When you get to the Action screen, choose Start a program and enter shutdown.exe as the program to launch. You’ll see a summary, and can click Finish to confirm the scheduling.

To see all the tasks you’ve set up, go back to the main Task Schedule interface and click Task Scheduler Library. You can edit and delete them from here using the options on the right side of the panel. Note that you can configure multiple tasks for multiple times on multiple days if you need to (so your PC automatically shuts down at a different time on a Sunday than a Monday, for example).

How to automatically turn a Mac on and off

The screen you'll see when you schedule an automatic startup or shutdown on macOS.
Make sure your Apple computer is only on when you want it to be on. David Nield

If you’re using a version of macOS that predates Ventura, you’ve got it easy and can skip to the following subsection. But if you’ve upgraded to Apple’s latest operating system, scheduling automatic shutdowns and boots is quite a bit more complicated than it used to be.

You used to be able to tell your Mac to shut down and start up on a schedule by clicking through obvious options in the macOS system settings, but all of those are gone in Ventura. Now, you’ll have to use the Terminal app. To find it, search for it on your computer using Spotlight search or your preferred app-locating method.

Inside this app, you’ll be using a “pmset” command, and there are a few things you’ll need to know before you build one:

  • Dates are formatted as MM/DD/YY, so April 10, 2021 would be 04/10/21.
  • Time is formatted as HH:MM:SS, so 9 a.m. would be 09:00:00.
  • Days of the week are generally formatted using their first letter (Monday is “M”, but there are two exceptions: Thursday is “R” and Sunday is “U”.

Whether you’d like to schedule your Mac to shut down, start up, or reboot, the commands follow a similar pattern. You may also need to enter your password before your computer will complete the task. Use these examples as guides to create your own schedule:

  • Automatic startup: To get your device to turn on every weekday at, say, 8:59 a.m. (the minute before you sit down at your desk), enter sudo pmset repeat poweron MTWRF 08:59:00 into the Terminal. If you’re someone who puts your computer to sleep instead, you can replace “poweron” with “wake”.
  • Automatic shutdown: If you want your Mac to shut down every Friday at 5 p.m., enter sudo pmset repeat shutdown F 17:00:00 into the Terminal. This may just stop you from working into the weekend.
  • Schedule restart: For an automatic macOS restart every other day at 3 a.m., enter sudo pmset repeat restart MWFU 03:00:00 into the Terminal. Maybe now you won’t keep putting off those updates.

How to schedule a Mac shutdown, startup, or reboot in older versions of macOS

Unlike with macOS Ventura, you don’t need to bother with the Terminal app to schedule various tasks in older versions of the OS. Instead, open the Apple menu, then choose System Preferences. To get to the scheduling screen, click Energy Saver and Change Settings (on a desktop Mac), or Battery and Schedule (on a MacBook).

Check the Start up or wake box, and you can set a startup time for every day, only weekdays, just the weekend, or on a single day of your choosing—just use the drop-down lists to set your preference.

[Related: 23 useful Mac settings hiding in plain sight]

The next check box has three options: Sleep, Restart, or Shut Down. Once you’ve made your selection, you’ll get the same choices you do with starting up the Mac. Click Apply to confirm your choices.

A few notes to remember: You can’t have multiple timings for different days, just one startup and one shutdown time for each day you scheduled automation. On a MacBook, startup scheduling will only work if the laptop is plugged in and charging.

Scheduled shutdowns only work when you’re logged into your Mac or MacBook and it’s awake (so you can’t go from a sleep state to a full shutdown). Plus, as with any manual shutdown, certain apps might stop it—like if you have unsaved work open and a save box pops up.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on April 29, 2021.

The post Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Install a virtual machine to put a computer inside your computer https://www.popsci.com/diy/what-is-a-virtual-machine/ Sat, 08 Apr 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=532626
A desktop Mac computer running Windows 11 in a virtual machine. The computer is on a desk in front of a window that looks out onto a grassy field.
Get Windows 11 on your Mac computer. Patrick Ward / Unsplash; Justin Pot

There's no need to buy a whole new device to try a different operating system.

The post Install a virtual machine to put a computer inside your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A desktop Mac computer running Windows 11 in a virtual machine. The computer is on a desk in front of a window that looks out onto a grassy field.
Get Windows 11 on your Mac computer. Patrick Ward / Unsplash; Justin Pot

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Mac users sometimes need to use Windows software. Windows users might want to see what Linux is like. You might think, in both cases, that the only choice is to buy another computer (expensive) or set up dual-booting (complicated). There’s a third choice: virtual machines.

A virtual machine is exactly what it sounds like: an entire computer running virtually on your laptop or desktop. You can install whatever operating system you want and run it inside its own window, which really comes in handy. For example: my main computer is a Mac, but I have a Windows 11 machine set up on it to test software for reviews and tutorials. Others might use a virtual machine to access older software that can’t otherwise run on modern computers. There are all kinds of uses.

How do virtual machines work?

Virtual machine software allows you, in just a few clicks, to create a computer that lives on your computer. That sounds like a magic trick but it isn’t—it’s all software.

Your computer has several components inside it: the CPU, the motherboard, the memory, the hard drive, and so on. Virtual machine software creates software versions of these, all of which borrow resources from your actual computer. You can configure how much of your device’s resources these virtual computers have access to, like what percentage of your CPU they can use and how much hard drive space they can take up. These programs typically refer to your actual computer as the “host” and any virtual machines as “guests.” You can create as many guests as you want, depending on how much hard drive space you have.

Note that this is not an emulator, like the ones you’d use to load up retro games. Those programs are attempting to reverse-engineer the environment that a particular piece of software would run in. A virtual machine isn’t that—it’s a full system, complete with an operating system.

This can be Windows 11, though you’ll have to pay for a copy of Windows in order to do that. Those start at $139

Linux is free to run, and some virtual machine software for Mac systems can also create virtual versions of macOS. Just know that it’s not legal to run a macOS virtual machine on a Windows computer—the macOS software license agreement clearly states the software can only be run on Apple hardware. Some people do it anyway, but it’s not simple.

How to set up a virtual machine

To get a virtual machine on your computer, you’ll need to install virtualization software. VirtualBox, maintained by Oracle, is completely free and open source. You can download this application, install it on your Windows, macOS, or Linux computer, and start creating virtual machines. It helps to be relatively tech savvy—you’ll need to make a few choices, including how much memory and storage to dedicate to the machine—though there’s an in-depth manual available online if you get confused. This is the DIY route.

[Related: How to set up a second monitor for your computer]

If you’re on a Mac or a Chromebook, though, there’s a much easier option: Parallels. This application can guide you through downloading and installing Windows and other operating systems, so you won’t have to do much thinking yourself. The downside: it costs $100, and if you want to run Windows you’ll also have to buy a license if you don’t already have one. I recommend those merely curious about a virtual machine play around with VirtualBox first—it will get you familiar with the concept. If you need a virtual machine for work, though, Parallels is the simpler and more dependable option.

The post Install a virtual machine to put a computer inside your computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna https://www.popsci.com/diy/amazon-luna-tips/ Fri, 07 Apr 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=532428
Amazon Luna controller hovering in front of a purple background.
You don't need a Luna controller to get the most out of the service—but you should still consider it. Amazon

Smoother graphics and phone controls can help you get more from Amazon Luna.

The post 7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Amazon Luna controller hovering in front of a purple background.
You don't need a Luna controller to get the most out of the service—but you should still consider it. Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon Luna finally came out of beta to be widely available in March 2022, immediately impressing users and reviewers. Like competitors such as Xbox Cloud Gaming and Nvidia GeForce Now, the platform streams games straight to your TV, laptop, or phone—think Netflix, but for video games.

To get access to Amazon Luna, you either need to be a Prime subscriber—which gets you a limited number of free games per month—or sign up for one of the specific Luna subscription plans starting at $10 a month. 

1. Amazon’s Fire TV stick is the easiest way to game on a big screen

Amazon Luna streams straight to browsers on phones, tablets, and computers, but the easiest way to get Luna on your big-screen television is with a Fire TV stick. But before you get one, make sure to check if your set is on the list of compatible devices. If you already have Amazon’s TV dongle, just install the Luna app and you’re ready to go. 

[Related: Sign up (and save money) on Amazon’s new Luna game streaming service]

If your TV has a game mode, Amazon recommends turning it on for the best experience. The location of this setting depends on the make and model of your TV, so you’ll have to dig in a bit. If you still can’t find it, we recommend searching for the user manual online.

You’ll also need to connect a compatible controller to enjoy Luna. You can use the official gadget (you can get it bundled up with a Fire TV stick) or one from your Xbox or PlayStation. But those are not your only options.

2. You can optimize your connection on Amazon Luna

For a smooth Luna experience at a 1080p resolution, Amazon recommends an internet speed of at least 10 Mbps. You can optimize your connection and try to hit this target by turning off VPNs and using a wired internet connection where possible.

If you’re seeing buffering and lag, you can scale down the resolution of Luna games to 720p, which uses a more modest 5 Mbps. To do this, on the home page of Luna on the web or in the desktop app, click Settings then Audio & video quality to make the change.

3. You can use your phone as a controller on Amazon Luna

Controller scheme of the Luna controller on a phone screen.
With the Amazon Luna app you can use your phone screen as a controller. Amazon

Whichever device you’re using with Amazon’s gaming service, you can control it using the Luna Controller app (available for Android and iOS). Your handheld device will provide you with a full set of virtual controls to work with, including a d-pad and trigger buttons.

As long as you are signed into the same Amazon account on your phone and on whatever device you’re streaming Luna to, the devices should connect automatically, even if you’re not on the same Wi-Fi network.

You can also use the Luna Controller app to have guests join in your gameplay using their own phones—this is extremely useful if you’re playing a multiplayer title. The only drawback is that they’ll need to sign into the app using your Amazon credentials.

4. You can invite more players with Luna Couch

Luna Couch is one of the more interesting features Amazon’s game streaming service has to offer: it lets you play with friends or family members across the internet with the minimum hassle. Your fellow players don’t need a Luna subscription, but they’ll need an Amazon account to join in. 

From the Luna interface, select Couch on the left and pick a game. Once in it, open the Luna menu—Tab+Shift on a keyboard or the Luna (or Xbox or PlayStation) button on your controller—and pick Start Luna Couch Session.

The platform will give you a code that you can share with other people. All players need to do is head over to the Luna Couch website and enter that code.

5. You can optimize your gameplay by tweaking your device settings

Amazon offers specific advice for certain devices and platforms to help you get the best Luna experience possible. If you’re gaming in the Google Chrome browser, make sure to switch on hardware acceleration—this means the browser will use your computer’s full graphics capabilities.

To access this feature, type “chrome://settings/?search=hardware” into the Chrome address bar and hit Enter. The Use hardware acceleration when available toggle switch should be set to on.

For some unspecified reason, having location services enabled on Fire tablets and macOS can cause performance issues on Luna. You can turn this setting off on Fire tablets by picking Location-based Services from the Settings menu. On macOS, go to System Settings and then choose Privacy & Security and Location Services.

6. Amazon Luna can seamlessly broadcast games to Twitch 

As you might expect, Luna works very well with Twitch, seeing as they’re both run by Amazon. If you’ve never tried live streaming your gaming exploits before, using Luna with Twitch is a great way to start.

From Luna’s web or desktop app, choose Broadcast and Connect with Twitch to get started. You’ll need to sign in or create a Twitch account, then follow the instructions on screen.

You’ll be able to manage your stream from a separate window that will pop up. It includes controls to allow you to share (or not) your audio and webcam feeds, and stop or pause the broadcast at any time.

7. You should think about investing in a Luna controller

As we mentioned, you don’t need an official Luna Controller to use Amazon’s game streaming service: an Xbox or PlayStation controller or your phone will do just fine. You can even use the mouse and keyboard on a computer if you don’t care much for console gaming.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

However, there are reasons to splash $70 on Amazon’s own gamepad: It’s designed specifically for cloud gaming and has its own direct Wi-Fi connection, so you can easily switch between Luna games on multiple devices.

Its Bluetooth and USB support give the Luna controller versatility, and as you’d expect, it also comes with Amazon Alexa on board. If you’re going to get serious about your Luna gaming, then it’s worth picking up.

The post 7 things to know about Amazon’s new gaming service, Luna appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The button that will put your Instagram feed in chronological order https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-make-instagram-feed-chronological/ Tue, 29 Mar 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=434431
A person with red nail polish scrolling through their Instagram feed in chronological order.
Goodbye old algorithmic feed, hello new chronological feed. Cottonbro / Pexels

You can view the most recent posts, but Instagram's chronological feed feature is limited.

The post The button that will put your Instagram feed in chronological order appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person with red nail polish scrolling through their Instagram feed in chronological order.
Goodbye old algorithmic feed, hello new chronological feed. Cottonbro / Pexels

After years of Instagram users pining for the return of chronological feeds, the app has finally made a change that lets you put the most recent posts at the top. There is a catch, though: your choice to sort your homepage chronologically is temporary, and there’s nothing you can do about it.

How to see the most recent Instagram posts first

Organizing your feed chronologically is simple. From the Instagram app’s home screen, tap the Instagram logo in the top left to open a dropdown menu with two options: Following and Favorites. Tap Following to see the most recent posts from your followers. That’s all.

As we mentioned above, this change will not stick. If you close the app and reopen it, you’ll be right back on Instagram’s algorithmic feed. You also won’t be able to see Stories in this view, so it feels very much like a sub-feed. But if you tap any of the icons at the bottom of the screen (search, Reels, shop, and profile), then go back to the homepage, it should still be sorted chronologically. To get back to the standard feed, tap the back arrow in the top left.

This feature isn’t available if you’re using Instagram in a web browser, but if you don’t see these options on your mobile device, try updating your app. The Meta-owned platform launched this feature almost a year ago, so getting the most recent version should give you the ability to make your feed chronological. The pre-update workaround still helps, too: tap View Older Posts wherever you see it to gaze upon posts you may have missed.

How to set up Instagram’s chronological Favorites feed

If you follow a lot of accounts, a chronological Instagram feed can become tedious. When Instagram head Adam Mosseri announced the change in January 2021, he noted that most people don’t get through most of their feeds. You can use the Favorites sorting option to only see the most recent posts from select accounts.

[Related: How to delete one photo from an Instagram carousel]

It’s the second option on the dropdown menu under the big Instagram name on the app’s home screen, but selecting it will display an empty feed unless you’ve chosen your favorite accounts. Take the app’s suggestion to Add favorites to start, and use the Search, Remove, and Add functions on the next page to set your list—Instagram won’t notify people when you add or remove them. Tap Confirm favorites to finish, and you’ll see all the posts from your chosen accounts in chronological order.

Posts from accounts on your Favorites list will be starred and appear higher up on the standard Instagram feed, Mosseri said in a post on Meta’s official blog.

There are a few ways to manage your Favorites list after you’ve created it. If you’re viewing the Favorites feed, tap the starred list icon in the top right to add or remove accounts. You can also tap the star icon next to a post from a favorited account wherever you see it, then hit Manage favorites to get to the same screen. Or tap the three lines in the top right corner of your profile page, then choose Favorites. It’s a great way to keep only the best posts on your sparkling new chronological Instagram feed.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 29, 2022.

The post The button that will put your Instagram feed in chronological order appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to move your photos to and from any cloud service https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/move-digital-photos-video-across-services-cloud/ Wed, 29 Jan 2020 17:06:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/move-digital-photos-video-across-services-cloud/
Pile of print photos
It's like picking these up and putting them in another box... only it's not. Volodymyr Nikitenko via Deposit Phoyo

Moving your images from cloud to cloud is not as tedious as it seems.

The post How to move your photos to and from any cloud service appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Pile of print photos
It's like picking these up and putting them in another box... only it's not. Volodymyr Nikitenko via Deposit Phoyo

Pictures and videos are likely to be some of your most precious digital possessions. They represent snapshots of loved ones, special places, memorable events, incredible trips, and even some moments that will have you laughing for years to come. We take a lot of these with our smartphone cameras, so we might as well make sure they’re safe and looked after.

Moving your photos and other files to cloud storage is a great idea if you want to protect them, and there are numerous apps and services that will take good care of your images. Even better, if you decide to, say, transfer your Amazon photos to iCloud, it is possible to switch platforms without too much of a hassle.

Get comfortable and open your laptop—phone apps are simply less capable than full-blown computers when it comes to downloading and uploading entire archives of images and videos. And no matter how much you trust your cloud storage provider, always back up your photos and other data somewhere else.

Google Photos

If you have an Android phone, your images likely reside in Google Photos. You can keep them ‘there if you like, but you can always switch.

Importing images to Google’s cloud storage

Google Photos lives on the web, and you’ve got a couple of options for getting pics and vids up into the cloud. First, load up Google Photos in your browser, then simply drag files and folders across from File Explorer (Windows) or Finder (macOS). If you’d rather do this another way, click Upload, then Computer at the top of the Google Photos web interface, and upload your files.

[Related: Google Photos is better at image editing than you think]

For an even easier way to move your photos to the cloud, download the Google Drive desktop app (free for Windows and macOS). It lets you specify certain folders on your computer that will automatically sync with Google Photos, which means that everything you add to those folders will have a copy in the cloud you can access from anywhere. Just open the app, click the cog icon in the top right and go to Preferences. Click Add folder and choose the location you want synced to the cloud. The app will ask where you want the copies of your pics to live—check the box next to Back up to Google Photos and finish by hitting Done.   

Finally, if you’re moving images from Facebook, iCloud, Pixieset, or Pic-Time, Google Photos has a built-in feature to make the switch seamless. Click Upload and from the emerging menu pick Copy from other services. Choose the platform you want to source your stuff from and Google will redirect you to that platform’s login page, where you’ll have to type in your credentials. What you see on the next page will depend on the service you’re dealing with. For example, if you’re moving content from iCloud, Apple’s platform will show you its “Manage your data” menu, where you’ll have a list of options, not all of them related to what you want to do. To move your photos and videos, select Request to transfer a copy of your data, choose Google Photos as the destination for your files on the next page, and hit Continue

Before you seal the deal, make sure you have enough space in your Google Photos account for the incoming files—if you don’t, nothing will transfer and you’ll have to repeat the process all over again. Follow the prompts to give iCloud access to your Google account and hit Confirm transfer to finish. 

This process is not immediate and you may have to wait up to a week for it to complete, depending on the number and heft of the files you’re moving. In the case of iCloud, you’ll receive a confirmation email, but you may have to check your account regularly if you’re using other services. 

How to export Google Photos files to a computer

Downloading one or two photos from Google’s image storage service is easy enough—just select the files from the web interface, click the Menu button (three dots), and choose Download. If you’ve chosen multiple files, they will be wrapped up in a ZIP file. When you’ve downloaded what you need, you can move those photos and videos somewhere else.

If you need to export absolutely everything out of your Google Photos account, head to the Google Takeout service on the web. This tool will help you move all your Google data to another cloud platform, but you can also specify what you want to take with you and what to leave behind. By default, all the boxes on the list of services will be selected, so you’ll want to first make sure Google Photos is the only one—you can do this quickly by hitting Deselect all and checking the box next to Google Photos. Then choose Next step and select Send download link via email from the drop-down menu. If you don’t want to deal with one huge file, you can also choose the frequency of downloads, the maximum heft of each bundle of files, and whether you want to compress your images in a ZIP or TGZ file. Once you’re done customizing, click Create export and wait for the link to that archive (including your selected photos and videos) to appear in your Gmail inbox.

Apple iCloud Photo Library

Screenshot of the iCloud Photo Library wizard
To sync iCloud photos to Google’s platform there’s a built-in tool you can use. David Nield

Contrary to what you might think, Apple does play nice with other cloud services—but only some of them. With the rest, you’ll have to export your photos and videos before you can upload them to other platforms.

How to sync photos to iCloud

The Photos app on Mac takes care of moving files between your computer and the cloud. To add new pictures and videos to your iCloud Photo Library, first open the Photos menu in the Photos app, choose Settings, find General, and make sure the box marked Copy items to the Photos library is checked. Then, choose File, Import, and pick the relevant files.

If you’re using iCloud on the web, you can import photos and videos to iCloud Photo Library by clicking the Upload button (an arrow pointing up into a cloud), then choosing the files you want to grab from your disk. If you’re on Windows, the iCloud for Windows app does a basic, but competent, job—you can specify which photo and video folders on your computer should sync to the cloud by clicking Options (next to Photos) in the main dialog.

Exporting pictures from iCloud

If you’re using a Mac, the iCloud Photo Library on your computer will sync to the cloud in a bespoke Apple-designed database that doesn’t play nice with some apps and services. To get your files into workable formats that other platforms will recognize, you’ll need to export them. Choose File, Export, then Export Unmodified Originals, and pick a new location on your disk. You can export individual files, groups of files, or entire albums. 

If you’re exporting content to Google Photos, that platform has a built-in tool you can use to easily move your images from iCloud. You can check the specific instructions in the section above. 

The iCloud web interface for Photos lets you export images and videos in standard formats as well, but it’s a slow process—you’ll need to individually select files, then click Download (an arrow pointing down out of a cloud). The iCloud for Windows program can help with that: if you click Options (next to Photos in the main dialog), you can specify a folder on your computer to save all your iCloud photos and videos.

Facebook

Facebook privacy settings
There are multiple ways to upload photos to Facebook. David Nield

Technically, Facebook is a social media platform, but if you tweak your privacy settings, you can use it to manage your photos and videos as well.

How to upload photos to Facebook

If you’ve chosen Facebook as the place to host your most precious pictures, you can get them onto the site via your web browser: head to your profile page, then click Photos. From there, choose Add Photos/Videos or Create Album to upload one or more pictures.

Facebook is built around sharing, but you don’t have to share uploaded images and videos with the wider world if you don’t want to. The key tool here is the Default audience box that will pop up as soon as you select your files—this determines who can see what you’re uploading. It’s usually set to Friends by default, but you can change it to Only Me (or whatever audience you want).

How to download all your Facebook photos

Downloading individual photos and videos from Facebook is easy enough: open up the file in your web browser, right-click on it, and choose Save as. You can also open the photo, go to Options (the three dots in the top right corner of your screen) and choose Download.

To save all the photos and videos you’ve ever uploaded to the world’s biggest social network, head to the Facebook settings page on the web and select Your Facebook information. Find Download your information, click View, and check the box marked Posts (this includes photos and videos you’ve shared to the platform, along with other data). At the top of the page, make sure the Media quality setting is High, then scroll all the way to the bottom and select Request a download. You will get an email to your registered address with a download link containing a ZIP file with all of your photos and videos, ready to be uploaded to another platform.

Amazon Photos

Screenshot of the Amazon Photos wizard
You can easily transfer Amazon photos to another account by downloading everything from the cloud. David Nield

If you have an Amazon Prime account, you have unlimited space to store your photos. Yes, you read that right.

The Amazon Photos upload process

If you’re a Prime subscriber, you get unlimited online storage for your photos and 5GB for videos as part of the deal. To get files into your Amazon Drive, you can download the desktop app for Windows or macOS. From the Backup pane, you can have the app scan your computer for photos and videos, or point it toward specific folders to sync to the cloud. Any new files you add to those folders will automatically be uploaded to the web.

Alternatively, open the Amazon Photos web interface and click Add, then Upload photos or Upload folder. If you want to create albums, though, you’ll need to do so manually: click Add, then Create album.

The Amazon Photos download process

To get your movies and pictures out of Amazon Photos and transfer them somewhere else, the best option is the desktop app. Switch to the Download pane inside the app, pick Download folder(s), and assuming you want to download everything, select the Pictures folder from your Amazon Drive. Click Download to and pick a folder on your computer for the files.

You can download photos and videos from the web interface as well, but this is more for one or two files at a time. Select one or more files, then hit Download, and your browser will start saving the chosen files to your disk. If you’ve picked several files, the platform will package the photos together in a ZIP file.

Flickr

Flickr file quality picker
Learning how to download Flickr photos is intuitive. David Nield

Downloading individual photos from Flickr is easy enough. Just hit the download button, select your quality, and you’re done.

Importing

If you need to get photos or videos onto Flickr, one way is to click the little Upload button on the toolbar at the top of the Flickr web interface (the button looks like an up arrow going into a cloud). Choose some files from your computer or drag them into the browser to add them to your Flickr library.

[Related: Your Flickr photos could help scientists keep tabs on wildlife]

Another option, which is easier if you’ve got dozens or hundreds of images and clips to move around, is to use Flickr Uploadr for Windows or macOS. This is only available to those with a Pro account ($8.25 a month or $72 a year), but if you need to shift a substantial number of photos, it’s probably worth the investment.

How to download Flickr photos

To get everything out of your Flickr account, you’ll need to go to your account settings page on the web, then click Request my Flickr data. You’ll get an email with a download link you can click on to save a ZIP file with all your images to your computer.

Alternatively, you can download your pictures and videos through the standard Flickr web interface. Click the download icon (a down arrow) on an album, a picture, or a video—if you’ve chosen an album, the system will pack your images into a ZIP file and send an email to your registered address with a link to download it.

Bonus: Get your content from Instagram and Snapchat

Yes, these apps are social media platforms, not storage services, but we still keep a lot of our photos and videos on them. If you already have a substantial part of your life living on Instagram and Snapchat, you can download it and back it up wherever you want. On Instagram, tap your Profile (bottom right), then the Menu button (top right), followed by Settings. Go to See more in Accounts Center, then Your information and permissions. Once you’re there, tap Download your information and Request a download. On Snapchat, go to the photo library page (tap the button in the bottom left corner of your screen—it’s a small preview of your latest snap.  Select your images and videos, and then choose Export.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 20, 2020.

The post How to move your photos to and from any cloud service appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls https://www.popsci.com/diy/better-audio-phone-call/ Wed, 05 Apr 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=525422
Person holding phone to their ear in a phone call
There are several variables you can control to improve the quality of your phone calls. Zen Chung / Pexels

Summon all the help you can get to make your calls sound loud and clear.

The post Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person holding phone to their ear in a phone call
There are several variables you can control to improve the quality of your phone calls. Zen Chung / Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You’ve probably had to ask  “Can you hear me?” more than once while on a phone call. One of the most vexing frustrations of the modern age is that, despite the rapidly evolving technological landscape, we still have a hard time clearly getting words across during a voice conversation.

Fortunately, your phone is here to help. While your device can’t magically improve your connection, it can help you get more out of it and deploy a few tricks to ensure that you and the person on the other end of the line can hear each other properly.

Phone settings to improve the audio quality of your calls

With iOS 16.4, Apple introduced a new voice isolation feature for phone calls. The smart tech prioritizes the sounds coming from your mouth and automatically blocks out the ambient noise around you. When on a call, activate it by swiping down from the top right corner of the screen to open the Control Center, and then tapping Mic Mode and Voice Isolation.

This feature doesn’t just work in calls made through the Phone app: You can access and apply it in the same way if you’re making voice calls in FaceTime, WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger, or any other calling app on your device.

[Related: How to make voice calls from any device]

When it comes to properly hearing the person you’re speaking to, there’s a volume slider on the Control Center as well, which you can also access simply by using the buttons on the side of your iPhone. Switching to speakerphone might help: On the call screen, choose Audio then Speaker. If you’ve got other Apple devices like iPads or Macs on the same Wi-Fi network and logged into the same Apple ID, you’ll be able to switch to these too via the Audio option on the call screen—a bigger device might have better mics and speakers than your iPhone.

You can also boost call volume on Android via the buttons on the side of your phone, and switching to speakerphone is as easy as on iOS: just tap Speaker on the call screen. If you’re using a Samsung Galaxy phone, you can also head to Settings, then Sounds and vibration, and Sound quality and effects to access two useful features: Dolby Atmos and Adapt sound. The former optimizes voice audio, while the latter tunes the sounds from the phone to your specific hearing abilities.

Pick the Adapt sound option, then tap Adapt sound for and make sure to select either Media and calls or Only calls to make sure you get the benefit on phone calls. Further down you can pick from one of the presets to better match your phone to your hearing—Under 30 years old, 30 to 60 years old, or Over 60 years old—or you can tap Test my hearing to create a customized profile through a series of tests your device runs through connected headphones.

Android has a similar feature to iOS’s Voice Isolation to reduce background noise on calls, but at the time of writing it’s only available with the latest Android 13 update and on the Pixel 7 and Pixel 7 Pro. To access it, head to the Sound & vibration section of Settings, and then tap Clear calling.

Audio quality doesn’t only depend on the settings or hardware on your phone. If cell reception in your area isn’t great, your call won’t sound crisp and could even drop out. If that’s the case, you can make calls over Wi-Fi instead, as long as your carrier supports it (most do). To turn it on on iOS go to Settings, select Phone, and then Wi-Fi Calling.  On Android, go to Settings and tap Network and Internet, Calls and SMS, and then the name of your carrier. Just make sure you’re already logged into whatever Wi-Fi network you want to use before placing the call.

Set up calling apps to improve audio quality in your calls

Most messaging apps can make voice calls now, and if you dig around in the settings for your favorite platform, you may find a few features to optimize the audio on it. We can’t cover every app here, but we can highlight a few.

Some apps have audio optimization on by default. For calls made through Zoom, for example, echo cancellation and background noise suppression are the standard: If you think the feature is interfering too much or the app is applying it too aggressively, you can disable it by going to Settings, Meetings, and turning on Use Original Sound.

Messaging apps often have data-saving features that can reduce the bandwidth audio calls use. If you’re in an area with a strong signal, you’ll want to turn off this option to maximize audio fidelity. However, if your phone has a spotty connection, turning these features on can help. They work exactly like lowering the quality of a YouTube video while on a bad Wi-Fi signal—you don’t get an HD image, but at least the footage doesn’t stop to buffer every 3 seconds.  When you turn on data-saving features, your phone will compress and optimize the audio to get it through entirely, albeit in a lower quality. This will allow you to hear more of the conversation instead of having the audio constantly break up, improving the overall quality of the call.

In WhatsApp, for example, tap the three dots (top right) and go to Settings (Android), or tap the Settings button at the bottom right of the screen (iOS). From there, choose Storage and data to find the Use less data for calls toggle switch. Meanwhile, on Signal, tap the three dots (top right) and then go to Settings, Data and storage, and Use less data for calls.

[Related: How to fix spotty cell service in your home]

Signal also has a call relay feature that protects your privacy by rerouting audio calls through Signal’s servers. This makes it harder for someone to tell where you’re calling from, but it also reduces call quality. It’s not on by default, but if you’ve turned it on for any reason, you can disable it by going to the Settings menu and tapping Privacy, and then Advanced.

Microsoft Teams has a noise suppression option that cuts out unwanted background noise from voice calls. Inside the mobile app, tap your avatar (top left), then choose Settings and Calling. You’ll see under the Noise suppression heading there are several options to pick from, depending on how aggressive you want the suppression to be.

As always, keeping your apps and your mobile operating systems up to date is important in terms of making sure you have the latest bug patches and audio optimizations, which often run in the background without you even noticing. To check for Android updates go to System and System update from Settings. Apple users can check for iOS updates by going to General and Software Update from Settings.

The post Tweak these settings for better-sounding phone calls appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail https://www.popsci.com/reach-inbox-zero-in-gmail/ Sun, 04 Apr 2021 21:42:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/reach-inbox-zero-in-gmail/
A Macbook laptop with Gmail loading in a browser. If you're lucky, you'll reach Inbox Zero in Gmail.
Reaching Inbox Zero in Gmail will be much easier if you follow this advice. Solen Feyissa / Unsplash

If you're looking for some advice on how to clean up your Gmail inbox, look no further.

The post 4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook laptop with Gmail loading in a browser. If you're lucky, you'll reach Inbox Zero in Gmail.
Reaching Inbox Zero in Gmail will be much easier if you follow this advice. Solen Feyissa / Unsplash

Often, email is a case of can’t live with it, can’t live without it. These messages are an essential part of modern-day communications, but sorting through them takes up an inordinate amount of time—time that could be spent doing something more productive.

Fortunately, if Gmail is your email service of choice, it has a number of features that will help you blast through your incoming messages. On top of that, there are plenty of add-ons that will assist you in getting down to an empty inbox—the coveted “Inbox Zero”—as efficiently as possible.

The key is offloading as much work as possible to automatic filters and other tools that will do some organizing for you, leaving you to deal with what’s really important. When you’re done, you should have a nice, clean Gmail inbox.

1. Get Gmail to prioritize your messages

If you haven’t set up tabs in Gmail, now’s the time to do it. Click the cog icon (top right in the web interface), choose See all settings, select Inbox from the labels at the top of the page, and find the Categories heading. For each box you check next to the options here, Gmail will add a new tab with that title to your inbox and sort all relevant emails into it. Click Save Changes at the bottom of the options screen to lock in your edits. As time goes on, Google will also try to guess which messages are important, and you can help it by clicking the importance marker (a right-pointing arrow) to the left of any truly significant conversation.

Gmail's categories, which can help you reach Inbox Zero.
Gmail categories are one way you can sort emails automatically. David Nield

What’s more, you can drag emails between tabs to teach Google how to sort your messages in the future based on type or sender. How can this help you reach Inbox Zero in Gmail? Well, you can ignore the less important categories (like Social and Updates) until the end of the day, then spend a few minutes managing and processing these messages in bulk.

[Related: How Google Tasks can help you organize your Gmail inbox]

2. Set up your own filters

Filters are one of the key ways you can automatically organize your incoming messages. Click the filters icon (three sliders) on the right end of the Gmail search box to set up some search terms. Then click Create filter to set it up. You can also create new filters from individual messages by clicking the three vertical dots in an email’s top right corner and choosing Filter messages like this.

Filters, which can help bring your Gmail inbox to zero.
You can create filters based on sender, subject, size, and various other criteria. David Nield

If you’ve got multiple email addresses coming into your Gmail account, for example, you can mark messages sent to other addresses as less important. Another option is to immediately archive certain emails and mark them as read—they won’t appear in your inbox, so less work for you, but they will still be available via search if you need them.

3. Get creative with Gmail stars

Right from the beginning, Gmail has avoided offering a folder system. Instead, you can use labels and stars to sort your messages. On the web, click the cog icon, then See all settings, and make sure you’re in the General tab. You’ll see a total of 12 types of stars you can use. To make more available inside your Gmail inbox, drag them from the Not in use row to the In use row.

Gmail stars, which can be used to clean up a messy inbox.
Don’t limit yourself to just one star for organizing your messages. David Nield

How does this bring you and Gmail closer to Inbox Zero? By starring and archiving messages, you can clean out your inbox without losing track of important messages. You can view each star category with a simple search, such as “has:yellow-star” or “has:green-check“. To see the search term associated with each star, hover the mouse over the relevant icon on the Settings screen.

[Related: 29 Gmail keyboard shortcuts to help you power through your inbox]

4. Unsubscribe from everything you can

Gmail has a built-in unsubscribe feature to quickly get yourself off newsletter and notification lists you don’t want to be on. You should see an Unsubscribe link in the header of any compatible message. Essentially, Gmail is scanning messages for “unsubscribe” links and making them easier for you to find right up at the top.

The unsubscribe button Google provides for certain emails, which can be helpful in reaching Gmail Inbox Zero.
Unsubscribing from emails makes a bigger difference than you might think. David Nield

At the start, this may feel tedious, but you’ll be amazed at the amount of time you can save by being ruthless with your subscriptions—all those seconds clicking the Delete button really add up. For something even more comprehensive, you can make use of an unsubscribe service that works with Gmail. Unroll.me is one of the best, and also lets you combine multiple incoming messages into a single newsletter.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 6, 2017.

The post 4 tips to help you achieve ‘Inbox Zero’ in Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations https://www.popsci.com/diy/android-auto-coolwalk/ Fri, 31 Mar 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524232
Car dashboard screen showing Android Auto's new interface with Google Maps.
Now Android Auto supports more widgets to give you easy access to everything you need while on the move. Google

The system's latest update comes with a wide range of new settings to play with.

The post Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Car dashboard screen showing Android Auto's new interface with Google Maps.
Now Android Auto supports more widgets to give you easy access to everything you need while on the move. Google

The latest Android Auto update is one of the biggest yet for Google’s in-car interface, giving users more control than ever over how the software looks on their car dashboard.

If you’re completely new to the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay experience, these are the interfaces that pop up in compatible vehicles when you connect your Android or iPhone device. They’re essentially extensions of your phone, giving you access to select apps including maps, music, and messaging.

The internal Google codename for this latest Android Auto update is Coolwalk, though you won’t see it mentioned anywhere officially. It brings with it a split-screen design, streamlined widgets, and a new app launcher.

Changing the layout of Android Auto

By default, the Android Auto interface will show you three widgets: A larger maps panel, a smaller area with media playback controls, and a shortcuts panel displaying recent destinations in your preferred maps app. These widgets represent the apps you’ve used most recently in each category, and if you want to make either of them go full-screen, you can just tap them.

[Related: The new Android 13 features you need to be using]

The interface will also give whatever media playback app you’re using a second screen typically showing recommendations for what to play next. You can access it by swiping left or right on the corresponding icon. As you drive, if you don’t use any of the map destination shortcuts, the media app widget will expand to fill that space.

Depending on your car’s dashboard screen you’ll also see shortcuts to your most-used apps on the side of the widgets or underneath them. Tap any of these shortcuts to make the selected app fill the screen. You’ll also recognize the colorful microphone icon, which you can tap to give voice commands to the Google Assistant.

In the lower-left corner of the Android Auto screen, you should also see a monochrome icon that will either show nine dots or two squares and a rectangle, depending on what’s on screen. Tap this to cycle between the widget view, the full-screen view, and the app launcher, which shows all of the apps available inside Android Auto.

Choosing your Android Auto apps

The apps that you see in Android Auto will be the same apps installed on your phone, but only if they support a car interface. Google Maps is a good example: It’s crucial to the Android Auto experience, so you’ll always see it available through the interface in your vehicle.

But maybe you don’t want to see all the Android Auto-supporting apps you have on your phone crowding your car’s dashboard screen. If there are some you know will never use while on the move, you might want to declutter the app launcher by hiding them from view. You’ll need to set this up on your phone, so don’t do this while driving. From Settings, pick Connected devices, Connection preferences, Android Auto, and Customize launcher. From there, uncheck the box next to any app you don’t want to see in the dashboard interface. You’ll notice some tools, like Google Maps, Phone, and Settings, are not optional, so you won’t be able to hide them from the app launcher.

Go back to the Android Auto menu to switch between night and day (dark and light) modes for maps and customize the interface in various other ways. From this menu, you’ll also be able to enable Taskbar widgets, which will display a new bar along the bottom of the interface so your media playback controls are available at all times.

Customize your Android Auto settings

Screenshot of Android Auto's app launcher.
You can use your phone to pick and choose which Android Auto-supporting apps appear in the car’s interface. David Nield

The renewed Android Auto also offers a selection of customizations you can access from the interface itself. Again, toggling them will require some concentration and focus, so make sure not to play around with them while your vehicle is moving. Get to the app launcher by tapping the nine-dot icon (you may have to access it by touching the widget icon first), and pick Settings.

The first selection of settings covers notifications, so you can choose whether or not you get alerts whenever there’s an incoming message on your phone. There’s also the option to show the first line of conversations and to play a chime on these alerts. Turn off the Suggestion cards setting and you won’t see smart prompts like the option to call a contact you communicate with a lot or navigate to a specific home or work address.

[Related: Your Android phone may soon be able to start your car]

Further down you can set whether Android Auto starts up automatically when it connects and whether the audio you were playing most recently starts up automatically. In our experience, not all media apps obey the rules set down by this setting, so you might still find audio playing (or not playing) no matter what this option is set to.

As well as accessing settings you can get on the phone (such as day and night mode for maps), there’s also a Wallpaper option. Tap this and you’ll be able to access a selection of different patterns and photos. Wallpaper doesn’t show up on the widgets view, but you will see it when you’re accessing menus and the app launcher.

The post Take advantage of all of Android Auto’s new customizations appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest ways to recover deleted files https://www.popsci.com/recover-deleted-files/ Sun, 06 Feb 2022 01:11:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/recover-deleted-files/
A man sitting in a study cubicle, holding his head in frustration as he looks at his laptop, which has a lot of stickers on it.
No worries, mate. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

There's more than one way to recover the files you think are forever lost.

The post The easiest ways to recover deleted files appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man sitting in a study cubicle, holding his head in frustration as he looks at his laptop, which has a lot of stickers on it.
No worries, mate. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Now that we’re living in a mostly digital world, it’s a lot easier than it used to be to accidentally delete that precious family photo or important bank statement. One slip of the finger and whole folders of files can disappear into the digital ether.

If you’re hit by such a mishap, don’t panic. If you keep calm and act fast, you might be able to get your files back. In fact, you can explore a few different methods in your quest to restore your data. From tools built into your operating system to third-party apps you can download for free, here’s how to rescue those files.

Keep a backup

Screenshot of a Dropbox interface
You can recover deleted files from Dropbox with a couple of clicks. David Nield

Nowadays, you really have no excuse for not backing up everything that’s on your computer and phone. The available backup and cloud storage apps are so comprehensive and easy to use that you barely have to do anything to update the spare copies of your data. What’s more, backups are your best protection against any accidental file deletion, not to mention other potential problems like ransomware.

If you don’t already have a backup system in place, it won’t be much help if you’ve arrived here in a panic. But you can at least make sure you set something up to protect your future files. On your computer, look at the options built into Windows (OneDrive) and macOS (iCloud), as well as independent apps such as Dropbox and Google Drive.

All of these services sync your files between computers and the cloud. So when a file disappears from one place, you can restore it from another. For example, in the Dropbox web interface, just click the Deleted files link and then restore whichever file or folder you want back. For even more protection against data loss, consider a service like Crashplan or Backblaze.

Check the Recycle Bin or Trash

Windows 10 Recycle Bin
On a Windows computer, the Recycle Bin should be the first place you check. David Nield

Many people will have already thought of this one. But if you’re not aware, both Windows and Apple computers have folders that keep all deleted files for a short while—just in case you want them back.

A Windows machine calls this folder the Recycle Bin. Its icon might already be on your desktop, but if not, simply open File Explorer, click the drop-down menu at the start of the file path field, and choose Recycle Bin. You can click on individual items and restore them one by one, or select Restore all items to undelete them en masse. Files will return to their original location, though you can copy and paste them somewhere else if you prefer.

[Related: The recycle bin settings you didn’t know you needed]

If you’re on a macOS computer, deleted files will end up in the Trash, and this folder appears on the right-hand end of the dock by default. Again, you can drag files out of the Trash folder, or right-click on a file and choose Put Back from the options menu to restore them to their former location.

Both of these options are time-sensitive. On a Mac, files stick around in the Trash for 30 days. But on a Windows machine, they only stay in the Recycle Bin until the folder exceeds a certain size—so the sooner you act, the better.

Use a third-party app

The interface for Disk Drill.
Third-party apps will tell you if there’s any chance of getting your files back. David Nield

A host of third-party applications promise to at least try to bring back your files from the digital grave—though none are guaranteed to work. These programs scour a specified disk to look for file fragments that haven’t been overwritten yet. Then, they (hopefully) piece those bits back together to make a coherent file again.

Options include EaseUS Data Recovery (for both Windows and macOS), Active@ Undelete (Windows only), Disk Drill (both Windows and macOS), and Recuva (Windows only). You can download and run all of these programs for free, though in some cases, you will have to pay to actually get your data back. Don’t part with any cash until a scan has actually run, and the program has confirmed that it can recover your important files.

All of these choices and most other reputable options are simple to use. And they don’t require much configuration either: Simply choose the drive you’d like to search through and let the app get to work. It’s a good idea to run more than one undelete program on your system, as different apps might be able to detect different sets of files.

How to recover files from phones or tablets

The Recently Deleted folder for the iOS Photos app for an iPhone.
You can recover your deleted photos on an iPhone, but you might have to dig through all those discarded screenshots. David Nield

Phones and tablets handle file storage differently than computers, making it harder to recover deleted information. On the other hand, a lot of mobile apps have an undelete feature built right in, so you might well be able to restore that erased file with just a few taps.

Take photos, for example—they’re the most common type of file you’ll be trying to get back from your phone. In Photos for iOS, tap Albums and then find the Recently Deleted album, which saves erased pictures for 30 days. In Google Photos for iOS and Android, open the menu and tap Library, then Trash to see recently deleted pictures, which stick around for 60 days before they disappear forever.

If your deleted files were erased from a memory card inside your phone, try plugging the card into a card reader attached to your computer and using one of the desktop applications we mentioned above. Again, there’s no guarantee that those files will be recoverable, but these tools are your best bet for getting your data back.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on May 30, 2017.

The post The easiest ways to recover deleted files appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: When you should and shouldn’t accept a website’s cookies https://www.popsci.com/diy/what-are-cookies-opt-out/ Thu, 30 Mar 2023 13:00:27 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524073
A number of fortune cookies on a green surface, three of which have exposed fortunes reading "Where you go, your username will follow," "You will buy black shoes next week," and "This site is the anti-political space you seek."
We're not so sure about some of these cookies. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

There's a difference between filling your browser with a fine selection of cookies and just taking what everyone throws your way.

The post The Opt Out: When you should and shouldn’t accept a website’s cookies appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A number of fortune cookies on a green surface, three of which have exposed fortunes reading "Where you go, your username will follow," "You will buy black shoes next week," and "This site is the anti-political space you seek."
We're not so sure about some of these cookies. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

IT MAY SEEM as if websites suddenly started displaying banners telling us they were using cookies and asking if we were cool with it. Maybe you didn’t think too much about it—just clicked “accept all” and moved on. And maybe that’s what you’ve been doing ever since.

But you really should stop and think about it. We’ve been dealing with these notifications for almost five years now, and some folks still don’t know what it means to accept or reject all cookies, or even what those yummy-sounding files do. Tech companies don’t make it easy to understand either (perhaps on purpose). But consent isn’t really consent if we don’t know what we’re saying yes to.

Cookies 101

It’s right there in the Cheers theme song: Sometimes you want to go where everybody knows your name. And if the internet were your friendly neighborhood bar, having folks greet you and hand you your favorite drink before you order would be possible only with cookies.  

These small text files are generated on websites and saved in your browser. When you return to a site, the page will retrieve the relevant cookies from your computer to provide a more seamless experience—your preferences will be the same as the last time you were there, the weather information will match your location, and the shoes you were not so sure about two nights ago will still be waiting in your virtual shopping cart. These cookies, also known as HTTP or first-party cookies, are incredibly convenient, and since they’re typically a data transaction between you and the website you’re visiting, they’re mostly harmless (unless a hacker intercepts them via an unsecured website or public WiFi network, but that’s rare).

Cookies in general get a bad rap because of one type: third-party cookies. These are usually generated not by the website you’re visiting but by the advertising networks and data brokers working within that site. These cookies are designed to gather marketable information about you (what you like, what catches your eye, what ads you click on) that can be used to sell you stuff. This data can also be sold to other actors, potentially with nefarious results. “That’s part of the magic of big data,” says Carissa Véliz, author of the book Privacy is Power. “It draws out inferences that we would’ve never guessed. So it’s very hard to predict what the consequences are for sharing that personal data.”  

What’s worse is that third-party cookies can track you across the internet. Let’s say you are a stylish baseball fan with a weakness for high-quality perfume. So you wake up, and the first thing you do is go to your favorite sports website to check the scores of yesterday’s games. Two hours later, while on a break between meetings, you browse a perfume blog to read a review. What you don’t know is that the ads on the sports website were managed by the same company that showed you ads on the blog, so now the advertising network knows you’re willing to splurge on a nice woody scent and also good seats for the next Mets game. Because advertising networks work with countless websites, those third-party cookies keep adding up, feeding more data to advertisers and their clients.

When the European Parliament approved the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) in 2018, this bill teamed up with previous regulation to, in part, give EU citizens the right to be informed about a website’s use of any unnecessary cookies, consent to the tracking and use of their data, withdraw that consent whenever they want, and access platforms even after rejecting all cookies. What makes the GDPR different from earlier rules is that it protects EU citizens no matter where they are, where tech companies are headquartered, or where data is processed.  

[Related: When it comes to privacy, smart devices are not the smarter choice]

Because there’s no way to determine if a user is an EU citizen, and running two versions of a website is hard and expensive, tech companies avoided million-dollar fines by adopting a “better safe than sorry” approach, which meant they started asking everyone for consent to use cookies on their websites. That resulted in everyone in the world getting a bit more control over their data online. But know this: Unless you’re an EU citizen, or some other privacy regulation applies to you (like the California Privacy Rights Act), you do not have the right to withdraw consent when it comes to tech companies or data brokers collecting and using your data. Jon Callas, director of public interest technology at the Electronic Frontier Foundation, says some companies, like Twitter and Apple, decided to make things easier for everyone by providing GDPR rights to all their users no matter their nationality. But those are the exceptions. In most cases, if you’ve consented to data collection, a company can use whatever it already has on you however it likes—no law allows you to demand the immediate and total deletion of that data just because you want to. 

You can, however, turn off the informational faucet and sever websites’ access to more of your data. 

The best cookies are the ones you choose

Start by clearing the cache on your browser. This will get rid of all the cookies currently stored on your device and will prompt websites to ask you about cookies again, giving you a chance for a semifresh start. The steps will be different depending on your browser, but you can check out our guide to clearing cookies and web history on all the major browsers. 

With a clean slate in your browser, you’ll want to be more selective when it comes to consenting to cookies in the future. When deciding whether to accept cookies, the fastest, easiest, and most secure answer is to always reject them all. Most of the time, you’ll have to dig into the pop-up banner’s options and find your way to the right button, but you can also use your browser’s settings to reject all cookies from all websites all the time.

You’ll notice most browsers will try to warn you against rejecting all cookies. This is not only because doing so will prevent them from serving you personalized ads and will make your online experience a little less streamlined. They warn you because some websites were built with cookies in mind, and rejecting them all may result in glitches or limited functionality. This is where you must gauge your personal situation and decide what level of risk you’re comfortable with. 

After you reject all cookies, most sites will still be fully functional, just slightly harder to use than you’re used to. You may have to set your preferences every time you visit a page, remember your username, and scroll down to the exact point where you left off reading that lengthy article at lunch. Maybe that sounds like a price you’re willing to pay to protect your data from malicious third parties, but it may also sound absolutely unbearable. Neither response is wrong—you just have to do what’s best for you.

If banning all cookies forever seems right for you, follow these steps:

  • On Chrome: Settings > Privacy and security > Cookies and other site data > check the box next to Block all cookies.
  • On Safari: Settings > Privacy > check the box next to Block all cookies.
  • On Firefox: Settings > Privacy & security > find Enhanced tracking protection > choose Custom > find Cookies > open the drop-down menu > All cookies.
  • On Microsoft Edge: Settings > Privacy, search, and services, find Tracking prevention > Strict.

Microsoft’s browser is different in that it doesn’t let you block all cookies, only “the majority” of them “from all sites.” This doesn’t give you a lot of control over or transparency about what cookies Edge is actually blocking—but this may just be its way to prevent some sites from breaking without them.

Not willing to live in a cookie-free world but still want to protect your data? You’ll likely need to take time to personalize your privacy settings whenever you visit a new website. There’s no one way to do this, as every website is different. But the main strategy is to reject anything that says “tracker,” “third-party,” “targeting,” or “social media” next to it. 

You’ll also have to beware of dark patterns—weaponized web design elements meant to sway your behavior one way or another, sometimes without you noticing. For example, placing a big, noticeable “accept all” button next to a tiny link in a noncontrasting color that says “reject all” is a dark pattern. These can be even more subtle, like when your only options are “accept all” or “edit preferences.” “It’s not giving you the choice of ‘yes’ versus ‘no’—they’re making you look for ‘no’ so you’re more likely to click ‘yes,’” says Callas. “Close” or “X” buttons may also be considered a dark pattern. Because these notifications act as a final hurdle between you and the content you’re interested in, it’s natural for you to click that “X” as soon as possible to get past the banner. But some sites might consider that consenting by omission. Callas says some websites are explicit about this, but others might not tell you what you’re actually doing when you close the disclosure notice without making a choice. That would not be considered proper consent under GDPR, but Callas says some might be willing to take the risk: “The websites are gaming the rules to get the most information out of you, because information is money.” 

Keep in mind that the GDPR forces companies to provide options only when there are unnecessary cookies involved. So if you stumble upon a page that is not explicitly asking for your consent, that’s because there’s nothing to consent to—only information about the site’s use of HTTP or first-party cookies.

As with most things in life, there’s no right or wrong answer to the cookie dilemma. If you find value in targeted ads and are OK with companies potentially abusing the data they collect, you can accept all cookies forever. But there is certainly a middle ground where it’s possible to enjoy a streamlined experience online and still keep your data out of the reach of bad actors. Tech companies don’t make it easy (privacy policies are somehow both dense and vague, Véliz says), which makes us wonder if the GDPR-given right to consent is real and not an illusion. Whichever the case, one thing is still true: Those cookie notifications can be annoying, but they sure are better than nothing.

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: When you should and shouldn’t accept a website’s cookies appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to clear your web history in any browser https://www.popsci.com/erase-browsing-history/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 21:30:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/erase-browsing-history/
backlit laptop keyboard
Learning how to delete your search history and remove cookies from your browser can help you protect your privacy. Pixabay

Learn how to delete your browsing data and make a habit out of it.

The post How to clear your web history in any browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
backlit laptop keyboard
Learning how to delete your search history and remove cookies from your browser can help you protect your privacy. Pixabay

If you want to instantly improve your digital life, take a sticky note, write “delete browsing history” on it, and place it near your computer so you never forget it. Web browsers keep track of your past activity because it comes in handy if you want to find a funny article again, return to your favorite photo of the kids, or if you want to restore a tab you accidentally closed.

At the same time, some people find this constant tracking a little on the creepy side. Not to mention that, if you share a computer with others, you might not want them to find out about a gift you secretly bought them, your interest in 1970s folk-rock, or your more private Google searches.

Fortunately, all of today’s web browsers make it easy to erase your web browsing history and wipe away your tracks online.

What your browser saves

Before you roll up your sleeves and start blitzing all the data stored in your browser, you should know what that information is and what it does. After all, on some occasions, you might want to clear specific types of files and not others. When you dive into a browser’s settings, you’ll see references to these different types of data, though the terms might vary slightly depending on the program.

First of all, our primary concern: your browser history. This is the list of sites and pages you’ve visited in the past. This log helps you retrace your steps, bring back pages you want to refer to again, and reach your favorite sites more quickly. Many browsers draw from your history to suggest specific URLs as soon as you start typing addresses in the search bar.

[Related: You should start using a password manager]

Browsers also track your download history, which is just a list of files you’ve downloaded. Don’t confuse this history with the actual files themselves, which live somewhere on your computer. It’s simply a list of references to them, which can help when you can’t find a specific document or if you want to download it again.

Next up are cookies: little bits of code websites use to recognize who you are. They come in a variety of forms. For example, if you go to a weather website and it instantly shows you the cities you previously searched forecasts for, that’s a cookie in action. If you return to a shopping site and you find the items you left in the shopping basket are still there, that’s cookies at work again. These files won’t harm your computer, but some users don’t like this kind of tracking and prefer to delete them on a regular basis.

While you’re looking at cookies, you might see that your browser distinguishes standard cookies from those from third parties. Third-party cookies track behavior across multiple sites and they’re usually in the ads rather than in the actual page code of a website. You can blame this type of cookie for personalized ads: If you’ve spent some time searching multiple sites for tents and you start seeing tent ads everywhere, third-party cookies are responsible.

Finally, browsers keep a “cache,” which contains local copies of graphics and other elements these programs use to load pages more quickly. If you head back to a site you’ve just visited, for example, the browser can draw site images from the cache rather than pulling them from the web again. This reduces the amount of data your browser has to download each time and speeds up the whole page-loading process. While it can provide snoops with a few hints about your browsing history, you need a certain amount of technical know-how to understand it properly.

When you decide to clear browsing data, most browsers will list all these types of data separately. You can decide to clear everything out, which lets you start all over again—as if you had a new browser on a new computer—or you might decide to keep certain types of files, like the cookies and cache, to make your browsing life more convenient.

Private or incognito mode

For those worrying about privacy, modern browsers allow you to surf in a mode called private or incognito. Simply open a window in private mode, browse as you please, and close it when you’re done. As soon as the window shuts, all the browsing history and stored cookies from that session will automatically disappear. So, if you want to secretly shop for presents on a family computer, incognito mode is a good way to do it without leaving a trace.

However, this mode won’t erase everything you do. If you log on to a site like Facebook or Amazon in incognito mode, those pages will recognize you and record your browsing activity. In other words, your browser won’t remember what you’ve been up to, but any sites you log into will. This means you might see evidence of your private browsing in ads that appear later. And if you download files, private mode won’t wipe them either, though it will clear out your download history.

How to erase your history in any browser

No matter what browser you prefer, they all make it relatively easy to delete your history within a few minutes.

In Google Chrome, click the three dots to the right of the address bar to open the menu, then choose Settings. On the sidebar, go to Privacy and Security, then Clear browsing data. Make your choices from the list, set the time period you’d like to clear, then click the Clear data button. Note: If you’ve set the browser to sync with other computers via your Google account, clearing your history will also erase data across all the other devices where you’ve signed into Chrome. Clicking on Advanced will give you more options for deleting data including the saved passwords you have in your browser.

Those using Mozilla Firefox you should click the three horizontal lines to the right of the address bar to open the Firefox menu, then pick Settings. Click Privacy & Security and then scroll down to the Cookies and Site Data section. Here, you can clear your data completely or manage your data to have more control over what you delete. You can also check the box that clears your browsing data every time you close Firefox if you don’t want to have to worry about doing it manually.

If you’re using Apple Safari on macOS, you can blitz your browsing history by opening the Safari menu and clicking Clear History. Choose the time period you want to erase from the drop-down menu, then click Clear History to confirm the action. When you clear your history in Safari, you won’t get the option to delete different types of data, so it will wipe your cookies and cached files along with your history.

Windows 11 users who are using Microsoft Edge browser a whirl can also clear their browsing history. Click the three dots to the right of the address bar, then pick Settings from the menu that appears. In the Privacy, search and services tab, find Clear browsing data and click Choose what to clear. Next, make your choices from the list, which includes browsing history and cached data, then click Clear now.

Finally, in the popular third-party browser Opera, click the quick settings icon to the right of the address bar—it looks like a stack of three dials. On the emerging menu, scroll down to Privacy & Security, and next to Browsing data click on Clear. This will open the browser’s full settings page, and you’ll be able to choose your types of data and specify your time period. When you’re done, click Clear data

How to erase cookies on any browser

If you really want a clean slate, don’t stop at erasing your history. Getting rid of your browser’s cookies will make sure that there’s no trace of your web surfing, while also protecting your privacy.

On Chrome, do this by going to Settings, Privacy and security, and Clear browsing data. On the next screen, you’ll see a list of all the types of files the browser’s been saving—check the box next to Cookies and other site data and use the drop-down menu at the top of the window to determine the time range. Choose All time, then Clear data.

[Related: Booking a trip online? Here’s what tracking cookies could be gathering about your family.]

Across the street, Mac users using Safari, can go to Settings, Privacy, and Manage website data. Apple’s browser will provide one long list of all the information it’s gathered. Choose to delete select items or click Remove all to get a clean start.

On Firefox, go to Settings, Privacy & security, and under Cookies and site data, choose Clear data. Continue by picking Cookies and Site Data, plus anything else you want to delete, and hit Clear.

Meanwhile, on Microsoft Edge, go to Settings, then Privacy, search, and services, and under Clear browsing data, choose What to clear. In the next window, choose Cookies and other site data, then click on Clear now.

Finally, on Opera you can summon the Clear browsing data options by hitting the Ctrl +Shift+Del shortcut—MacOS users just have to replace Ctrl for Command. Check that the Cookies and site data option is selected and hit Clear data to get rid of them. 

This story has been updated. It was originally published on August 26, 2017.

The post How to clear your web history in any browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud https://www.popsci.com/diy/gmail-to-apple-mail/ Wed, 29 Mar 2023 12:14:53 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=523680
An iPhone screen showing the Apple Mail app with 129 unread emails.
Your habit of leaving emails unread may not change, though. Sara Kurfeß / Unsplash

You can jump from Gmail to Apple Mail without losing any messages.

The post The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An iPhone screen showing the Apple Mail app with 129 unread emails.
Your habit of leaving emails unread may not change, though. Sara Kurfeß / Unsplash

There are more differences among the best email apps than you might think—and just because you’ve used one for years doesn’t mean you should stick to the status quo. You may be able to do better.

Moving from Google to iCloud—from Gmail to Apple Mail, in other words—is one common switch. It’s particularly appealing if you’ve just purchased some new Apple hardware, as Apple’s iCloud services and Mail app work so well on iPhones, iPads, and Macs.

You can make the jump for free, without losing any of your messages. To get started, you’ll need to create an Apple ID, which includes an iCloud email address. You can do this from any Apple device or on the web.

How to add Gmail to Apple Mail and iCloud

Apple's Mail app interface on an iPhone, showing all the email accounts you can add to it, including Google.
Google’s right there as an option when adding accounts to Apple Mail. David Nield

First, you’ll need to get your Apple Mail apps scanning your Gmail account. To do this, Gmail needs to be set up to work with other programs. From Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, and Forwarding and POP/IMAP. Make sure Enable IMAP is selected and leave the default settings in place underneath.

Next, you’ll need to get your Google emails inside Apple Mail. In the macOS Mail app, you can do this by choosing Mail and Add Account: Click Google, Continue, and follow the instructions to sign into your Gmail account. On an iPhone or iPad, open Settings, pick Mail, Accounts, Add Account, and Google, and sign in when prompted. This is a device-specific setting, so adding these emails to your Mac’s Mail app won’t add them to the iPhone version, and vice versa.

It will take some time for everything in your Gmail to show up in Apple Mail, especially if you’ve built up a large volume of messages, so be patient. However, the most recent emails should show up fairly quickly. Note that you can’t import these messages into Mail in iCloud on the web at the time of writing.

Copy messages to Apple Mail and iCloud

A Gmail mailbox in Apple's Mail app on an iPhone.
Apple Mail will transfer your Gmail folders over. David Nield

The steps you take next depend on what you want to do with your Gmail account. One option is to simply leave it in place alongside your iCloud account in Apple Mail. You can manage both mailboxes from the same app, sending and receiving messages using the two separate email addresses.

[Related: How to sync all your email accounts]

If you want to delete your Gmail account, on the other hand, you may want to copy some messages over to your iCloud account—otherwise these emails will be permanently wiped when your Gmail gets shut down. On a Mac, select the relevant messages in your Google mailbox, then drag them over to a folder in your iCloud mailbox. On an iPhone or iPad, find and select the messages to move, tap Edit and Move, and pick the destination folder in your iCloud mailbox.

This process deletes the emails from your Gmail account and moves them to your Mail account—the messages effectively transfer from Google’s servers to Apple’s servers. Unfortunately there’s no quick, automatic way for transferring everything, so you’ll have to be quite picky about which messages you want to bring with you or be prepared to spend a lot of time on the process.

Note that Apple Mail will show the labels you’ve created in Gmail when you import these messages, and will also show the messages that have been tagged as important and starred—see the left-hand navigation pane in Mail on macOS, and the main Mailboxes list in Mail for iOS and iPadOS. This can help you find priority emails that you’d like to transfer over more quickly.

Tidy up your Gmail account

The options for deleting your Gmail account on an iPhone.
You can remove your Gmail account from Apple Mail after transferring your emails. David Nield

You’ve got a few options when it comes to what you do with your Gmail account. You might want to set up an auto-reply message to tell people you’ve switched, mentioning your new iCloud address. To do this in Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, General, and enable the Out of Office AutoReply on option before composing your message underneath.

There is also the option of deleting your Gmail account, if you’ve copied all the emails you need over to iCloud. First, remove it from Apple Mail: You can do this by choosing Mail and Accounts in the macOS Mail app, or by choosing Mail and Accounts in Settings on iOS or iPadOS. You’ll be able to select your Gmail account and remove it. You can then delete your Gmail account (or your entire Google account) from a web page Google built specifically for deleting its services.

You could also remove your Gmail mailbox from the Apple Mail app without deleting it entirely (so you could still check it on the web and in the Gmail app). In this case you may also want to set up Gmail to forward all incoming messages to your Apple Mail account. To do so in Gmail on the web, click the cog icon (top right), then See all settings, Forwarding and POP/IMAP, and Forward a copy of incoming mail.

The post The easiest way to move your emails from Google to iCloud appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Your checklist for maximum smartphone security https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/phone-security-protect-accounts/ Thu, 21 Jan 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/phone-security-protect-accounts/
It's easy to take back control of your data with this smartphone security checklist.
Use this security checklist to make sure you're the only person accessing the data on your phone. Priscilla Du Preez/Unsplash

If you think someone might've been snooping on your phone, this is how to take back your privacy.

The post Your checklist for maximum smartphone security appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
It's easy to take back control of your data with this smartphone security checklist.
Use this security checklist to make sure you're the only person accessing the data on your phone. Priscilla Du Preez/Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Everyone wants the data on their phone to stay private, and Android and iOS come with a variety of security features that will prevent other people from sneaking a peek.

If you suspect someone is snooping on you, there are some simple steps you can follow to secure your information, as well as a few warning signs to look out for to make sure it doesn’t happen in the future.

How to keep your lock screen secure

Whether you use a PIN code or a biometric feature (like your face or fingerprint) your phone’s lock screen is the first barrier against unauthorized access.

You can customize lock screen security on Android by going to Settings, Security & privacy, Device lock, and then Screen lock. Meanwhile, from the Settings app on iOS, choose either Touch ID & Passcode or Face ID & Password depending on which biometric security method is built into your iPhone.

[Related: 7 secure messaging apps you should be using]

You should also make sure the screen on your device locks as soon as possible after you’ve stopped using it—otherwise, someone could surreptitiously swipe it while you’re not looking before the locking mechanism kicks in. On Android, open Settings, then go to Display and Screen timeout to set how quickly the screen should turn off—your options go from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Over in iOS settings, pick Display & Brightness, then Auto-Lock. The shorter the time period you set here, the more secure your data is.

If you need to lend your phone to someone, but still worry about their unfettered access to your handset, know that you can lock people inside one particular app or prevent them from installing anything while you’re not looking. We’ve gone deeper into these features and other similar security options, for both Android and iOS.

How to avoid spyware on your phone

Thanks to the security protocols in place on Android and iOS, it’s actually quite difficult for spying software to get on your phone without your knowledge. To succeed, someone would need to physically access your phone and install a monitoring app, or trick you into clicking on a link, opening a dodgy email attachment, or downloading something from outside your operating system’s official app store. You should see a warning if you do any of these things by mistake, but because it’s easy to disregard those notifications, you should always be careful what you click on.

Android and iOS don’t allow apps to hide, so even if someone has gained access to your handset to install an app that’s keeping tabs on you, you’ll be able to see it. On Android, go to Settings, Apps, and then See all apps. If you see something you don’t recognize, tap the item on the list and choose Uninstall. Within iOS, just check the main apps list in Settings. As the device’s owner, you can uninstall anything you don’t recognize or trust—you won’t break your phone by removing apps, so don’t hesitate if there’s something you’re unsure about.

If you want to do a bit more detective work, you can check the permissions of any suspicious apps. These will show up when you tap through on the apps list from the screens just mentioned—on Android, tap on an app and go to Permissions; on iOS tap an app name from the main Settings page and check what it’s allowed to access. In terms of notifications, system settings, device monitoring, and other special permissions, Android gives apps slightly more leeway than iOS—you can check up on these by going to Settings and choosing Apps and Special app access.

If you think your phone might have been compromised in some way, make sure you back up all of your data and perform a full reset. This should remove shady apps, block unauthorized access, and put you back in control. From Android’s settings page, choose System, Reset options, and Erase all data (factory reset). On iOS, open Settings, then pick General, Transfer or Reset iPhone, and Reset.

Watch what you’re sharing

Apple and Google make it easy for you to share your location, photos, and calendars with other people. But this sort of sharing might have been enabled without your knowledge, or you may have switched it on in the past and now want to deactivate it.

If you’re on an iPhone, open the Settings app, tap your Apple ID or name at the top of the screen, open Find My, and see who can view your location at all times. You can revoke access for everyone by turning off the toggle switch next to Share My Location or remove individuals by touching their name followed by Stop Sharing My Location. You can audit shared photo albums from the Shared Albums section of the Albums tab in Photos, and shared calendars from the Calendars screen in the Calendar app. If you’re in a Family Sharing group that you no longer want to be a part of, open Settings, tap your Apple ID or name, and choose Leave Family.

[Related: How to securely store and share sensitive files]

Android handles location sharing with other people through Google Maps. Tap your avatar (top right), then Location sharing to check who can see your location and to stop them, if necessary. You can check your shared photo albums in Google Photos by tapping the Sharing tab at the bottom of the screen, but you’ll need to open up Google Calendar on the web to edit shared calendars. Hover over the name of a calendar on the left sidebar and click the three dots that appear, and on the emerging menu, select Settings and sharing to see who can view your schedule.

Google Families works in a similar way to Apple Family Sharing, with certain notes and calendars marked as accessible by everyone, though no one will be able to see any personal files unless the owner specifically shares them. If you want to leave a family group, open the Play Store app on Android, and tap your avatar (top left). Once you’re there, go to Settings, Family, and Manage family members. Then, in the top right, tap the three dots and Leave family group.

Protect your accounts

With so much of our digital lives now stored in the cloud, hacking these services is arguably an easier route into your data than physically accessing your phone. If your Apple or Google account gets compromised, your emails, photos, notes, calendars, and messages could all be vulnerable, and you wouldn’t necessarily know it.

The usual password rules apply: Don’t repeat credentials across multiple accounts and make sure they’re easy for you to remember while remaining impossible for anyone else to guess. This includes even those closest to you, so avoid names, birthdays, and pet names.

Two-step authentication (2FA) is available on most digital accounts, so switch it on wherever you can. For Apple accounts, visit this page and click Account Security; for Google accounts, click your avatar on any of the company’s services, go to Manage account, Security, and click on 2-Step Verification.

It’s a good idea to regularly check how many devices are logging in using your Google or Apple account credentials as well. On Android, open Settings and pick Google, Manage your Google account, and Security. Scroll down and under Your devices you’ll see a list of all the gadgets linked to your Google account. You can remove any of them by tapping on their name, followed by Sign out. On an iPhone, open Settings and tap your name at the top to see devices linked to your account—you can tap on one and then choose Remove from Account to revoke its access to your Apple account.

As long as you have 2FA set up, any unwelcome visitor should be blocked from signing straight back into your account, even if they know your password. But to be safe, if you discover some sort of unauthorized access, we’d still recommend changing your password. It’s also a good idea to do this regularly to make sure that only your devices have access to your data.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 21, 2021.

The post Your checklist for maximum smartphone security appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These smartphone settings could save your life https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/phone-emergency-call-options/ Tue, 30 Mar 2021 22:05:28 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=280203
A Mount Sinai ambulance with its lights on in New York City.
When you're in trouble, you want to get help as fast as possible. José de Azpiazu/Unsplash

These built-in safety features can help you call for aid quickly and stealthily.

The post These smartphone settings could save your life appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Mount Sinai ambulance with its lights on in New York City.
When you're in trouble, you want to get help as fast as possible. José de Azpiazu/Unsplash

Emergencies are, by definition, unexpected, so it’s critical to know exactly how your phone can help when you need it most. Both iOS and Android have safety features that will almost instantly alert first responders, family, and friends to the fact that you need assistance.

If you fear pocket-dialing the paramedics, you can limit these settings, but you can’t shut them off entirely—federal law requires all phones sold in the US to be able to dial 911, whether or not they have an active SIM card or are linked to the available wireless networks. As long as your device can make some sort of connection, you should be able to call for aid.

Make an emergency call on an iPhone

The fastest way to make an emergency call on iOS is to use the iPhone’s Emergency SOS feature. Fully enabled, you’ll be able to notify first responders without taking your device out of your pocket or bag—as long as you can grab your phone, you can fire off a cellular flare.

By default, an iPhone 8 or later model will call for help if you hold down the side button and either volume button. Do this, and the Emergency SOS slider will appear within seconds. Then, you can drag it to the right to make the call or keep holding to activate a 10-second countdown before the call goes out. You can turn this off by going to the Settings app, then Emergency SOS, and toggling off the switch next to Call with Hold and Release. During the countdown, your phone will vibrate to let you know it’s working. Stop the countdown at any time by releasing the buttons, but know that if you release the buttons after the countdown ends, your phone will call emergency services.

On all iPhone models, you can rapidly press the side or top button five times to do the same thing (except in India, where it’s three times). While this setting is the default on any iPhone 7 or earlier model, you can turn it off on newer devices by opening the Settings app, finding Emergency SOS, and toggling off the Call with Side Button switch. If you do use it, you have to press it quickly or it won’t work. This method starts an eight-second countdown before the call goes out, and will activate a loud alarm even if your phone volume is completely off. The only way to prevent the siren is to toggle on the Call Quietly switch within the Emergency SOS settings. Cancel a call by tapping the Stop button and confirming that you want to Stop Calling.

There used to be an “auto call” toggle switch within the Emergency SOS settings, but this appears to have disappeared in newer versions of iOS. Now that it’s permanently active, your phone will automatically dial the local emergency number once its countdown ends or as otherwise described above. This feature also requires a SIM card and you might still need to specify an emergency service in some areas, Apple says.

[Related: Get to know the safety features on Uber, Tinder, and other popular apps]

You can manage your emergency contacts within the Emergency SOS settings by tapping Edit Emergency Contacts in Health, which will take you to Apple’s built-in Health app. There, hit Edit in the top right and scroll down to add emergency contact. After any emergency call ends, your phone will text these contacts about your situation unless you choose to cancel the message. Your device will also send them your location and update them when your location changes, even if location services are off.

No matter which Emergency SOS shortcut you use, your phone will disable biometrics like Touch ID until you enter your passcode, even if you cancel the call. This prevents anyone from using your fingerprint or face to open your phone.

You can also dial for aid by activating the lock screen, tapping Emergency, and dialing 911 or another emergency number.

How to make an emergency call on Android

Android safety features may differ depending on your device’s manufacturer, but Google includes its Personal Safety app on all Pixel handsets and other users can grab it for free from the Google Play store.

If you’ve set a lock screen on your device, the passcode entry screen will have an emergency call button at the bottom. You or anyone else will be able to dial 911 from this screen, whether it does so automatically or requires you to plug in the number manually.

Your phone will also send your location to first responders during an emergency call or text if you have Android Emergency Location Service on and it’s available in the country you’re in. You can also set this tool up to notify previously selected emergency contacts that you’re in distress. If you do this, your phone will send them text messages with your location and whether or not you’ve been in contact with emergency services. To manage this feature, open Settings and tap Location, followed by Location Services. Go to Emergency Location Service and toggle the switch on the next screen to turn it on or off. 

The safety features on your Android also include Earthquake Alerts, which you’ll be able to turn on from the Emergency Location Service menu. This tool uses information from ShakeAlert in California, Oregon, and Washington, as well as other Android devices across the globe to tell you when the earth is moving under you. Whenever a quake registering 4.5 or above on the Richter scale happens, your device will let you know the approximate intensity, how far you are from the epicenter, and give you tips on what to do to stay safe. 

Don’t stop there

No matter which operating system you use, make sure you take some time to learn the safety features built into various apps once you’ve got the built-in settings set up the way you like them. You can never be too prepared.

This story has been updated. It was first published on March 30, 2021.

The post These smartphone settings could save your life appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to block or allow browser notifications from any website https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/how-to-manage-browser-notifications/ Thu, 25 Mar 2021 13:01:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278954
A Macbook laptop on a white desk with the browser notifications settings visible for Google Chrome.
Did you make the mistake of allowing notifications in your browser? You can change your mind. Marten Bjork / Unsplash

Tell all those websites to stop sending you notifications (or let specific ones continue to alert you).

The post How to block or allow browser notifications from any website appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Macbook laptop on a white desk with the browser notifications settings visible for Google Chrome.
Did you make the mistake of allowing notifications in your browser? You can change your mind. Marten Bjork / Unsplash

Notifications from apps and operating systems aren’t all you have to deal with these days. Websites are also keen to keep you informed and up to date with their news, adding to the deluge of pop-ups constantly hitting your devices.

Moderation is key to making sure these alerts are useful instead of distracting. You can choose which sites are allowed to ping you by digging into the notifications settings on your device (they’re usually on the list of general settings), but for real control you’ll want to adjust the options in your browser of choice.

Keep in mind that iOS devices don’t allow notifications from websites, so you won’t even have to worry about this if you’re carrying an iPhone in your pocket.

Manage the settings for Google Chrome notifications

Any site that wants to send you alerts will prompt you to deny or accept the request right away. But if you change your mind later, you can tweak these settings by clicking the padlock icon to the left of the address bar. Choose Site settings, find Notifications, and select Allow or Block from the adjacent dropdown menu next to decide if the website you’re on can send you alerts via your browser.

Another way to get to these settings is to click the three vertical dots in the top right corner of the Chrome interface, then go to Settings, Privacy and security, Site settings, and Notifications. Here you’ll see a list of all the sites where you’ve previously blocked or allowed notifications, and you can make changes by clicking the three vertical dots next to any site name.

[Related: The best internet browsers you’ve never heard of]

The same methods work in Chrome for Android, too. Tap the padlock icon in the address bar, then go to Permissions to set the notification rules for the open site. You can also tap the three dots in the top right, and go to Settings, Site settings, and Notifications to see a list of all the options you’ve configured so far.

How to disable or enable Firefox notifications

When you open up a site that wants to send you notifications in Mozilla’s browser, you’ll see a little speech bubble icon appear in the address bar, just to the left of the URL. You can easily ignore this and get on with your browsing, but if you click on it you’ll be able to block or allow notifications from that site.

To review all your notification settings, open the Firefox menu via the three horizontal lines in the top right corner, then choose Settings, followed by Privacy & Security. Scroll down to find the Permissions heading, look for Notifications, and click the Settings bubble to its right. You can use the emerging window to change the listed websites’ permissions and even stop the speech bubble from appearing altogether by checking the box next to Block new requests asking to allow notifications.

In Firefox for Android, you’ll see a prompt to allow or block notifications from individual sites. You can also manage alerts for the site you’re on by tapping the three dots in the corner of the Firefox interface, and then going to Settings, Site permissions, and Notifications.

Allow or deny Safari notifications

Websites that want to send you notifications in Apple’s built-in browser will ask for permission to do so when you open them up, or shortly after. If you want to stop these permission prompts from popping up at all, go to Safari, Settings, and Websites. There, choose Notifications from the left-hand sidebar and uncheck the box labeled Allow websites to ask for permission to send notifications.

You can use the same dialog box to change your mind about a website that you’ve blocked or allowed permissions from in the past. Just click the small drop-down box next to the website in question and choose Allow or Deny from the list.

Change the Microsoft Edge notification settings

When a site wants to send you notifications in Microsoft Edge, you’ll first see a small pop-up box that lets you choose whether to allow or block them. You can also change this site-specific setting at any point by clicking the site information icon (a padlock or “i” symbol) on the far left of the address bar, choosing Permissions for this site, finding the Notifications option, and adjusting the options in the dropdown menu to its right.

[Related: Five simple tricks to speed up your browser]

To look at a list of all the sites you’ve allowed or denied notification privileges, click the three dots in the top right corner of the Edge interface, then Settings, Cookies and site permissions, and Notifications. You can manually add sites to the blocked or allowed list, and edit the settings for sites that are already there.

In Edge for Android, you can tap the padlock or info icon on the left of the address bar, then choose Site settings to modify the permissions of a site, including notifications. You can also tap the three dots at the bottom of the interface and go to Settings, Site permissions, and Notifications to see a list of permissions for all sites.

How to enable or disable Opera notifications

Those who surf the web using Opera will get a pop-up dialog whenever a site wants to send you a notification for the first time—this lets you choose whether to allow or block alerts from the site. To change this setting later for an individual site, click the padlock icon to the left of the address bar and turn the toggle switch next to Notifications off or on.

To see the settings for every site you’ve visited, click the cog icon on the Opera browser’s left-hand sidebar. From there, choose Privacy & security, Site settings, and Notifications. You can adjust the configuration for sites already listed, and add new entries with the Add button.

When it comes to Opera for Android, again you can tap the padlock icon in the address bar, and go to Site settings to control notification permissions. To see the settings for all sites, tap the Opera icon in the lower right corner of the interface and go to Settings, Site settings, and Notifications.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 25, 2021.

The post How to block or allow browser notifications from any website appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you https://www.popsci.com/install-use-windows-powertoys/ Tue, 29 Oct 2019 13:50:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/install-use-windows-powertoys/
A Black woman with orange, braided hair sitting in front of a silver Surface laptop, possibly using Microsoft PowerToys.
Behold: a power user. Surface / Unsplash

Power tools for power users.

The post Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Black woman with orange, braided hair sitting in front of a silver Surface laptop, possibly using Microsoft PowerToys.
Behold: a power user. Surface / Unsplash

If you’re of an age to remember the launch of Windows 95 almost 30 years ago, you may also remember Microsoft PowerToys—add-ons the company built for its operating system and aimed at power users (hence the name). Guess what: they’re still around, and arguably cooler than ever.

After their launch, these utilities gained a cult following among a nerdier, geekier subset of Windows users—those who wanted to tinker and explore beyond the Windows wall. The original PowerToys let you, for example, play CDs from the taskbar, edit right-click context menus, and access the command prompt from anywhere.

The popularity of the add-ons continued with the arrival of Windows XP and a second version of PowerToys in 2001, which included a new set of utilities for creating custom keyboard layouts, and adding different time zones to the system clock. They also expanded the core Windows functionality with extras that were actually useful, such as live previews for switching applications with Alt+Tab, and the option to open a command prompt window from any folder.

With all that history behind them, it’s not surprising that the return of PowerToys caused such excitement—the past few years have been like the revival of a much-loved movie franchise from decades past.

The Microsoft PowerToys interface on Windows 11.
PowerToys for power users. Justin Pot

The latest breed of PowerToys for Windows 10 and 11 will also be rolling out as open source projects, so users can pick them up and customize them. Just visit the official download site in your browser, open the ZIP file, and follow the instructions on the screen to add the utilities. Once installed, you’ll see a little PowerToys icon down in the Windows notification area in the lower right-hand corner.

Load up PowerToys with a click on the notification area icon (or via the Start menu). You’ll see all kinds of goodies. Here are a few highlights.

PowerToys Run

Mac users are familiar with Spotlight, a fast search tool that can quickly open any application or file on an Apple computer. PowerToys Run brings this basic idea to Windows. Use the keyboard shortcut Alt+Space to open a search bar (you can customize the keyboard shortcut if you want), then type the name of any application or file on your computer to quickly open it.

Microsoft PowerToys Run, showing a search bar with Outlook typed into it.
Saving a few moments adds up over time. Justin Pot

It gets better. There’s a built in calculator: type any equation to see the answer and hit Enter to copy it to the clipboard. You can type “shutdown” and hit Enter to turn off your computer; other commands include “restart”, “lock”, “sleep”, and “empty recycle bin”. There’s support for searching your OneNote notebooks, if you use that program, and even for launching Shell commands. You can also launch any website—type the URL and hit Enter—and run web searches—type out your search terms and, you guessed it: hit Enter.

PowerToys Run can really change the way you use your computer: you can do almost anything without touching your mouse. Everything is faster with this tool—don’t overlook it.

Shortcut Guide

The Microsoft PowerToys Shortcut Guide interface.
With PowerToys’ Shortcut Guide, your mouse may become vestigial. David Nield

Speaking of not touching your mouse, take a look at Shortcut Guide. This is admittedly not a utility that will change your life, but it’s still one you may find useful if you want to learn how to get around Windows faster and boost your productivity along the way.

[Related: Become a Windows whiz by creating your own keyboard shortcuts along the way]

It’s really simple to use—tap the Windows key on your keyboard, and the Shortcut Guide PowerToy will bring up a window overlay showing some of the keyboard shortcuts you can use. To use any of the shortcuts, keep the Windows key pressed down and hit the other key listed.

For example, Win+A opens up the Action Center, while Win+M minimizes all the currently open Windows so you can get a look at the desktop. Over on the left you’ll notice shortcuts for snapping windows to either side of the screen, which can be useful for getting two windows up alongside each other.

If you spend a lot of time in Windows, you may be able to memorize these keyboard shortcuts fairly quickly, but it’s always good to have a cheat sheet so you can see how many options are available. Using the Windows key plus a number key is a useful way to jump  between different applications, for instance.

From the main PowerToys window, you can click Shortcut Guide to configure how long (in milliseconds) you’ll need to hold down the Windows key to get the shortcut overlay up, as well as the opacity of the background of the Shortcut Guide window overlay.

FancyZones

The Microsoft PowerToys FancyZones interface.
If you like to compartmentalize your life, you’re going to love FancyZones. David Nield

FancyZones was one of the earliest PowerToys available when the tools returned in 2019, and it lets you split your open windows into zones to keep your windows better organized. You can create themed zones for websites, office apps, browsing your computer, and so on.

Hit the Win+~ (tilde key) keyboard shortcut to launch FancyZones, or get the PowerToys Settings panel up on screen, switch to the FancyZones tab, and click Edit zones to customize the layout. A new dialog will appear, letting you choose how many zones you want and how they’re positioned. If you think you can do better than the templates provided, open the Custom tab on the right to make your own, or edit existing layouts by clicking Edit selected layout.

Back in the main tab, you can tweak a few details of the add-on: You can use the Shift key to drag windows into different zones (recommended), override the Windows Snap hotkeys (for fixing windows to the side of the screen), have zones flash when the layout changes (also recommended), and more.

With open windows on screen, hold down Shift, then drag a window into a zone to organize it. If you don’t enable the Shift key shortcut in settings, as described above, the zones will be enabled every time you move a window on screen.

Use the Focus layout, for example, to put together a tiered stack of windows, one on top of the other, all neatly arranged; or use the Priority Grid layout as a way to keep important programs front and center, with other apps down the sides of the screen. Once you get used to how it works, FancyZones can add a real boost to your productivity.

Paste as plain text

The Microsoft PowerToys Paste as Plain Text interface.
No more messed-up formatting with this PowerToy. Justin Pot

Anyone who writes on the internet for a living knows how annoying it is to remove formatting from text you copied. At least, it used to be—Paste as Plain Text seems to have saved the day.

When you copy text from a website—this one, for example—and paste it into another application, all the formatting choices tend to come with. This means that if you’re adding a quote from a website to a Word document, you don’t just paste the quote—you paste the quote in the exact font of the website you copied it from. This gets messy fast, and it happens everywhere: in emails, spreadsheets, and even design projects.

Paste as Plain Text lets you paste any text without the formatting, meaning it will match the formatting of whatever you’re working on. The default keyboard shortcut, Ctrl+Alt+Windows+V, is a little unwieldy, though you can change the keyboard shortcut in the PowerToys launcher, if you prefer. Anything you paste with this shortcut will be completely free of formatting. It’s simple but life-changing: no more spending time adjusting the font and size of text after you drop it into its new home.

More Microsoft PowerToys you should check out

Microsoft brought back PowerToys in 2019 with just a couple of tools. The collection has grown massively since then, and also works on Windows 11, meaning there are a bunch more PowerToys that are extremely useful and worth a quick mention.

  • Text Extractor allows you to copy text from any image. Use a keyboard shortcut to select text inside an image, and it’ll be copied to your clipboard.
  • Image Resizer can resize any picture in just a couple of clicks—right-click any image file, or multiple image files, in Windows Explorer, then click Resize pictures. You can customize the sizes, if you want, as well as what file format images are resized to.
  • Awake can temporarily keep your computer from falling asleep. Just click the handy coffee cup icon in your tray and you can choose whether to keep your computer awake indefinitely or for a set amount of time.
  • Screen Ruler allows you to quickly measure how many pixels a given area of the screen takes up.
  • Quick Accent makes it easier for Windows users to add accents to any letter, which is great for typing in languages like French and Spanish. Just hold the key you want to add an accent to until you see a popup, then use the arrow keys to choose which accent you want to add to the character.

And this is just to start—Microsoft keeps adding more toys to the box. Stay tuned: we’re sure there will be more.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on October 29, 2019.

The post Paste text without ugly formatting, and other ways Microsoft’s PowerToys can help you appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life https://www.popsci.com/diy/iphone-shortcuts-app/ Sat, 18 Mar 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520601
A person holding an unlocked iPhone, with apps on the screen.
With the iPhone Shortcuts app, you can automate many tasks. Adrien / Unsplash

These iOS shortcuts will make your phone even more powerful.

The post 5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an unlocked iPhone, with apps on the screen.
With the iPhone Shortcuts app, you can automate many tasks. Adrien / Unsplash

The Shortcuts app has long been one of Apple’s lesser-used offerings, and that’s a shame, because it can supercharge your iPhone’s capabilities. With a single tap, you could turn on your smart lights, raise the temperature on your smart thermostat, and start an energetic playlist—and that’s just one example.

Like the macOS version, the mobile Shortcuts app is essentially an automation tool that can combine many tasks into one action that you launch with a tap or a word to Siri. Introduced in 2018 alongside iOS 12, the app is built into the iPhone’s operating system, so you’ll find it on one of your home screens or in the App Library. From the app’s Shortcuts tab, you can start manually building your own shortcut, or install a prebuilt one from the integrated shortcut gallery or the web.

1. Get yourself in the mood to focus

The iOS Reading Mode shortcut for the iPhone Shortcuts app.
The Reading Mode shortcut starts by asking you how long you’d like to read for. David Nield

A good way to start using Shortcuts is to install one made by someone else—you can always open the tool up to see how it works and adapt it to your needs if necessary. Go to the Gallery tab in the app, look for a shortcut called Reading Mode, and install it by tapping the plus icon on the shortcut’s thumbnail.

Reading Mode is a great example of how shortcuts combine multiple actions: It turns on Do Not Disturb, switches to dark mode, opens your reading app of choice and even starts the Apple Music playlist you specify. Tap the three dots on the shortcut entry once it’s installed to customize any of these actions.

2. Edit images in batches

A DIY iPhone shortcut you can use to resize images in bulk.
Shortcuts can quickly apply the same edits to multiple images. David Nield

As you get more confident with Shortcuts, you can start building your own—it helps to think about tasks and groups of actions you do repeatedly on your phone. To create a shortcut from the Shortcuts tab, tap the plus icon in the top right corner and hit Add Action to get started.

[Related: Edit gorgeous photos right on your phone]

If you want to, say, automate a series of photo edits you do again and again, choose Apps, Photos, then Select Photos. From the All Actions list, pick Resize Image as the next action, and enter the desired size. The final action is Save to Photo Album. Tap Done to save your shortcut.

That’s a basic example, but there are lots of other image editing actions available, including the ability to remove backgrounds and rotate images, so you can combine them as you need.

3. Use ChatGPT with Siri

An iOS shortcut that allows you to use ChatGPT on an iPhone.
Put ChatGPT on your iPhone, with help from Siri. David Nield

It’s difficult to avoid ChatGPT at the moment, and the AI chatbot can be used in tandem with Siri on your iPhone. First, register a free account with ChatGPT developer OpenAI, then grab an API key from its site. API (application programming interface) keys are simply identification codes that let one program (Shortcuts) work with another (ChatGPT).

With the key in hand, open the SiriGPT shortcut in your iPhone’s web browser and tap Get Shortcut. In the Shortcuts app, select Set Up Shortcut, paste or type in your API key, and choose Add Shortcut.

If you’d like to launch this shortcut using your voice, you’ll probably want to rename it to something simpler—do so by pressing and holding it, then picking Rename. Launch the shortcut with a tap or a voice command, and ChatGPT will be at your disposal.

4. Let someone know when you’ll be home

The ETA tool for the iPhone Shortcuts app, which lets people know when you'll arrive.
Shortcuts can text on your behalf. David Nield

One of the benefits of running shortcuts on your iPhone rather than your Mac is that it provides a much more precise fix on your location. That can come in handy for all kinds of automations.

Head to the Gallery tab and look for the Home ETA shortcut. When you install and run it, it’ll work out how long it should take you to drive home, and then text your estimated time of arrival to the contact of your choice.

[Related: 14 tricks for getting more out of the underrated Apple Maps app]

Open the shortcut from the Shortcuts tab by tapping on the three dots on its entry, and you’ll be able to easily change the address the shortcut defaults to, as well as the contact(s) who receive the message about your ETA.

5. Look back on your day

The iOS shortcut that lets you reflect on your day.
You can choose the questions and responses to help you reflect on your day. David Nield

If you tap Gallery in the Shortcuts app and use the search function, you should find a shortcut called Reflect on the Day that does exactly what its name suggests. You’ll be asked to answer questions about how your day has been, and you can also set goals for tomorrow.

Your responses will be stored in the Notes app, so you can track your progress over time, and the shortcut will also set reminders for the next day so you don’t forget your goals. To edit the questions the shortcut asks you at the end of each day, open it up by tapping the three dots on its thumbnail.

The post 5 ways you can use the iPhone Shortcuts app to improve your life appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail https://www.popsci.com/diy/proton-mail-tips/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519841
Hands on a laptop computer checking Proton Mail.
Proton Mail is a great alternative if you want a more privacy-focused email service. Proton

Proton Mail may be the more privacy-focused email service you have been looking for.

The post Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands on a laptop computer checking Proton Mail.
Proton Mail is a great alternative if you want a more privacy-focused email service. Proton

For the privacy-savvy email user, Proton Mail has a lot going for it: An intuitive, customizable interface, end-to-end encryption, and easy integration with desktop clients.

Whether you’re thinking about giving Proton Mail a try or you want to get more out of your account, these tips and tricks should give you a good idea of the capabilities of the email service.

You can use Proton Mail for free or pay for premium plans, starting at $5 a month. Ponying up will give you access to other Proton products, including Proton Drive and Proton Calendar. In the case of the email service, a subscription extends the limits of the free plan (which only includes 1GB storage, three labels, and three folders), while giving you extra features such as support for custom domains, and auto-reply messages.

1. Label your messages

Proton Mail gives you two different ways of grouping emails—labels and folders. The key difference is that a message can have multiple labels, but can only be in one folder at a time.

[Related: Use email aliases to organize your inbox—and stay private]

You might have one label set up for work, for example, and one for anything to do with the kids. They’re color coded for ease of reference and you can quickly get to them from the navigation bars inside the Proton Mail app.

To apply a label, select an email and then click or tap the label button on the toolbar at the top (web) or the bottom (mobile) of the screen—the button looks like a small luggage tag.

2. Customize the interface

There’s nothing bad about the default purple-and-white look of Proton Mail, but there are lots of ways to customize it on the web. Click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Appearance to see the options.

At the time of writing, you’ve got a choice of seven different color schemes to pick from, and a selection of layouts for the various different views in Proton Mail. Select Compact, for example, to reduce the spacing between messages.

3. Password protect your emails

If you want to make absolutely sure an email is only opened by the recipient, you can protect it with a password: In the compose window on the web or on mobile, click or tap the padlock icon at the bottom of the message. Proton Mail will then ask you to enter the password required to unlock the message, plus an optional password hint.

Because the message is protected by a password, the recipient won’t be able to open it up like a regular email. They’ll get a link that will direct them to a secure page on the web and the message will appear only after they enter the password. Your contact will also be able to reply to the email directly, even without a Proton Mail account.

4. See who is tracking you

Many marketing companies will include trackers in their emails to see when you open a message and on what devices. That information helps them assess the effectiveness of ad campaigns and understand more about customers, but you may well consider it an overreach in terms of your personal privacy.

Proton Mail will block these trackers by default. On the web, click the shield icon just above a message to the right to see if the platform has detected and blocked any trackers. If you want to turn the feature off for whatever reason, on the web click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Email privacy.

5. Use swipes and shortcuts

The faster you can get through your emails the better, and Proton Mail offers some help on both mobile and on the web. In the Android and iOS apps, you can deal with messages by swiping them to the left or right—to set what these gestures do, from starring messages to deleting them, from the main menu (three horizontal lines, top left) go to Settings and pick Swipe actions.

On the web, you can use keyboard shortcuts, a well-known way of getting more done in less time. Click the cog icon (top right), then Go to settings and Messages and composing. Use the Keyboard shortcuts toggle switch to turn them on or off, and click the small ‘i’ icon next to it to see a list of supported shortcuts.

You can use N to create a new message, R to reply to an email, and A to archive it. You’ll be through your email backlog in no time.

6. Filter incoming messages

Filters can do a lot of the hard work of sorting through your incoming messages for you, and Proton Mail is well covered in this department. To set up filters, go to the web client and click the cog icon (top right), then choose Go to settings and Filters.

Click Add filter and follow the steps. First, you’ll need to give it a name, set the conditions, and specify the actions that the filter will trigger. For example, you could automatically archive newsletters or automatically star emails from your partner. Finally, you’ll get to test the filter out in preview form before you save it. 

Proton Mail also offers another option, Add sieve filter, which lets you code filters in more detail. You need to do this in the Sieve programming language, which is not difficult to master if you want to try it out.

7. Schedule your emails

If your boss or colleagues are working in different time zones, perhaps you don’t want to send emails right away. Proton Mail can help you set emails to be sent at a specific time and date in the future if you need to.

[Related: Why you should use whitelists to manage your email]

When you’re composing messages on the web, click the little arrow next to the Send button to find the schedule feature, which iPhone users will find by tapping the clock icon. Unfortunately, at the time of writing, the feature hasn’t yet made its way into the Android app.

If you’re on a free Proton plan, you can choose from the suggested dates and times, but if you’re on a premium plan, you can specify the exact moment you want your messages to leave your inbox. Proton Mail keeps outgoing emails in the Scheduled folder until it’s time to send them, and if you need to, you can edit them from there.

The post Proton Mail tips that might convince you to ditch Gmail appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
10 Microsoft Word tips you need to learn right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/microsoft-word-tips/ Thu, 16 Mar 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520079
Two hands with fingerless gloves on a laptop with Microsoft Word open.
Get the make the most of your writing with these expert Microsoft Word tips. Romain V / Unsplash

The text processing program can still surprise you after almost 40 years in the market.

The post 10 Microsoft Word tips you need to learn right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two hands with fingerless gloves on a laptop with Microsoft Word open.
Get the make the most of your writing with these expert Microsoft Word tips. Romain V / Unsplash

If you’ve owned a PC, you may think you have no need for Microsoft Word tips. After all, it’s been around for 40 years, surely all of its secrets have long since been laid bare. Boy, do we have news for you.

Whether you use Word all the time or only open it when you need to dust off your resume, you’ll need to wade a little deeper beyond bolding and underlining to truly get the most out of it. Luckily for you, we dipped our pan into the river of options and pulled out some advice that’s pure gold.

1. Create fake chunks of texts with the lorem ipsum tool

Folks who don’t work with words may not know that lorem ipsum is the Simlish of the written word. It’s just gibberish—word-looking chunks of letters that help people visualize how text looks on a website or in a magazine, book, or stylized document. 

[Related: Become a better writer with these online tools]

If you’re more inclined to design documents rather than write them, or like to procrastinate on drafts by messing around with the page format, you can use lorem ipsum in Word. You don’t even have to open a menu—just type =Lorem() somewhere on the page, hit Enter, and you’re all set. 

By default, the command will create five short paragraphs of text. If that’s not enough for you, you can tell Word how many you want by adding a number inside the parentheses. So, if you want 12 paragraphs, type =Lorem(12), and enjoy your free text.  

2. Add a live timestamp to your work

If you have a document template you constantly have to update with the current date, Word has a tool that will prevent you from having to look at the corner of your screen while whispering, “What day is it?” to yourself. 

You can add a timestamp to a document by going to the Insert tab and clicking the Insert date and time tool—it’s a small icon showing a calendar with a clock on top, to the left of the Equation button. 

In the emerging window, you’ll be able to choose from a long list of time formats, such as the classic two-digit “month/day/year,” or even one that includes the exact second you inserted it into the document. By default, this function will be static unless you check the box right below the list next to Update automatically. Once you’re done, click OK and you’ll be good to go. 

If you collaborate with people in other countries or are working in a language other than your system’s default language, the Insert date and time window will provide a dropdown menu where you’ll be able to change the lingo and the date format options with it. Microsoft will immediately show you the languages you have added to your operating system, so if you need to use one that’s not listed there, you’ll need to add it through Settings, followed by Time & language (Windows), or System Settings > General > Language & Region (macOS).

3. Sign documents in Microsoft Word

At one point in time, signing a document you received over email required you to print it, sign it, and then take a picture of it. Or worse—scan it. Today, Word lets you bypass the physical aspect of signing a document with the Shapes option.

Go to the Insert tab, click on Shapes, and choose the squiggle under Lines. This will allow you to use your cursor as a pen to draw your signature, which you’ll then be able to move throughout the document and even copy/cut and paste it whenever you want. Of course, drawing your signature with a mouse is not the easiest or most comfortable task, but it’ll get easier with a little bit of practice. 

On the other hand, if you’re signing an important document and cannot bear the sight of your shaky signature sitting there for all of time, there’s another option. If you’re a Office 365 subscriber and have a PC, you can use your trackpad to sign using the Draw feature. 

Go to the Draw tab and turn on the toggle switch above Draw with trackpad. Word will show you a rectangular area on screen—fill it by drawing on your trackpad with your finger. You don’t have to press down or anything, just slide your digit around. Use two fingers to move the area to another place on the screen (useful if you need to check a box) and press any key when you’re done. Your scribbles will then behave like objects you can resize and copy/cut and paste across the document. 

4. Shut down distractions with Microsoft’s Focus mode

One thing Word (or any text processor, for that matter) won’t be able to do for you is actually write what you need to write. You can find inspiration elsewhere, but at the end of the day, your words have to be yours. As simple as that sounds, it’s not easy to do. 

Help yourself by avoiding distractions with Microsoft’s Focus mode. This feature will set your document to full screen with a black background, so there’s literally nothing else to do but type words in. The default view won’t even display the main navigation bar or the ribbon with all the options you’re used to. But they’re still there—just move your pointer to the top of the screen and the options will roll down. Oh, and the whole thing is monochrome, so you won’t get distracted by any pretty colors. 

To activate Focus mode, go to View and choose Focus. You can exit the feature whenever you want by hitting the Esc key.

5. Let Word assess your writing with a readability score

As we said, Word can’t compose prose for you, but it can be a useful editor. The program can assess your writing and tell you where you need to improve so your text is suitable for your audience. 

With words already on the page, go to Tools, Spelling and Grammar, and select Editor. A sidebar will appear to the right of your screen showing you an overall score for your writing and three areas where you can improve: Spelling, Grammar, and Conciseness. Click on each one to see Word’s suggestions. Keep in mind that this is only a program, so it’s perfectly possible that some of its recommendations don’t make sense to you at all. If that’s the case, you can choose to ignore them.

At the bottom of the sidebar is where the magic happens: click on Document stats, and after a couple seconds you’ll see a window with details about your document, like the number of words and sentences, and the average characters per word. 

But the really fun part is under Readability. There, Word will show you your text’s score based on the Flesch Reading Ease and the Flesch-Kincaid Grade Level indexes. Respectively, these systems aim to determine how easy it is to read a document, and what school grade reading level your audience should have to fully and easily understand it.

In the case of the reading ease score, the higher the number, the easier it is to understand. In general, you want whatever you write to be between 70 and 80, which means it should be fairly easy for the average adult to understand. The Flesch-Kincaid index, meanwhile, uses the US education system’s grade levels as its parameters, and can help you gauge whether your text suits your audience—if you’re speaking at an academic conference, for example, a high score won’t be a problem. 

From the top of the page to the paragraph above, Word says this story has a readability score of 65, which is not ideal, but this is why we still have human editors. (If you were wondering, the score improved after my editor worked on it.)

6. Select an entire sentence with one click

Speaking of editing, when writing on Word, selecting text is one of the best ways to move sentences around and get rid of what doesn’t work. 

You probably use shortcuts like Shift + arrow to select text character by character, and Shift + Option + arrow (Mac) or Shift + Control + arrow (Windows) to go at it word by word. If you’re a butcher editor, you might just triple-click on a paragraph to select and kill the whole thing. But Word offers yet another option: selecting a single sentence with one click. The trick is to hold Command (Mac) or Control (Windows) while you do it. 

7. Jump between hot editing spots

A more niche but still useful tip is to use a keyboard shortcut to hop between edits. Hit Shift + F5 and Microsoft will take you back to the last place you edited your text. Hit it again, and you’ll go to the one before that.

Keep in mind that if your laptop or keyboard uses the F-key row for other functions (like muting your computer or adjusting your screen brightness) you might have to add the Function or Fn key before that shortcut. This will tell your computer you’re using F5 as F5 and have no intention of, say, adjusting your keyboard’s backlight. 

This is incredibly useful if you’re revising a particularly long document, or are in the last stages of editing, when changes may be scarce and far removed from one another. 

8. Find and replace invisible characters

If you’ve ever struggled with a highly formatted document or wondered why hitting the Enter key is not giving you the right spacing, you might be running into hidden or invisible characters.

You see, most things in a document have a character, even the space between paragraphs. If you need to see what you’re dealing with, you can ask Microsoft to show you by hitting Command + 8 (Mac) or Ctrl + Shift + 8 (Windows). When you do, you’ll see a bunch of new characters appear in a different color. Some of the most common are a suspended point between words, which stands for a single space, and a left-facing “P”, which means there’s a single paragraph break. 

You probably won’t use this shortcut with simple documents, but if you use a template you found on Word or online, it might help you understand what’s wrong if the file starts misbehaving. 

9. Protect your documents with a password

Not everything you write is for everyone to read, and if you want to make sure not even the snoopiest of spies reads what you’re working on, you can protect Word documents with a password. 

Depending on the version of Word you have, you may find this option by clicking File, Info, and then Protect document. The following menu will give you a list of things you can do, like restricting editing or only giving certain people access to the file. But if you want to go a more secure route, choose Encrypt with password and follow the instructions. 

[Related: Stop choosing bad passwords already]

In the 2023 version of Word, you’ll find the Protect document option under the Review tab. The next window will show you a number of things you can do, from setting up a password to access the document, to requiring credentials for specific actions like viewing comments, editing, or tracking changes. Enter your password (memorize it or save it somewhere safe) and click OK to finish.

10. Align all objects perfectly

When it comes to inserting objects in your document, Word gives you a lot of freedom. You can embed images, videos, GIFs, and doodles, and move them around wherever you want. 

But all that freedom sometimes makes it hard to tell if the graphs you’re adding to your yearly report are actually aligned properly. And you’ve spent too many hours working to let an image ruin your day. 

To make sure everything’s where it needs to be, use a grid. Under the Layout tab, click Align, and from the dropdown menu choose View gridlines. This option will immediately overlay a grid on the working area of your page, which you can use as a reference to see exactly where to place objects or make sure they’re all the same size. On the Align menu, you can also click Grid settings to customize options like what area of the page objects will snap to or the size of the grid. When you’re done, click OK to save your settings. 

The post 10 Microsoft Word tips you need to learn right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to copy text from an image on any device https://www.popsci.com/diy/copy-text-from-image/ Wed, 15 Mar 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519622
Screenshot of an image showing a cat opened on macOS with overlayed and selected text.
Apple products have their own built-in tool you can use to easily select text from an image. Justin Pot

Some of your devices can read text on an image.

The post How to copy text from an image on any device appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of an image showing a cat opened on macOS with overlayed and selected text.
Apple products have their own built-in tool you can use to easily select text from an image. Justin Pot

The average social media timeline is full of memes, infographics, and screenshots from other platforms. As a result, a lot of the text you read on the web is not actually text, but images.

That’s fine for casually scrolling, but you’ll run into a problem if you want to paste those words into a document, email, or message. But there’s more than one way around it, as every major operating system lets you copy text from images.

Copy text from an image on macOS

Your Mac comes with the built-in ability to copy text from an image: it’s called Live Text and it works in Safari, Preview, Photos, and even Quick Look. Open a picture in one of these apps and select text to copy it.

You don’t need to do anything special to enable this feature—just try to copy text inside an image the way you would in a document or a website. When it comes to online content, the feature only works on Safari, so if you use any other browser you’ll need to download the image and open it in Preview or Quicklook before you can copy the text.

[Related: The fastest way to scan text on an iPhone or iPad]

Copy text from an image on Windows

Screenshot of an image showing a cat opened on Windows with overlayed and selected text.
You’ll need to install one of Windows’ extra tools to be able to select text from images. Justin Pot

Microsoft’s operating system does not offer the ability to copy text from images—at least not by default—but you can add it with Text Extractor. The feature is part of PowerToys, a handy collection of extra tools for Windows that every power user should check out. To get started, all you have to do is download and install PowerToys

After that’s done, you can use the keyboard shortcut Windows + Shift + T and use your mouse to select any area on the screen.

Text Extractor will do its best to detect and copy words in the area you selected. The tool does the job well but in our tests, it worked best with crisp copy on a clear background and it was slightly less reliable than other solutions on this list.

Copy text from an image on an iPhone or iPad

Screenshot of an image showing a cat opened on iOS with overlayed and selected text.
Apple makes it really easy to copy text from images. Justin Pot

Apple also offers the same Live Text feature on iPhone and iPad, and it works the same way. Open any image in Safari, Photos, or using the Files app and select the text just as you would in a document or website.

[Related: 5 ways to translate websites on your phone]

You can also do this while using your device’s camera. To start, point the lens to some real-life text and tap the Live Text icon that automatically pops up in the top-right corner of your screen—it looks like three lines of text inside four square corners. This is perfect for copying paragraphs from a book you’re reading or quickly opening the URL on a poster.

Copy text from an image on Android

Side by side screenshots of an image showing a cat opened on Google Photos and Android's Camera app with overlayed and selected text.
Android users can use Google Lens to extract text from an image. Justin Pot

Android users can copy text from images using Google Lens, which is built into both Google Photos and Google’s camera app (pre-installed on Pixel phones). Just tap the Lens icon (a circle inside 3 square corners) that shows up at the bottom of the screen when you open an image. If you’re using the camera, slide the options carrousel at the bottom, go to Mode, and choose Lens. Either way, you will see an option to copy text from the image—tap it and the words will go straight to your clipboard.

You’ll also have the ability to search for the text in Google or translate it into another language. 

The post How to copy text from an image on any device appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Where to find your TikTok watch history and other recently viewed videos https://www.popsci.com/diy/find-recently-watched-tiktok-videos/ Tue, 04 Jan 2022 23:30:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=418625
A person holding an iPhone outside, looking at their TikTok watch history
Finding your TikTok watch history used to be so much harder than this. Mediamodifier / Unsplash; John Kennedy

TikTok stores watched videos for 180 days, if you know where to look for them.

The post Where to find your TikTok watch history and other recently viewed videos appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person holding an iPhone outside, looking at their TikTok watch history
Finding your TikTok watch history used to be so much harder than this. Mediamodifier / Unsplash; John Kennedy

The disappointment of watching a great TikTok on your For You page just to accidentally reload everything and lose the clip forever is so common—so visceral—that the experience has become a bit of a meme. The incessant cries of us common folk must have reached the ears of those running the app, because they’ve rolled out several ways to check your watch history and find recently viewed videos.

Unlike the early days on the so-called clock app, it’s now easy to navigate your TikTok watch history. And if you’re a power user, you can use specific search filters and techniques to hunt down previously watched TikToks if scrolling through your archive gets a bit too tedious.

How to find your TikTok watch history on iOS and Android

Although people with iPhones got the ability to see their TikTok history before Android users, the processes have since unified. As it should be.

On iOS, all you need to do is tap Profile in the bottom right, hit the main menu (three lines) in the top right, touch Settings and privacy, find Comment and watch history under the Content & Display heading, and select Watch history. If you never comment, you’ll only see Watch history after you open the settings and privacy menu.

On Android, the steps are similar: Profile > main menu (three lines) > Settings and privacy > Comment and watch history > Watch history. Again, if you never comment, you’ll only see Watch history after Settings and privacy.

The steps for finding your TikTok watch history on an iPhone.
If you need a visual for the steps above. Russ Smith, Amanda Reed

No matter which mobile operating system you’re using, you’ll see every video you’ve watched within the past 180 days. If you’re trying to find something older, you’ll have to search for it with the normal TikTok search function (tips below).

You can find a recently watched video by scrolling down this page, but be warned: everything is on there. Whether it’s a video you watched in its entirety or one that happened to briefly load and autoplay as you moved around the app, it’s part of your TikTok watch history. The only videos you won’t find are Lives and Stories.

[Related: 7 tips to make the most of TikTok]

Unless you’re extremely patient, this method isn’t great for digging deep into your archive, because you can’t search the watch history page. If you’re a heavy TikTok user and watched something days or weeks ago, you’ll end up scrolling for a while. You can, however, hit Select in the top right and tap individual videos or touch Select all watch history in the bottom left. Then you can permanently get rid of those clips by tapping the bright red Delete button. At least tidy up a bit while you’re there.

How to search for recently viewed TikToks

If you struck out with the method above, you may still be able to locate the most elusive lost TikToks. The catch: you’ll need to know enough about the video you watched to type something into the search bar. And if you can’t recall anything, well, you’re probably not missing much.

First, tap the search icon (a magnifying glass) in the top right corner of your screen. Then type out the relevant keywords and hit Search. Next, hit the Watched button just above the first row of videos. This will change your search results to show any videos you’ve watched. If you don’t see this option (along with All, Unwatched, and Recently uploaded), make sure you’re in the Top tab—they don’t appear if you’re in any of the others. Otherwise, TikTok may not have registered that you watched a video related to your search terms, or it may have passed before your eyes longer than 180 days ago.

The TikTok search tab with the "watched" button selected to filter out all unwatched videos and find recently viewed TikToks.
If you’ve watched videos that match your search, use this filter to narrow the field. John Kennedy

As with your watch history, the Watched search filter will display TikToks that appeared in recent searches and auto-played as thumbnails as you looked through the results, so you may have to dig deeper every time you search.

Other TikTok search tips

The main search results page, whether you filter it or not, is stuffed with content. You can use these tabs and suggestions to further refine your search or just get lost in the TikTok abyss and hope your algorithm doesn’t take a devastating hit. I, for one, will probably spend the next week telling TikTok I’m not interested in those videos where people pour milk all over the counter while “making coffee” because I searched “coffee TikTok” while working on this story. (To do so, long-press on the video when it plays on your FYP and hit Not interested on the menu that appears.)

Across the top of the results page, you’ll see built-in filters that will display only top posts, users, videos, sounds, accounts that are currently live, and hashtags related to your search. Scroll down a little and you may also find suggestions for what other people searched for.

[Related: Why some US lawmakers want to ban TikTok]

Within the less-obvious filters menu (two lines with circles on them) to the right of the search bar, there are also options to further focus your search on videos you’ve liked, dig up only those posted within a specific time frame, and sort by either relevant videos or ones with the most likes. This is also where TikTok gives you the option to provide feedback on any problems you may have had with their search function. When I first published this story back in January 2022, I joked that maybe if enough people used that form to request an easy-to-use list of recently watched videos, TikTok would make it happen. Well, we did it, folks.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 4, 2022.

The post Where to find your TikTok watch history and other recently viewed videos appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/note-taking-apps/ Tue, 14 Mar 2023 14:17:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519395
A person using the Apple Notes app on an iPhone.
These apps make taking notes on your phone really simple. Priscilla Du Preez / Unsplash

Turn your smartphone into a digital notepad.

The post Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using the Apple Notes app on an iPhone.
These apps make taking notes on your phone really simple. Priscilla Du Preez / Unsplash

Most of us always have our smartphones close at hand, which makes them perfect for taking notes. You can just unlock it, type out what you need from the store, your friend’s new address, the name of a film you want to check out, or anything else, and go on with your day.

There are plenty of excellent apps that can help you take better notes too, going beyond the basics to offer extras like advanced note organization options, the ability to share notes with others, and note reminders.

1. GoodNotes

A person using the GoodNotes app on an iPhone.
GoodNotes is good… at… notes. Goodnotes

GoodNotes certainly doesn’t miss a chance for self-promotion with its choice of name, but it really is good—very good, in fact. You can tell a lot of care has gone into the interface, as there are a host of different tools to use across images, drawings, and text. You can even use it to annotate PDFs.

We like the number of features you get inside the app, such as the choice of paper styles, the ability to search through handwritten text, and support for scanned images and audio notes. There’s easy syncing to various cloud services too.

You can work on up to three notebooks for free inside GoodNotes, while a one-off fee of $9 removes this restriction. A beta version of the app for Android has just been launched, but isn’t yet widely available.

GoodNotes is free or $9 for iOS and Android.

2. Agenda

The Agenda note-taking app, as it appears on a phone screen.
Agenda can handle text, images, links, and files. Agenda

Agenda links your note-taking to your calendar, so you can easily attach dates and reminders to notes where needed. You may be surprised how often this comes in handy, whether you’re planning something big, like a vacation, or handling a smaller task like jotting down the framework of an upcoming work meeting.

The app can work with handwritten scribbles, but it’s geared primarily to handle lots of text across multiple projects and notebooks. You can format text in a variety of ways, attach files to your notes, apply tags for easier organization, and even link between notes. It’s a heavy-duty piece of software.

[Related: Turn your handwritten documents into searchable digital notes]

Agenda is free to use, but certain premium features such as collaboration tools for teams and more note customization options, must be unlocked by a one-off payment of $15.

Agenda is free or $15 for iOS.

3. Notion

The Notion app for taking notes, as it appears on a phone screen.
Notion can take whatever kinds of notes you need it to. Notion

The main appeal of Notion lies in its flexibility and versatility: It’s basically an open canvas for you to use as you like, whether that’s to detail guidelines for a coding project or prepare a list of household chores to complete before the weekend.

It’s slick, accessible, and a delight to use. You can add text, links, tags, and images to your notes, and simply drag elements around to reposition them. Everything is saved instantly, so there’s no danger of losing your work, and individual notes can reference others. Have a look around the web and you’ll see there are countless ways to use Notion, which is a testament to its quality.

Both free and paid plans are available with Notion. If you pay $5 a month for the premium subscription, you can share notes with more people, access a longer history log for your notes, and upload an unlimited number of files to your account.

Notion is free or $4 a month for Android and iOS.

4. Evernote

The Evernote app, as it appears on an iPhone screen.
Evernote is packed full of useful functionality. Evernote

Evernote is the venerable old timer of the note-taking app scene, and has been dutifully recording people’s thoughts, plans, to-dos, and agendas since the year 2000. Today, it includes just about every feature you could need in an app like this.

Some of those features include support for text, images, files, audio, and drawings, advanced search and tagging options, the ability to format the information inside your notes in a wide variety of ways, and easy ways to scan in paper documents or link to pages on the web.

[Related: How to export your Evernote content to another app]

If there is a fault to Evernote, it’s that it does too much—fans of minimalism may want to look elsewhere, but for everyone else it’s fantastic. You can use it for free, but a premium subscription of $9 a month gets you extras including support for more devices, more customizations, bigger file uploads, and more storage for your notes.

Evernote is free or $9 a month for Android and iOS.

5. Squid

The Squid note taking app as it would appear on a phone screen, showing handwritten notes and a sketch.
Squid is perfect for handwritten notes and drawings. Squid

Squid has been built specifically for handwritten notes and doodles, so it’s perfect if you want to quickly jot something down. When that’s done, it’s really simple to organize your sketches and get your notes in order, in whichever way you need.

Tasks like copying and erasing are intuitive and straightforward, as is changing the color and line thickness of the on-screen pen. If you’ve got a phone with a stylus or are going to be syncing your notes with other devices that use a stylus, Squid is definitely worth considering—though you can easily use your finger to make notes as well.

You can use Squid for free, but you can also pay $1 a month for a premium package, which includes more tools (such as text boxes you can type into), extra backgrounds, and the ability to import PDFs.

Squid is free or $1 a month for Android.

6. Apple Notes

The built-in Apple Notes app for iOS.
Apple Notes continues to get new features over time. Apple

Don’t neglect the default apps that come with your phone—Apple Notes if you have an iPhone. Apple keeps adding new features to this app, and recently introduced the ability to lock certain notes behind a passcode with iOS 16.

The app makes every part of note taking straightforward, including formatting text, introducing images and checklists, keeping notes organized with tags and pins, importing drawings and scanned documents, and sharing notes with other people (handy for shopping lists and work projects, for example).

[Related: How to undo text in Apple’s Notes app]

If you spend a lot of time on Apple devices—not just iPhones but also iPads, Apple Watches, and Macs—Apple Notes will keep everything synced between them. If you’re on Android though, it’s not an option.

Apple Notes is built into iOS.

7. Google Keep

The Google Keep app as it appears on a phone screen.
Google Keep makes use of colorful virtual Post-its. Google

Google’s note-taking app goes for the colorful virtual Post-it look. It’s simple enough to get started with, but as you dig deeper you’ll find there are plenty of advanced features as well.

For example, you can associate notes with specific dates and times and get reminders about them, and you can share notes with other people if you need to collaborate on something. The app also lets you use tags so you can quickly group different notes together in categories of your choice.

This being a Google product, the search feature is, of course, well done, and if you don’t want to type you can scribble notes or dictate them via voice recordings. It’s one of the best options if you need something simple, but not too simple.

Google Notes is free for Android and iOS.

The post Write these down: the best note-taking apps for your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 secure messaging apps you should be using https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/best-secure-messaging-apps/ Mon, 16 Aug 2021 18:25:40 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-secure-messaging-apps/
Person on a New York City subway train texting on their phone.
You have a lot of options when it comes to choosing among the most secure messaging apps. Ketut Subiyanto / Pexels

You might want to rethink your favorite messaging app and opt for something more secure.

The post 7 secure messaging apps you should be using appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person on a New York City subway train texting on their phone.
You have a lot of options when it comes to choosing among the most secure messaging apps. Ketut Subiyanto / Pexels

When choosing a messaging app, it’s easy to just fall in line with whatever your friends and family have on their phones. Whether or not the platform is secure isn’t often a major factor in the decision. But maybe it should be, given the sheer amount of sensitive information we share with our contacts every day.

Not all messaging apps are the same, especially when it comes to your privacy and security. If you’re in the market for a more secure messaging app, we can help. The web is wide and diverse, and there are plenty of platforms that will satisfy your texting needs without asking you to disclose everything about yourself. It’s just a matter of looking.

You’ll be on your own when talking everyone else into moving to another platform, but we believe in you.

Signal

The gold standard of secure messaging apps, Signal is a stripped-down platform designed to put privacy and security first. In fact, the app’s protocol, developed by Open Whisper Systems, is also embedded within the code of competitors such as WhatsApp and Skype, and inspired Viber’s customized version.

Signal is free, open-source, and operated by The Signal Foundation—a non-profit with a mission to “develop open source privacy technology.” Brian Acton, one of WhatsApp’s founders, left Facebook (reportedly on bad terms) after the company acquired his platform, and donated $50 million to create the foundation. It’s one of the main reasons users trust the app, as there’s no big tech company behind it.

The platform supports texting, video and voice calls, as well as file-sharing. Privacy-wise, you can set your messages to self-destruct at any time from one second after they’re read to four weeks after you send them. End-to-end (E2E) encryption protects everything you share through Signal by default, and the foundation says it doesn’t store any sensitive information. The US government subpoenaed user data in 2016, but authorities only got their hands on the dates accounts were created, dates of last connections, and phone numbers.

Of course, handing over a phone number to create an account—and automatically sharing it with anybody who might find you through the app—means you won’t be entirely anonymous. Signal’s developers say they’re thinking of a way around it, but as of writing, there’s no date or specific project in the works to resolve this.

Still, Signal does its job well, and as more people get on board, it’ll be easier to keep in touch with your loved ones without anybody snooping around.

Signal is free for iOS, iPadOS, Android, macOS, Windows, and Linux.

WhatsApp

WhatsApp got a bad rap in 2021 when Meta, its parent company, announced a controversial update to the app’s privacy policy that would allow it to share information with Facebook and Instagram. People did not like it, and WhatsApp hit the pause button. The platform stopped sending notifications promoting the new privacy policy, and those who didn’t accept it have been able to continue using the app with no problems.

Sketchy privacy practices aside, WhatsApp is a versatile messaging app that’s fully end-to-end encrypted. The app supports text and voice messaging, voice and video calls, and sharing images, videos, documents, and other types of files. The platform has kept up with contemporary privacy and security features too, adding disappearing messages and the ability to entirely delete messages from private and group chats.

[Related: The 7 best apps for all your group chats]

WhatsApp also supports group chats with up to 1,024 members. The platform had a higher limit in the past, but that turned into a problem when the app became an effective tool for the propagation of misinformation and other illegal material. As a result, WhatsApp eventually limited the ability to forward messages and the size of group chats.

It’s unclear whether Meta will persist with its plans to integrate WhatsApp’s operation more intimately into the rest of its platforms, but the messaging app today enjoys the trust of more than 2 billion users worldwide, so you definitely won’t run out of people to talk to. 

WhatsApp is free for iOS, Android, macOS, and on the web.

Telegram

Telegram got its day in the sun when WhatsApp’s ill-received privacy policy announcement directly resulted in Telegram’s user base growing. The app reached 500 million users that year and has continued to grow, reinforcing its fame as a top-tier secure messaging app.

The app supports texting, voice and video calls, public channels, and file-sharing, with an interface highly similar to WhatsApp’s iOS appearance, so switching over from Meta’s messaging app should be seamless.

The platform also uses E2E encryption, but not by default. Only Secret Chats, which are one-to-one, are protected by this protocol. These chats leave no trace: they cannot be forwarded, leave no trace on Telegram’s servers, and you can have sent messages self-destruct after a specific time. This is great from a privacy standpoint, but it also means that all other communications (group chats, channels, and non-secret chats) are cloud-based and encryption protection ends when they hit the server.

[Related: Bring your WhatsApp stickers with you to Telegram]

The lack of widespread E2E encryption is meant to give users instant access to backups on multiple devices, no matter when they joined a channel or group chat, Telegram says. Pavel Durov, one of the app’s founders, also argues that government agencies might target users using “niche apps” such as Signal, assuming that anyone opting for that high level of privacy has something to hide. Having less-secure encryption as the default, Telegram says, protects users from unwanted surveillance.

As opposed to WhatsApp, which uses third-party servers like iCloud or Google Drive to store backups—giving Apple and Google the ability to manage that information—Telegram’s backups are broken into pieces and live on its own servers around the world. It claims chats, no matter what type, are all secured the same way, but because Telegram technically also has access to the encryption key, they can decrypt your messages… even if they say the key and the data it decrypts are never in the same place

Even though Telegram emphasized its commitment to security by updating its privacy policy to protect the identity of Hong Kong protesters in 2019, that commitment should be taken with a grain of salt, according to Gennie Gebhart, acting activism director at the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

“Telegram doesn’t have a great track record of responding to high-risk users,” she says. “My impression is that a lot of Telegram’s ‘secure’ reputation comes from its association with the Hong Kong protests, but the app was also useful in that environment for a lot of specific reasons, like no phone number requirement or the support for massive groups.”

That last feature, which allows users to create chats that can impressively host up to 200,000 members, is a major reason the platform has been criticized. These unmoderated public channels have also become fertile ground for the distribution of misinformation and illegal content, such as revenge and child pornography. But unlike WhatsApp, Telegram has refused to reduce that limit.

Telegram is free for iOS, iPadOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux, and on the web.

Dust

Less popular than Signal or Telegram, Dust is a good option if you want to keep your content as secure as you can. Beyond E2E encryption, the app has a privacy-focused functionality that lets users hide their tracks online, and a monitoring system that will instantly alert you if any of your passwords are compromised as part of a data leak.

By default, messages (or “dusts”) disappear from the app’s servers right after you send them, and chat histories are automatically erased from your phone every 24 hours. On top of that, you (or your contacts) can delete messages on both ends of the conversation with just one tap, and you can sign up by using only your phone number.

The bad news is that the platform doesn’t currently support video calls or voice messages—only texting, file sharing, and voice calling—which may be a deal-breaker if you want a more comprehensive service.

Dust is free for iOS and Android.

There are a lot of secure messaging apps to choose from.
Protect your data by choosing secure messaging apps. Chris Yang / Unsplash

Threema

This app is open-source, E2E encrypted, and—just like Dust and Signal—deletes messages from its servers right after they’re delivered. Threema doesn’t require a phone number or email to sign up, instead verifying each user with a Threema ID, an 8-digit number that allows them to be completely anonymous.

Threema supports texting, voice and video calls, but its major drawback is that you have to pay for it. The company says this allows its developers to sustain the platform without ads or data-harvesting, and it might also explain why it only had 11 million users worldwide as of October 2022. You can use it on the web, Windows, and macOS, but there are restrictions and you need to have the mobile app on your phone or tablet.

Threema is $5 for iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

Viber

Like many of the other apps on this list, Viber will protect your content (texts, voice calls, and video chats) with default E2E encryption, whether you’re engaging in one-on-one conversations or group interactions. Chatbots and communities are the exceptions to this rule.

If you choose this app, you’ll have to make sure you have version 6.0 or later, as they’re the only ones with E2E-encrypted messaging. Unfortunately, you’ll also have to worry about what version other people have, too: if you’re chatting with someone using an older version of Viber, you can kiss E2E encryption bye-bye. If you’re unsure if a chat is E2E encrypted, you can check by going to the chat info screen and looking for a lock icon next to Encrypted chat. 

[Related: The best apps for sending self-destructing messages]

Just like Telegram, Viber also has public channels called Communities, and these messages are only SSL encrypted. This protects data in transit, but once it’s on the app’s servers, it’s readable by Viber or any other member of the community, allowing new members to access all backlogs.

Viber’s privacy features include the ability to set self-destructing timers for messages, edit and delete messages on all devices with a tap, and either get notifications if a user takes a screenshot of a disappearing message (iOS) or blocks the screenshot altogether (Android). You can also create Hidden chats and access them with a PIN whenever you want, 

Viber is free for iOS, iPadOS, Android, Huawei’s App Gallery, macOS, Windows, and Linux.

iMessage

If you’re an Apple user, you’re in luck, as you have access to the company’s built-in E2E encrypted messaging platform. Now, the catch is that iMessage only works with this security standard when you’re chatting with other Apple users—if one of your friends uses an Android device, privacy pretty much goes out the window.

Because iMessage doesn’t play nice with other messaging apps, it immediately switches to the not-so-good-ol’ SMS message whenever it cannot use Apple’s protocol, turning chat bubbles from blue to green. This type of message is reliable, as it doesn’t require your device to have lots of bars to work, but it’s neither secure nor private—SMS messages can be traced, intercepted, and stored by your service provider, who can gladly hand them over to authorities, if asked politely.

This is also an issue for interactions between Apple users, though. By default, iMessage switches gears also when connectivity is low. The problem is that you won’t actually know if this has happened, as individual bubbles in your chats won’t change color to show how they were delivered.

The good news is that you can disable this feature—just go to the Messages settings menu and turn off the toggle switch next to Send as SMS.

iMessage is built into Apple devices.

Updated February 4, 2021 to more accurately reflect that Telegram’s user base as of January 2021 was 500 million users worldwide.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 18, 2021.

The post 7 secure messaging apps you should be using appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/fix-slow-computer/ Sun, 21 Mar 2021 13:41:22 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/fix-slow-computer/
A man sitting in a cubicle, frustrated with a slow computer. He's probably wondering, "Why is my computer so slow?"
When you're struggling with a slow computer, you get old waiting for your websites to load. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Don’t let your machine succumb to old age.

The post 5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man sitting in a cubicle, frustrated with a slow computer. He's probably wondering, "Why is my computer so slow?"
When you're struggling with a slow computer, you get old waiting for your websites to load. Tim Gouw / Unsplash

Neither you nor your gadgets can escape the passage of time. A slow computer is generally just a laptop or desktop that’s showing its age. And just as annual checkups can help keep your body healthy, regular maintenance can prevent your device from slowing down too soon.

So the next time you notice your computer running slow, stop what you’re doing and give it a thorough exam. With smart tactics and a little luck, you should be able to bring back at least some of its youthful speed.

Audit your installed apps

The main difference between the bright, shiny computer you unboxed on day one and the sluggish, wheezing beast you might find yourself with after five years, is all the applications you’ve loaded onto it.

Regularly review your list of installed programs, and keep in mind that just because you’ve installed something, it doesn’t need to sit on your hard drive until the end of time. The only apps you should have are those you’re using frequently, so take note of what those are and get rid of the rest. You can always download and reinstall a program if you change your mind.

[Related: When to repair your computer and when to replace it]

On Windows, open Settings via the cog icon on the Start menu, then choose Apps. If you have Windows 11, click Installed apps, and if you have Windows 10, look for Apps & features. You can sort programs by size, name, or when they were installed, so you’ll be able to see tools you may have forgotten about. To remove an app from Windows 11, click the three dots to its right and choose Uninstall. On Windows 10, select the app from the list of apps and hit Uninstall. There are also ways to uninstall a bunch of apps at once if you need the efficiency. 

On macOS, open the Applications tab in Finder, locate the app you want to trash, and then drag it down to the Trash icon in the dock. If you downloaded the program from the Mac App Store, you can also remove it from the Launchpad window—press and hold the Option key until the icons start jiggling, then click the small x button on the top left corner of the application you want to remove. Some apps may leave residual files on your computer, so you may want to make sure you’re completely uninstalling them.

Keep an eye on free storage space

One guaranteed way to slow down your computer is to not give it enough virtual space to work with. Beyond removing apps you don’t use, you should always make sure there’s a good chunk of storage available on the hard drive—around 20 percent at least, if you can manage it.

[Related: Rip out your computer’s guts and craft an external hard drive]

In File Explorer on Windows, you can click This PC (or your computer’s name) on the left to see how much room is left on your local drives. On macOS, go to System Settings, General, and open the Storage tab.

There’s no one-size-fits-all approach to freeing up disk space on your computer. It’s just a question of monitoring what you have on your disk and deleting what you don’t need—from old documents to installation packages. You should also consider moving files you don’t access regularly to the cloud or an external hard drive. Just make sure you always have two copies of your most important files for backup purposes.

Don’t let programs overstep their mark

The default settings in plenty of programs allow them to do whatever they want as soon as they’re installed, including running in the background whenever your computer is on. Allowing your favorite programs to do this means they can jump into action without you having to launch them manually each time. But it’s best to keep the number of active applications a minimum, as many apps running in the background can result in an obnoxiously slow computer.

To see which apps are overstepping their mark on Windows, right-click on a blank part of the taskbar, choose Task Manager, and scan the Processes tab (it should open by default, but if not, click the icon on the left-hand sidebar that looks like three squares forming a 90-degree angle). On macOS, type Cmd+Space to open Spotlight and search for Activity Monitor. Anything eating up CPU or memory could be the reason why your computer is running so slow.

If there are apps that shouldn’t be on these lists, there are two things you can do. First, check inside the applications themselves to see if there’s a setting you can disable to prevent them from running automatically. If you can’t find any, stop them from starting up with your operating system. On Windows 11, switch to the Startup apps tab in Task Manager (its icon looks like a car’s speedometer), and on Windows 10, switch to the Start-up tab. For macOS go to System Settings, General, and Login Items.

Update your programs to avoid dealing with a slow computer

Keeping your apps up to date will fix bugs and security vulnerabilities, but most importantly it’ll prevent your laptop or desktop from slowing down. Most programs will handle this automatically, but it’s worth double-checking that you haven’t missed any updates.

You should also make sure that your programs aren’t collecting bloatware, including add-ons you may no longer need, older versions of a software still hanging around, and installation packages you haven’t deleted.

[Related: How to boost your WiFi speed]

This is especially important for your web browser. Every once in a while, check in on the extensions you’ve installed, and remove the ones you no longer use, as having too many of these can seriously slow down this type of program. On Chrome and Edge, the instructions are the same: click the puzzle piece icon at the top right corner of the window and go to Manage extensions. On Firefox it’s similar—click the puzzle piece icon to the right of the navigation bar and go to Extensions on the sidebar. On Safari, go to Settings and click the Extensions tab. 

Run a system reset if your computer is still too slow

Just like your programs, you can avoid suffering with a slow computer by keeping Windows and macOS up to date at all times. Microsoft and Apple make this difficult to avoid, but you can make sure you’re on the latest version of your operating system through Windows Update (Windows 11) or Update & Security (Windows 10) in your PC’s settings, or Software Update in macOS, which you can find by going to System Preferences and General.

Another way to prevent your computer from slowing down is to reset your device and return it to its factory-fresh state. This process is easy, but it’ll eat up some of your time—it wipes out all but the bare bones of your operating system, so you’ll need to back up all your files beforehand and reinstall all your programs afterward. But a full reset also clears out redundant data, reverts programs back to their original state, and removes all bloat and clutter from your machine. It may sound like an extreme alternative, but it’s often worth an hour or two of inconvenience just to get a clean slate.

On a Windows 11 computer, head to Settings, System and then Recovery. Once you’re there, click Reset this PC. On older versions of Windows, the path is slightly different, but Microsoft has full instructions you can refer to if you get lost along the way. The instructions to reset a Mac computer will differ depending on the processor inside the machine, but Apple has a complete guide to help you through this process.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 21, 2021.

The post 5 easy ways to troubleshoot a slow computer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming https://www.popsci.com/diy/elgato-stream-deck-alternative-uses/ Thu, 09 Mar 2023 15:14:59 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=518435
An Elgato Stream Deck under a wall-mounted TV, in a room with blue lighting.
The Elgato Stream Deck is more versatile than you might have realized. Elgato

If you love shortcuts, the Stream Deck might be the device for you.

The post 7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Elgato Stream Deck under a wall-mounted TV, in a room with blue lighting.
The Elgato Stream Deck is more versatile than you might have realized. Elgato

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Elgato Stream Deck is traditionally associated with livestreaming, but its usefulness goes way beyond. If you own one, there are numerous ways to incorporate it into your daily life, and if you don’t have one because you’re not a streamer, you just might want to reconsider.

The Stream Deck itself is a physical panel of hardware shortcut buttons that can be used to switch views, add sounds, drop in overlays, and manage a variety of other enhancements and options super quickly. This means you can use it and its siblings (the Stream Deck Mini, the Stream Deck XL, and the Stream Deck Plus) as a control panel for all kinds of computing tasks.

1. Control your music

Dive into the Stream Deck software and you’ll see there’s a System section in the actions list on the right. One of the entries there is Multimedia, which will give you a full selection of audio playback keys: They include start, stop, skip backward, and skip forward.

That means you can manage anything that’s playing with a single tap, should you need to quickly pause your music or pass by a track you really don’t want to hear. The Multimedia actions include system volume controls as well, making it even more useful.

2. Set custom timers

The timer tool for the Elgato Stream Deck.
Count down a specific length of time with the Stream Deck’s timer function. David Nield

When you want to time a lunch break or a study session, you could use a phone app or simply type “timer” into Google. No matter what your standard method of timekeeping is, there’s a good chance it’s not as simple or convenient as the Stream Deck timer.

In the Stream Deck desktop program, find the Stream Deck heading, add Timer to your list of buttons, then specify how long you want it to run. Once the button has been set up, press it to see the minutes and seconds tick away on the Stream Deck’s LED panel, and you can choose a sound to play when time has run out.

3. Switch between audio inputs

If you have both headphones and built-in speakers connected to your computer, switching between them is more of an effort than it really should be. The Audio Switcher plug-in available in the Stream Deck App Store makes it much more straightforward.

Once it’s installed, you can quickly toggle between available audio devices or set a specific one with a button push. You’ll never again have audio blaring out of your speakers when it should have been sent to your headphones.

4. Run any kind of task

Essentially, you can assign any keyboard shortcut to a button on the Stream Deck, so your options are wide open for any program you use. One way to do this is via the Hotkey action under the System heading: just specify the keyboard shortcut you’d like it to launch.

[Related: 20 essential Windows keyboard shortcuts]

This works with shortcuts that already exist, but you can create your own series of actions too. If you want a shortcut that, say, resizes images or opens folders, check out the Super Macro plug-in from the Elgato app store. Once you have it, you’ll be able to assign an action to a keyboard shortcut, then add it to the Stream Deck.

5. Level up your video meetings

The MuteDeck plugin in the Elgato Stream Deck App Store.
MuteDeck is a great plug-in for video calls. David Nield

Many of us have had the experience of fumbling around for the right button to press to unmute a microphone or leave a meeting when on a video call, but the MuteDeck plug-in from the Stream Deck store assigns these key features and several more to buttons. You’ll never fumble on a video call again.

The plug-in is compatible with Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, and Webex by Cisco. You can also use it to start sharing your screen and to switch between multiple cameras if you have more than one webcam connected—all just a button push away.

6. Open websites and programs

Sure, you can open websites and programs the conventional way, but the Stream Deck offers a Website action (for websites) and an Open action (for applications) under System that make the process very straightforward.

[Related: How to livestream an event for all your friends and family]

Add the Windows Mover & Resizer plug-in from the Stream Deck app store, and you can set the exact location on screen that your program windows open (and on which monitor, if you have more than one).

You can then go further and combine that plug-in with the Multi Action action (under Multi Action) that the Stream Deck offers out of the box. When you’re done, you’ll be able to sit down at your computer, press one key on the Stream Deck, and launch all your important applications in specific positions on the display.

7. Control your smart lights

The Stream Deck works with smart lights from a variety of brands, including Philips Hue, Nanoleaf, and Eve. Rather than messing around in an app on your phone, you can simply tap a Stream Deck button to turn lights on and off, set scenes and colors, and so on.

Head to the Stream Deck store inside the desktop application to find the plug-ins you need for your lights. In the case of Philips Hue, for instance, you’re able to switch scenes, cycle between colors, and change the brightness and contrast. Different buttons can be configured for different lights in your home too.

The post 7 ways to use the Elgato Stream Deck beyond livestreaming appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web https://www.popsci.com/diy/whatsapp-web-scan-setup-tips/ Wed, 08 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517922
Render of a WhatsApp logo seemingly made out of plastic bouncing in front of a green backdrop.
WhatsApp web provides all the functionalities of the mobile app and more. Dima Solomin / Unsplash

Learn to set up the platform's web client and take full advantage of it.

The post 4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Render of a WhatsApp logo seemingly made out of plastic bouncing in front of a green backdrop.
WhatsApp web provides all the functionalities of the mobile app and more. Dima Solomin / Unsplash

There are many reasons why users choose to do their messaging on WhatsApp: from encrypted messages, to support for audio and video calls, group chats with up to 1,023 other people, and extras like file and location sharing. 

But Meta’s platform also offers an easy-to-use web interface. You might be perfectly happy using WhatsApp on your phone only, but it’s well worth it to get set up in a desktop web browser as well—if only to prevent you from having to pick up your phone every time someone sends a funny sticker to the group chat.

To get started, visit the WhatsApp Web portal in your browser, which will give you a QR code. In the mobile app, tap the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS), then choose Linked Devices and Link a Device to scan the QR code and get connected.

If you prefer, there are also desktop apps available for Windows and macOS that you can install. The features and benefits of these programs match up with the web app, but the latter will give you the freedom to access your messages and chat logs no matter what computer you’re on.

WhatsApp Web will allow you to forget about your phone

In these hyper-connected, always-online times, lots of us are looking for ways to cut down on the time we spend staring at our smartphone screens. Using WhatsApp on the web can help with that.

[Related: How to get rid of the ‘forwarded’ label on WhatsApp]

Admittedly, you’re just swapping one screen for another when it comes to WhatsApp, but if your phone is staying in your pocket or your desk drawer (or even the next room) then you can keep an eye on important messages without getting distracted by everything else that might be happening on your mobile.

Add in the time saved unlocking your handset and opening the WhatsApp app, and we’re talking about a substantial productivity boost for those times when you need to focus on your computing, at home, or at work.

A keyboard, a mouse, and a larger display make WhatsApp better

There doesn’t seem to be a length limit for WhatsApp texts, and the platform is certainly capable of handling longer missives. If you like to express yourself at length on the app, it’s obviously easier to type on an actual keyboard than on your phone screen.

Having a mouse also helps, as it lets you easily switch between conversations and scroll back through chats more quickly. On WhatsApp Web, you’ll also be working on a larger screen, which means less scrolling to begin with, and a better overview of both individual chats and your conversation list.

Make the most of WhatsApp keyboard shortcuts

Speaking of productivity boosts, using WhatsApp on the web means you can take advantage of keyboard shortcuts. As you know, if you use shortcuts on Windows or macOS, they can help you really power through tasks more easily.

There is a full list of WhatsApp keyboard shortcuts on the platform’s official site, but a few of our favorites include Esc to close a chat, Ctrl+Alt+N (Windows) or Cmd+Alt+N (macOS) to start a new chat, and Ctrl+Alt+Shift+E (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Shift+E (macOS) to archive a chat.

You’ll also be able to use keyboard shortcuts to move around your conversation list. Hit Ctrl+Alt+Tab (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Tab (macOS) to jump to the next chat, or Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Tab (Windows) or Cmd+Ctrl+Shift+Tab (macOS) to go back to the previous one.  Meanwhile, you can open the search panel by tapping Alt+K (Windows) or Cmd+K (macOS).

Create stickers on WhatsApp Web

Another reason to get set up on WhatsApp Web is that it gives you the ability to create your own custom stickers. You can use whatever images you have on your computer to make icons that you can repeatedly stick into your chats.

[Related: The 7 best apps for all your group chats]

To create a new sticker, click the paperclip icon down by the text entry box in a conversation, then choose Sticker. WhatsApp will ask you to pick out an image file from your disk, which you can then crop and rotate as needed. You can also drop emojis and text on top of the sticker to make it your own.

WhatsApp will sync your stickers between devices, so you can then use the ones you created on the web on your phone.

The post 4 reasons you should be using WhatsApp Web appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A complete guide to digital spring cleaning https://www.popsci.com/spring-cleaning-your-computer/ Fri, 04 Mar 2022 22:00:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/spring-cleaning-your-computer/
Person cleaning the screen of a laptop with a cloth as part of their digital spring cleaning.
Ring the warmer weather with a proper digital spring cleaning. Syda_Productions/ Deposit Photos

Blow away those digital cobwebs.

The post A complete guide to digital spring cleaning appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person cleaning the screen of a laptop with a cloth as part of their digital spring cleaning.
Ring the warmer weather with a proper digital spring cleaning. Syda_Productions/ Deposit Photos

Just like you need to dust regularly to keep your house clean, and service your car annually to keep it safe and running, you should do a digital spring cleaning so your computer stays speedy and responsive.

We’re not just talking about wiping down your keyboard and your screen but also clearing up the digital clutter accumulating inside your system, including the apps and files you no longer use. Here’s how to get started.

Get rid of old apps

Unused applications take up precious storage space on your computer and make its operating system work harder than it needs to. These programs force your computer to create shortcuts, sift through settings files, and install updates you’re not actually using. In addition, each app on your system can become a target for hackers or data-mining companies, so the fewer you have, the better.

[Related: It’s time to delete most of your apps]

Start your digital spring cleaning by taking the time to identify the programs you no longer need and uninstalling them—you can always reinstall them later if you change your mind. 

On Windows computers, you can uninstall programs individually or in bulk. The easiest way is by locating the Control Panel by using the search bar in the Start menu and then clicking Uninstall a program. You can sort apps by name, size, or install date to weed out the ones you don’t need, or filter by the hard drive they’re installed on. Then just click an app and select Uninstall to remove it. 

On macOS, open Launchpad, click and hold on any app, and then click the X on its icon when the programs start to vibrate. Some of them might require you to launch an uninstall utility. To do so, open Finder and search “uninstall” along with the app name. If it doesn’t have one, find the Applications folder in Finder and drag the app’s entry into the Trash. Apple’s operating system doesn’t have a built-in way to delete applications in bulk, but you can try a third party app. These tools will also eliminate any trace of the app on your system (including residual files), but they are powerless against the Mac apps that came with your computer, which you won’t be able to delete that easily. 

Doing your digital spring cleaning also means taking care of the apps you want to keep—make sure to download updates for them so they’re running their latest, most secure versions.

Clear away digital clutter

An inevitable consequence of modern-day computing is that as you use your device, junk files will build up, like items you’ve created and forgotten about, documents you’ve downloaded and don’t have a use for anymore, and temporary files generated by the operating system or applications. You can’t stop this from happening, but you can stay on top of the mess with a regular clear-out.

Unless you really know your way around Windows or macOS, it’s a good idea to get assistance from a third-party program for this task. CCleaner (for Windows and macOS) has long been one of the best free options in this department. If you can spare a little money, we also like CleanMyMac X ($35 for a one-year subscription) for macOS, and System Mechanic ($40 for a one-year subscription) for Windows.

If you’d prefer not to rely on these programs, you can probably do some simple cleanup yourself. Sit down and spend an hour or so deleting those photos you’re never really going to look back on or clearing out old documents and spreadsheets that are no longer relevant.

Tidy up your browser

We spend a lot of our computing time inside a browser, and this is another area where you can do some serious tidying. The aforementioned CCleaner also does a good job of clearing out digital garbage that your browser doesn’t really need, but each browser has options of its own you can employ.

On Chrome, go to Settings and click Security and privacy, followed by Clear browsing data to erase cached files, browsing history, plug-in data, and more. This should make your browser a little lighter on its feet. On Firefox, the option is under Preferences, Security & privacy, and Clear browsing data. On Microsoft Edge, you’ll need to go to Settings, then to Privacy, search and services, and scroll down to Clear browsing data. Finally, in the Safari navigation bar, go to History and choose Clear History.

While you’re slashing and burning, check your downloads folder for files you’ve forgotten about and delete the ones you don’t need to free up more space.

Finally, removing unused browser extensions can have the same benefits as uninstalling unused applications. This will streamline your browser, lowering its demands on your computer’s resources and keeping you safer as well. Open up your browser’s extensions or plug-ins page and see if there are any add-ons you can do without.

Organize your system

Keeping your folders organized means less work for your machine and less time for you to find important files. Plus, if everything is organized neatly, you’re less likely to accumulate forgotten apps and tools that will eat up hard drive space.

Sort your system by using the designated user folders (like Documents) and you’ll notice the benefits the next time you need to open something quickly. In particular, you should try to avoid keeping masses of files and shortcuts on your desktop, as it gives your computer extra work. For the same reason, it’s a good idea to spend a few minutes clearing up the Start menu (Windows) or the Dock (Mac), to make sure only the shortcuts you really need are available.

A whole host of cloud services, including Dropbox, Google Drive, OneDrive, and iCloud, can store your files on the web and allow you to delete local copies. This is a handy way to free up some hard disk space and lighten the load on your operating system at the same time. Just be sure you keep the online versions and don’t delete both the local and cloud-based copies of your files—follow the instructions each service has to do this.

Physically clean your equipment

While you’re tackling a computer spring clean, you may as well do some physical cleaning. It will make your machine look shiny and fresh, and it may actually prevent future problems, like having the insides of your desktop clogged with dust. You don’t need expensive equipment or even that much time.

Start by powering down and unplugging your computer. Then grab a can of compressed air to blast dirt off of the keyboard and ports. If you want to go all the way, you can read our full keyboard-cleaning guide. Next, take some time to clean the screen of your laptop or monitor. No matter their make, screens are delicate, so you should be mindful of the product and tool you use. When you’re done, use a dry microfiber cloth to wipe down the outside of your machine and any of its peripherals, such as the mouse and keyboard. Cotton swabs are another helpful tool in the computer cleaner’s arsenal, as they help you clear away built-up dirt from nooks and crannies.

[Related: Your smartphone is gross. Learn how to clean it properly]

For a more comprehensive clean, lightly dampen your cloths or swabs with water. But remember you’re dealing with electronics, so make sure to thoroughly wring and remove any excess water. You really, really don’t want to use cloths or swabs that are completely wet—it could seriously damage your device. If you’re dealing with a desktop PC and you know your way around it, you can dismantle certain parts to really get into those dusty corners, but this step isn’t essential.

With the digital and physical spring cleaning complete, you can power your computer back up and enjoy the benefits of a rejuvenated system—at least until next year.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on March 20, 2017.

The post A complete guide to digital spring cleaning appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on https://www.popsci.com/hidden-android-tricks/ Fri, 15 Apr 2022 16:12:54 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/hidden-android-tricks/
A hand holding a Pixel phone with the home screen unlocked.
Supercharge your Android experience. Sebastian Bednarek / Unsplash

Be the master of your Google-powered device.

The post 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A hand holding a Pixel phone with the home screen unlocked.
Supercharge your Android experience. Sebastian Bednarek / Unsplash

The Android versus iPhone debate continues to rumble on. But one thing is certain: Google’s phone software is more versatile and customizable than Apple’s offering. Dig into the settings and discover Android’s secret capabilities, including a host of clever features and useful tools. We’ve collected 9 of them here.

A quick note before we begin: Android has a wide variety of makes, models, and versions, which makes it difficult to find features that will be consistent across all devices. We only verified the following tips on stock Android 13—they should also work on related systems, but some of the menus and procedures may vary slightly.

1. Cast your Android screen

Android's screen cast option
This native option lets you beam your phone’s content to a bigger screen. Beware of your notifications, though. Sandra Gutierrez G.

For a number of years, you’ve been able to broadcast your Android phone or tablet’s display to the larger screen of a television using a Chromecast. In addition to beaming video from all the usual movie and TV apps, this streaming device can mirror your phone. Take advantage of a shortcut in the Quick Settings pane especially made for this feature, which you can access by dragging down from the top of the screen with two fingers. You should find a Screen Cast option in this menu. If it doesn’t show up, swipe left on the Quick Settings menu for more options, or tap the pencil icon at the bottom to add the shortcut.

[Related: Android’s newest privacy rules play catch-up with Apple]

There’s also another way to set up mirroring. First, check to make sure you’ve installed the Google Home app for Android—you probably already used this program to set up your Chromecast. Open the app and choose your Chromecast and your device’s display should appear on the big screen. On your phone, tap Media and choose from Music, Video, Podcasts, or Radio and select a service to start streaming.

2. Run apps side-by-side

Android's split screen feature showing Spotify on the upper half of the screen and Twitter on the bottom half.
For those days when multi-tasking is a must. Sandra Gutierrez G.

This feature has been around since Android 7.0 Nougat, but it’s one of the few users tend to forget about. This side-by-side or top-and-bottom app view (depending on the orientation of your screen) comes in handy when you want to display photos, optimize your social networking, or multitask.

To set it up, make sure both apps you want to see are already open. Then, open the app carousel by doing a short swipe-up gesture from the bottom of your screen. Find the recent app you want to use and press on the circular icon at the top of its preview. On the emerging menu, you should see a Split top option. Keep in mind that not all apps support this feature (like Instagram, for example), so if you don’t see this option, it’s because you can’t use it like this. If you see it, tap Split top, and the app will automatically position itself at the top or left of your screen. On the other side, you’ll see the app carousel, from where you can open a second app. This time, just swipe your way to it and tap on the preview to open it.

You’ll notice a thick black line separating both apps—from the middle drag it up or down to re-distribute your screen. To exit Split Screen mode, just drag the black line all the way up or down.

3. Make text and images more visible

Android's display and text size options.
Among the cool Android tricks you’ll find is being able to make everything bigger. Sandra Gutierrez G.

If you’re struggling to see what’s on the screen—or, alternatively, if you want to cram as much content as possible onto the display and don’t mind doing a bit of squinting along the way—you can zoom in or out on text and objects. Not all apps will respond to these adjustments, but most of them will.

To change size settings, open Settings and go to the Display heading. From there, tap the Display size and text and drag the slider under Font size to make text larger or smaller as needed. Android 13 introduced a new slider on this menu—Display size. You can play around with it to make icons and the Google search bar chunkier. 

4. Change volume settings independently

Android's menu showing independent volume sliders for phone calls, ringtones and notifications.
Don’t forget to set your alarm volume correctly so that you can actually hear it in the morning. Sandra Gutierrez G.

Your device plays several different types of audio—including ringtones, notifications, alarms, phone calls, and media. If you’ve ever gone to the Settings menu and opened Sound & vibration, you’ll have seen that you can use individual sliders to adjust these audio types individually.

However, Android gives you a quick-and-easy shortcut. Tap the physical volume buttons on the side of your device to make whatever’s currently playing quieter or louder (if no media is playing, this action will adjust your ringtone volume). When you do, a small box will pop up on the screen, showing which volume setting is changing and how. At the bottom of that box, you should see three dots. Tap them, and the box will expand to show multiple volume sliders at once. This can save you a trip to Settings.

5. Lock phone borrowers inside one app

Android's app carrousel with app pinning options open.
Make sure “I want to listen to a podcast” doesn’t turn into “Who’s that texting you?” Sandra Gutierrez G.

This is one of those Android hacks that you need to know if you find yourself constantly lending your phone to a friend or young family member. Because if you do, you probably know that sudden anxiety that comes with the possibility of them going through your private information or posting to your social media accounts. 

App pinning lets you be generous without giving up your privacy and will lock one app to the screen until someone unlocks your device. Essentially, the user won’t be able to access any other parts of your phone without your credentials.

Screen pinning is easy to set up. Open Settings, go to the Security & privacy menu, scroll down to choose More security settings, and tap App pinning. Once you’ve turned on the feature, launch the app your friend needs to use and open the app carrousel by making a short upward swipe from the bottom of the screen. Swipe your way to the app you want to pin and tap on the circular icon at the top of the preview. On the emerging menu, tap Pin. To unpin the app, swipe from the bottom of your screen and hold. This will lock your phone and you’ll have to enter your pattern, password PIN, or biometrics to use it.

6. Disable the lock screen at home

The Android menu showing the on-body detection options.
Finally home, shoes off, phone unlocked. Sandra Gutierrez G.

To keep your device safe, you need to set up a PIN code or biometrics scan to unlock your phone. But this makes it more inconvenient to access your apps. Google’s Smart Lock feature lets you remove this obstacle, giving you instant access to your phone—but only when you’re safely at home.

From Settings, tap Security & privacy, go to More security settings and choose Smart Lock. As well as disabling the lock screen when you’re at home (that’s the Trusted Places option), you can also disable the screen when your phone’s Bluetooth is connected to a trusted device, such as your car stereo unit, or when it detects you have it on you.

7. Choose new default apps

The Android menu showing how to set up new default apps
You don’t have to settle for the default. One of Android’s hidden features is the possibility to fully customize your experience. Sandra Gutierrez G.

One of the differences between Android and iOS is that Google’s mobile operating system lets you choose different default apps for web browsing, texting, viewing photos, etc. A default app is the one that opens automatically when you try and do something on your phone—so when you click a link, for example, your default web browser app will automatically open it.

Take advantage of this flexibility by setting up the defaults as you want them. Head to Settings, go to Apps and choose Default apps. Select any of the categories on screen to see a list of installed apps that can take over default duties. For example, if you’d prefer to chat with friends via Facebook Messenger, rather than your phone’s built-in SMS app, you can make Facebook’s product your default messaging app.

8. Bring back lost notifications

The Android menu to install a settings widget
Once you drag the icon, you’ll instantly see a confusing menu that will make you think something went wrong. Fret not—choose Notification log and you’re set. Sandra Gutierrez G.

It happens—you accidentally swiped away one of the notifications that you wanted to read fully and now you have a nagging sense someone emailed you, but are not sure. If you want to review all of your recent notifications on Android, you’re in luck. This ability is possible—though the option isn’t easy to find.

[Related: Switching from iPhone to Android has never been easier]

Tap and hold on an empty part of the home screen, and a screen-adjusting mode will pop up. Choose Widgets, and find the Settings shortcut. Drag this icon to an empty space on one of your home screens, drop it in place, and a list will automatically pop up. Choose Notification log from the list and tap the icon to open up Android’s notification history.

9. Activate one-handed mode

Android's messaging app with the one-handed keyboard activated
Don’t pull a muscle on your thumb—you can make your keyboard adapt to you. Sandra Gutierrez G.

As today’s phones continue to grow in size, they become harder and harder to operate one-handed. So Google’s custom keyboard, which is the default option on certain Android phones, has a solution: A special one-handed mode that you can switch to with a simple shortcut. If you own a Pixel phone, this keyboard will be your default typing option. If you’re on a Samsung or LG phone, you’ll have to first download Google’s version and set it as your default keyboard (as demonstrated in tip 7).

Open up the keyboard as normal and tap and hold on the comma key. Drag up to the right-hand icon to enable one-handed mode. The arrow lets you switch this smaller keyboard from side to side, the bottom icon lets you reposition it, and the top icon restores the full-size keyboard. Other phone keyboards may also have one-handed modes, but they can be harder to access than Google’s. Try looking up your phone model and searching “one-handed keyboard” to learn more.

This story has been updated. It was first published on June 7, 2017.

The post 9 hidden Android features you’re missing out on appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This is how to completely delete apps and any residual data off your Mac https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-uninstall-apps-on-mac/ Sat, 04 Mar 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517213
Screenshot of AppCleaner on MacOS deleting apps.
Using an app to delete programs on a Mac will get rid of all those extra files files that linger. Justin Pot

Dragging an icon to the trash is one thing. Deleting every trace of it, is something else.

The post This is how to completely delete apps and any residual data off your Mac appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of AppCleaner on MacOS deleting apps.
Using an app to delete programs on a Mac will get rid of all those extra files files that linger. Justin Pot

Windows transplants new to the Mac world might notice something weird: there’s nowhere to go in System Settings if you want to uninstall an app. So how do you do it? By finding the application in the Finder and dragging it to the trash.

No, really—it’s that easy. Open the Finder, head to Applications, and drag any program you don’t want anymore to the Trash icon in your dock. The system may ask you to enter your password or touch the fingerprint scanner, but that’s essentially it—the application is uninstalled. And if you’d rather use your keyboard, just use the shortcut Command + Delete.

That’s all you need to do: It’s one of those things that is so simple it’s complicated for new users. But once you adjust to macOS, it makes perfect sense.

How to completely uninstall apps on macOS 

The above method works well for the vast majority of people, but it has one downside: it leaves a few files behind. 

[Related: 5 tasks you can easily automate using MacOS’ Shortcuts app]

When you use an app you probably change the settings from time to time. Your computer stores those settings and other files related to the software in a location buried in your user folder, called Library. Deleting those, in addition to deleting the app itself, is an easy way to free up storage space.

You could, in theory, open that folder, search for any files related to a given application, and then manually delete them. But it’s easier to opt for a tool like AppCleaner: it’s free, easy to use, and widely recommended among Mac professionals. I’ve used this application for years and never had any problem with it. After installing the software you can drag an app to it or click the icon in the top-right to see a list of applications on your Mac.

Select any item on the list and you’ll see a pop-up menu with the app and all of the files in your Library folder related to it.

To delete them, just click Remove. If you want to bulk uninstall software, you can hold the Command button while clicking application names.

[Related: How to reset glitchy Mac apps]

This is a fast and easy way to bulk uninstall apps on a Mac, and it does a very thorough job. App Cleaner will even add up the total heft of the items you’re deleting so that you know exactly the amount of hard drive space you’re liberating. Unfortunately, even with the help of a tool like AppCleaner, you cannot delete the applications that come built into your Mac. This frustrates many people, who would like to remove the Chess app, for example, or prefer software from other manufacturers, but there’s no real way to do this without turning off security features that are best not messed with. 

The post This is how to completely delete apps and any residual data off your Mac appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-back-up-chromebook/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517027
Person putting Chromebook into a bag.
Your Chromebook is not saving the files in your Downloads folder. If there's anything you want to save, you'll need to back it up. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

Your Chromebook doesn't save everything automatically.

The post You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person putting Chromebook into a bag.
Your Chromebook is not saving the files in your Downloads folder. If there's anything you want to save, you'll need to back it up. Anete Lūsiņa / Unsplash

We shouldn’t have to tell you the benefits of backing up your computer data, but keeping copies of your most important files should something happen to the originals is always a good idea. If you ever need those backups, you’ll be grateful you took the time to make them.

Chromebooks need backups, too. Even if these laptops were designed to mostly operate online, the files you download, for example, only live on the local storage. So if you want to keep a copy of those, you’ll need to back them up manually. Here’s how to make sure all of your documents are safe should you lose access to your machine. 

Back up local data on your Chromebook

This is where you need to focus most of your attention when it comes to backing up your Chromebook. Some web platforms or Android apps running on your Chromebook might only save some data you’ve stored locally and nowhere else. To check what’s getting left behind in your machine, open the Files app from the ChromeOS launcher.

[Related: Revive your old computer by turning it into a Chromebook]

Navigate around your system using the folder links on the left: Click Camera for example, to see photos and videos saved from the Chromebook’s webcam, or Downloads to see files you’ve saved from the web. You can also click Recent to see documents you’ve saved to your Chromebook in the last few days.

Unfortunately, there’s no app or integrated tool that will automatically and constantly sync all of this data to the web for you. Instead, you’ll need to run the backup manually, so it might be worth setting yourself a reminder to do it every week or so, depending on how often you tend to save files to the local storage.

The good news is that backing up the files on your Chromebook is not difficult to do. Select the items you want to save by clicking on them—to select them in bulk, hold down Ctrl while clicking, or use Shift+click to select an entire range. You can also press Ctrl+A to select all of the files in the folder you currently have open.

You can then drag the selected files to the Google Drive entry in the navigation pane on the left. This will send the documents to the cloud, where you can organize them as needed. Another option is to press Ctrl+C to copy the selected files, browse to a Google Drive folder in the left-hand navigation pane, and then press Ctrl+V when you’re ready to upload the files.

Google Drive doesn’t necessarily have to be the cloud-syncing service you use, either. You could also open up Dropbox in a web browser, for example. Click Upload, and then pick the files from your Chromebook’s local storage that you want to transfer to the web.

But whichever cloud service you use, you’ll need to repeat the process every so often, as ChromeOS doesn’t back up local storage automatically the way Windows or macOS do.

Back up Chromebook data using web and Android apps

Web apps such as Google Docs, Gmail, and Slack all live online and are constantly syncing your information through the internet. If you’re working on a web browser, then your data is safe and you don’t need to back it up. Whenever you need to access it from another device, you can just log into your account and your files will be there.

But there are a few exceptions. If you’re working offline in apps like Google Docs, Sheets, or Slides, all changes will live locally on your Chromebook until you’re back online. Unfortunately, there’s no way to back up these changes as you would files—you just need to get back online again as quickly as possible to secure them.

It’s more or less the same story with Android apps. Most of the time, these tools do a good job of automatically syncing your data online, so you don’t need to do anything. One exception might be messaging apps you have installed on your Chromebook and nowhere else. Check the app’s options to see if your messages get synced anywhere, and how you should handle backups if you need to.

[Related: Best Chromebooks under $300]

If you’re not sure if a web or Android app is saving any data locally, it almost certainly isn’t unless you’re working offline, as we’ve already mentioned. Even when files like videos or podcasts live temporarily in your local storage, there will still be copies of them in the cloud, so you don’t need to worry about copying them anywhere else.

It’s worth mentioning that ChromeOS syncs data such as bookmarks and browsing history to your Google account by default, so you don’t need to back it up either. To check what the system is sending to the cloud, click the notification tray (bottom right), then the cog icon, and then Accounts, Sync and Google Services, and Manage what you sync.

The post You should back up your Chromebook. Here’s how. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home https://www.popsci.com/diy/5g-home-internet-setup-tips/ Thu, 23 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514465
5G wifi router sitting on a home counter.
Routers like the Netgear Orbi NBK752 come with a SIM card slot. Netgear

Go wireless or go home—oh, wait.

The post Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
5G wifi router sitting on a home counter.
Routers like the Netgear Orbi NBK752 come with a SIM card slot. Netgear

When it comes to getting internet at home, you’ve got a growing number of options: You can get wired broadband, connect to satellites orbiting Earth, or wirelessly pipe 5G into your property.

Having this kind of internet at home works more or less like it does on your phone. You’ll just need a router with a 5G SIM card slot which will then connect to the nearest cell tower and give you all the speed and convenience of this mobile network.

As far as your laptop, phone, and other devices are concerned, a 5G WiFi network looks just the same as standard broadband. You might find the time it takes requests to travel from your device to a server and back (also known as latency), may be higher than on regular WiFi, but faster download speeds might make up for it.

If you’re a gamer, latency problems may be reason enough to forgo a 5G home connection, but this technology will continue to improve with the building of more cell towers. And if you have the budget, you can even run a broadband WiFi network alongside a 5G one, giving you a backup should you ever need one.

1. Check 5G coverage where you live

There’s little point in setting up a 5G home network if you’re getting little to no 5G at your address. If you’ve got a 5G phone, you can easily use it to check the coverage at your place—just switch off WiFi and visit a site such as Speedtest to learn about download and upload rates at your location. 

[Related: All the info you need to refute 5G conspiracy theories]

You can also look up 5G coverage in your area by checking the maps provided by carriers such as T-Mobile and Verizon. And even if we’re focusing on 5G in this guide, note that 4G LTE is also an option—you just won’t get the maximum speeds if your router falls back to 4G LTE.

2. Pick the right 5G plan for you

T-mobile is leading the way as the company with, reportedly, the best 5G coverage in the US. You can buy a kit and subscribe to a plan starting at $50 a month. You can also buy an all-in-one kit from Verizon starting at $25 a month. Other providers have yet to jump in, but they still offer 4G LTE plans you can consider.

You can also set up a 5G network yourself. You’ll need a 5G router (such as the Netgear Nighthawk M6, at a hefty $800) and a 5G SIM with a data plan attached. Just make sure to check with your provider if the SIM card you want will work with a router rather than a phone. Also, you should bear in mind that you’ll need a lot of data to support all of your devices.

3. Position your router correctly

Once you’ve got your 5G router installed, all the usual WiFi optimization tips will apply. The way you’re getting internet into your home might be different, but the WiFi network generated by your router is much the same as a conventional one.

That means the position and placement of your router are important: Somewhere central, away from walls and floors, is best. The good news is that a 5G router doesn’t have to be fixed to the broadband entry point, so you can put it anywhere you want as long as there’s a power socket nearby.

4. Expand your network

Speaking of maximizing coverage, you can also attach mesh WiFi system to get wireless internet into all the corners of your home. These work in tandem with your 5G router to support more devices across a bigger space.

As far as your mesh nodes are concerned, it doesn’t matter if the incoming internet is supplied over 5G, 4G LTE, or broadband—these units will still optimize coverage across your home and keep your devices on a stable connection.

5. Go wired when necessary

Part of the appeal of 5G home internet is that there’s one less wire: You don’t need to connect your router up to the local fiber network because it is communicating directly with the 5G towers in range.

However, most 5G routers and mesh WiFi nodes offer the alternative of onboard Ethernet ports, which come in handy for devices where speed is most important, such as game consoles and streaming boxes.

6. Split your devices

Having both broadband and 5G WiFi networks at home is expensive, but if you absolutely need a reliable connection, there’s the benefit of still being able to get online if someone inadvertently cuts an internet cable at the end of your street.

[Related: Your WiFi and your smart home don’t get along. Now what?]

There’s also the advantage of being able to connect a large number of devices to the web without worrying about network congestion or gadgets interfering with each other. But you’ll need to be a little strategic about where you put each device. For example, if your phone controls your smart home lights and thermostat, they will all need to be on the same WiFi network. Likewise, if you’re Chromecasting movies from your tablet to your TV, they’ll also need to share a WiFi network.

Any gadget can connect to a 5G WiFi network, but if you’re using it as a backup, think about connecting devices that don’t use too much bandwidth or need a constant internet connection. Gadgets that don’t necessarily need to connect to any other pieces of hardware in your home are also a good fit for your 5G network.

7. Configure your router

Just like a standard WiFi router, your 5G router is going to come with a bunch of onboard configuration options. They’ll vary depending on the model you pick, but most of them include parental controls, speed tests, device management, and software updates.

In the case of the router supplied for Verizon 5G Home Internet, for example, you can see which gadgets are currently connected and set up a guest network.

Correction March 2, 2023: This story has been updated to reflect that T-mobile has reportedly, at the time of writing, the best 5G coverage in the United States.

The post Read this before setting up a 5G WiFi network at home appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt-Out: Stop choosing bad passwords already https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-passwords/ Thu, 02 Mar 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516469
Red strength test with different tiers of password security against a cyan background.
Step right up! Test how secure your passwords are. Lauren Pusateri

Please secure your accounts properly. We’re begging you.

The post The Opt-Out: Stop choosing bad passwords already appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Red strength test with different tiers of password security against a cyan background.
Step right up! Test how secure your passwords are. Lauren Pusateri

Your passwords are probably terrible and you need to make them stronger. Yes, we know there are few things more annoying than brainstorming a fresh credential every time you need to do the tiniest task, but they’re one of the most practical ways to keep hackers and other malicious actors out of your business.

Tech companies, journalists, and organizations concerned with cybersecurity awareness have spent years underscoring the importance of secure passwords. Sadly, it seems there has been little payoff. A 2022 report by credential manager NordPass is truly embarrassing, listing “password,” “123456,” and “123456789” as the three most common passwords. It doesn’t get much better than that as you go further down, either: “Password1” ranks at No. 192.

It’s worth noting that the tech industry has spent decades imagining a password-free world, and some companies are already offering options to circumvent or ditch this type of authentication altogether. But as long as passwords remain the primary way to access our data, we’ll need to up our game to properly protect our information and money.

What is a strong password, and why is it so hard to create one?

In their attempts to gain access to your accounts, malicious third parties might try to use methods like guessing attacks. There are several variations to this approach, but they all work in a similar way: grabbing a key (a known common password or a personal credential leaked online) and seeing how many doors it will open.

[Related: Why government agencies keep getting hacked]

Of course, attackers aim for efficiency, so they’re not manually typing on a laptop somewhere. They’re using software to automatically try every entry in a common password dictionary, for example, or using information from known data breaches to try leaked passwords and/or their potential iterations. This is because people don’t update their passwords as regularly as they should (they do it once or twice a year instead of the recommended every three months), and when they do, they tend to make only minor changes to the ones they already have.

This is why strong passwords are unique, long, and peppered with special characters like punctuation marks, numbers, and uppercase letters. When we say unique, we mean words you can’t find in the dictionary. Common or famous names are out too—the more original the password, the better. The length of a password and the use of special characters both increase the odds that it is truly unique. It’s just math—the greater the number and variety of characters you use in your credentials, the more possible combinations there are, and the harder they will be to guess. 

A lot of people come up with their own secret code to develop passwords using easy-to-remember phrases from songs, poems, and movies. A classic approach is to replace letters with numbers (like 4s for A’s and 0s for O’s) and alternate uppercase and lowercase letters. If this is what you do, you’re on the right track, but you actually need to make your personal cryptography even more complicated to truly add security to your passwords. We won’t tell you how we encrypt our credentials, but you can create your own written language or alphabet by replacing letters with other characters. Just keep in mind that Klingon was built from utter gibberish, so the sky is the limit.   

Naturally, the cost of added difficulty is a higher cognitive burden. This means that the further a password is from a word or phrase you commonly use, the harder it’ll be for you to remember. That’s complicated as it is, but if you consider that the average person has around 100 online accounts, the feasibility of remembering all of those encoded unique passwords goes violently out the window.  

Help us help you

Password managers. That’s it, you think, that’s the solution. Theoretically, it is. These stand-alone apps, downloadable extensions, and built-in browser utilities have three main abilities: suggesting strong passwords, storing them securely, and remembering them whenever you visit a website where you have an account. 

Basically, these tools allow us to outsource the whole credentials problem out of our lives, on the condition that we remember one good master password—or hold another type of authentication key, such as a fingerprint. And it works. Depending on the password manager you get, you’ll find features like good design, syncing across devices, and the ability to choose when fields autofill. 

But password managers are not perfect, and what makes them convenient also makes them incredibly attractive targets for hackers. After all, the proverbial basket that holds all your cybersecurity eggs is a great deal: Creeps can crack one account and take all your credentials for free. Companies like NordPass, KeyPass, 1Password, and others have taken extra precautions to secure their apps, incorporating features like constant logouts and unique single-use codes in case you lose access to your account. 

[Related: How to get started using a password manager]

Still, sometimes these measures are not enough. In December 2022, LastPass, another popular password manager, reported a security breach that included users’ names, phone numbers, emails, and billing information. As if this weren’t concerning enough, the company’s crisis management at the time was lacking, and it only disclosed details about the breach and what steps should customers follow in a blog post published more than two months later

Beyond breaches, some features in password managers are generally less than secure. In a 2020 review, researchers from the User Lab at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville, mentioned autofill as one of the most concerning. This is especially true when password managers automatically enter credentials without any input from the user. In cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks, hackers inject malicious scripts into a website’s code to steal a password as soon as the right fields are populated. “If a password manager autofills passwords without first prompting the user, then the user’s password will be surreptitiously stolen simply by visiting the compromised website,” explain study authors Sean Oesch and Scott Ruoti.

The likelihood of a successful XSS attack varies depending on factors like whether the site is using a secure connection (HTTPS, for example). But it’s always best to opt for a password manager that either requires user interaction for autofill or allows you to manually disable the feature. Most browser-based password managers don’t require user interaction before filling in credentials, but there are some exceptions. Mozilla Firefox automatically populates fields by default, but you can turn this feature off by clicking the main menu (three lines), going to Settings, Privacy & Security, and scrolling down to Logins and Passwords. Once you’re there, uncheck the box next to Autofill logins and passwords. An even easier solution is to use Apple’s Safari, which always requires user input for autofill. If you’re on a PC or don’t want to switch browsers, the study found the browser extension of the popular 1Password app will also require a click before it reveals your information. 

Drink water, wear sunscreen, and enable multifactor authentication

Healthy habits lead to better lives, and when it comes to your life online, using multifactor authentication is truly self-care. 

This now practically ubiquitous feature is an extra layer of security that prevents virtual sneaks from accessing your accounts even when they have the right credentials. This means that even if your passwords leak all over the internet, people won’t be able to use them if they don’t have an extra form of verification like a text sent directly to your phone, an app-generated code, a prompt on another device, or a biometric element such as your fingerprint or face. 

Which and how many of these you use will depend on the level of security you want your account to have and what is most practical for you. Keep in mind that the more methods you enable, the more ways there will be to access your account. That’s not exceptionally secure, but it might make sense if you, say, regularly lose your phone or get locked out of your accounts. 

[Related: How to keep using two-factor authentication on Twitter for free]

Just know that even though most modern platforms offer some kind of multifactor authentication, you won’t find every type every time. The most common option is authentication via a code sent over SMS text, followed closely by authentication via a code-generating apps. These are essentially the same, but the latter method uses the internet instead of phone networks to deliver the code. It’s worth noting that text messages traveling through the electromagnetic spectrum can be intercepted, and according to Ruoti, the low standards US telecom companies use when authenticating users make it possible to port someone’s phone number to a SIM card and receive their authentication codes on your device. If this concerns you, you can opt for more sophisticated alternatives, like security keys. These work exactly like your home keys—just plug them into your gadget’s USB port when prompted, and you’re done. We have an entire guide solely dedicated to helping you choose the best multifactor authentication method for you, if you want to do a deep dive into your options.

But even if some approaches are better than others, one thing will always be true: Any multifactor authentication is better than none at all. So if you have a phone, it’s an excellent idea to set up SMS codes for whenever a new device tries to access your account. Just make sure to disable the ability to preview message content on your lock screen, or somebody could use your codes by just stealing your phone. On Android, you can do this by going to Settings, Notifications, and turning off Sensitive notifications under Privacy. On iOS, open Settings, go to Notifications, tap Show Previews, and choose Never. If you want to see previews for less sensitive notifications on your iPhone, you can turn off previews for individual apps instead. If you receive codes via the Messages app, for example, open Settings, go to Notifications, tap Messages, find Show Previews, and choose Never.  

May this be the sign you were waiting for to get your act together when it comes to online security. Don’t wait until spring cleaning; don’t wait until it’s time to make New Year’s resolutions—do it now. Keep your credentials off 2023’s list of worst passwords. That’s a list you don’t want to make. 

Now off you go to change those passwords. We’re glad we had this talk. 

The post The Opt-Out: Stop choosing bad passwords already appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best free AI tools you can try right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/free-ai-sites/ Thu, 23 Jun 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451953
A person on a laptop playing with Craiyon, one of many free AI tools.
Why work when you can reimagine R2-D2 in a Van Gogh painting?. Mart Production / Pexels

Experience the power of a neural network right in your browser.

The post The best free AI tools you can try right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person on a laptop playing with Craiyon, one of many free AI tools.
Why work when you can reimagine R2-D2 in a Van Gogh painting?. Mart Production / Pexels

Software developers are keen to show off the latest in artificial intelligence, which is why you’ve probably seen an increase in articles and advertisements about various free AI tools anyone can access through a web browser.

Whether you want to generate weird and wonderful AI images from text prompts or create a musical composition in partnership with a computer, there are now plenty of cool AI websites to explore.

These apps are getting better with time, and they can give you a good idea as to what AI can do and where it might be headed in the future.

Magic Sketchpad

Pros

  • Can be used as a creativity prompt
  • Easy to save your drawings

Cons

  • Can take some practice to get right

If there’s an artist inside you, Magic Sketchpad could help bring it out. This free AI tool is an experiment from a team at Google that gets a neural network to draw along with you. Every time you let go of a line, the platform will respond to your scribble by finishing the drawing according to a set category.

The neural network has been trained on millions of doodles mined from the also highly entertaining Quick, Draw! browser-based game. Start Magic Sketchpad by picking a category from the drop-down list at the top right of your screen—there are plenty available, from frogs to sandwiches. The tool knows the sorts of shapes and lines people tend to make when they’re trying to draw simple concepts like a bird, a ship, or a cat, so it can predict what you’ll draw next and finish the doodle for you.

Magic Sketchpad can also help artists augment their work or provide new prompts for creativity, and as far as AI websites go, it’s one of the most entertaining. Maybe one day we could see computers doodling as well as humans do.

AI Duet

Pros

  • Not just for musicians
  • You’ll get results quickly

Cons

  • No export options
  • Can struggle with rhythm

If you’re more of a musician than a sketcher, AI Duet might suit you better. Built by an engineer at Google, AI Duet puts a keyboard down at the bottom of your screen and produces an automatically generated response based on what you play on it. You can click the keys on your screen, hit them on your keyboard, or even connect a MIDI keyboard to your computer.

A traditional approach to a project like this would have involved a programmer coding in hundreds or even thousands of responses to specific patterns a user might play. But AI Duet comes up with its own responses based on a huge database of tunes it has trained on. This gives the program the ability to generate melodies that match a user’s input without any specific instructions.

[Related: These music recording apps are your first step to winning a Grammy]

This is another example of how AI can work with artists to produce new creations, whether that’s for movie soundtracks or background music in games. Theoretically, you could rework one riff an endless amount of times.

Craiyon

Pros

  • Unlimited images
  • Each prompt creates multiple responses
  • Lots of flexibility

Cons

  • Results can take a while

By now, there’s a high chance you’ve seen the creations of AI image generator Craiyon, formerly known as Dall-E Mini. Essentially, it’s a neural network that turns text inputs into images—you type what you want to see, and the system generates it.

It is as simple as typing out what you want to see in the box at the top and clicking Draw. As far as free AI tools go, it couldn’t be much more straightforward.

You can combine two of your favorite fictional characters in a setting of your choosing, or reimagine a famous work of art in a different style— you’ll soon figure out which prompts work best

To generate images, Craiyon pulls in information from millions of photos online and their captions. That means it has a vast visual knowledge of everything from celebrities to national landmarks.

The results produced by Craiyon are a little rough around the edges for now, but it’s not difficult to see how we could eventually use this technology to generate highly realistic images from scratch using only a text prompt. For faster responses and no ads, you can pay from $5 a month for a paid plan.

Even Stranger Things

Pros

  • No graphic design experience needed
  • One of the quickest ways to experience AI

Cons

  • Only really has one trick

Even Stranger Things is worth a look even if you’re not a fan of the Netflix show that inspired it. The platform lets you submit a photo of anything you like and turns it into a Stranger Things-style poster.

The site was built by creative technologist David Arcus, and it taps into the Google Cloud Vision API, a machine learning system trained to recognize images based on a vast database. So by processing thousands of pictures of dogs, for example, the AI learns to more accurately spot a dog in other photos.

Even Stranger Things will try to identify what’s in the picture you’ve submitted and incorporate it into the finished design, usually with broadly accurate results.

It’s quite a simple AI tool, but it shows how we can use databases to teach machines to spot new patterns that aren’t in their training materials. The platform is also a great example of how algorithms can apply a particular visual style to photos to create something new.

Talk To Books

Pros

  • Good for existential questions
  • Very simple to use
  • Offers multiple answers

Cons

  • Prompts need to be carefully worded

Talk To Books is yet another artificial intelligence tool created by engineers at Google. In this case, the platform uses the words from more than 100,000 books to automatically respond to a question or text prompt.

While you can’t really hold a conversation with the site, you can ask questions like “How can I fall asleep?” and “How did you meet your partner?” to get answers that generally make sense. Type your prompt, then press Go to see the results, and you can filter by literary genre if needed.

This is another example of how machine learning enables AI to predict a good response to a question or prompt by analyzing patterns in text. It’s perhaps a glimpse into how free AI software could change web searches in the future.

[Related: The FTC has its eye on AI scammers]

At this stage, AI can’t really finish novels, or even news articles, but given enough data and refinement, these may be possible uses for it in the future.

Pix2Pix

Pros

  • Fast results
  • Offers helpful tips along the way
  • Ability to use random prompts

Cons

  • Limited number of image styles

As the name suggests, Pix2Pix is an AI image generator that takes one picture and turns it into another. In this case, the tool shows you a photograph based on something you’ve doodled.

Scroll down the page and you’ll see there are four different examples to try out: cats, buildings, shoes, and handbags. Sketch out your drawing in the window on the left, and click Process to see what the AI makes of it.

This is another engine based on a GAN, where two neural networks work in tandem to produce realistic results, and even figure out where the edges of objects in images should be.

Turning sketches into realistic photos can be useful in all kinds of areas, from building construction to video game design. And the quality of the results is only likely to improve as these neural networks get smarter.

ChatGPT

Pros

  • Sounds natural
  • Will chat about almost any topic
  • Responds to feedback

Cons

  • Not always accurate
  • Requires you to create an account

ChatGPT has attracted plenty of attention for the way it can generate natural-sounding text on just about any kind of topic, and it feels like a watershed moment in artificial intelligence.

This is what’s called a Large Language Model, which, as the name suggests, is trained on large volumes of sample text. Very, very, large, in fact. It’s then able to predict which words should go together and in which order, and it can improve its own algorithms as human beings rank its responses in terms of quality and appropriateness.

ChatGPT is somewhat like a sophisticated autocorrect engine, and you can try it out for free (though you’ll need to create an account and might find it’s unavailable at busy times). Test its knowledge on a topic you know a lot about, and feel free to offer feedback.

Deep Dream Generator

Pros

  • Wide range of picture styles
  • Can work with a base image
  • Images can be refined

Cons

  • Limited number of free generations
  • Requires you to create an account

Fire up the Deep Dream Generator in your web browser, and you’ll be asked for a text prompt to create an image—it works like Craiyon in that respect, though you’ll get extra options in terms of image generation and refinement.

You can, for example, specify a particular style, such as photorealistic or fantasy. You can also add artists you want to mimic, or even digital camera models you’d like the AI engine to try to emulate. Another option is to supply your own base image for Deep Dream Generator to work with.

Underpinning Deep Dream Generator is a neural network trained on a huge database of images that the engine is trying to replicate, and it’s impressive in terms of the breadth and speed of the results that can be achieved. The platform requires users to spend “energy” to generate images, though, and the less you’re paying them, the fewer pictures you’ll be able to make at a time.

Runway

Pros

  • Vast number of AI tools
  • Simple interface
  • You can train your own AI models

Cons

  • The best features require payment
  • You’ll need to create an account

Runway is an AI playground with a lot of different tools you can experiment with: create images from text prompts, create new images from existing images, erase parts of images, quickly remove backgrounds, generate a transcript from a video, and more.

For the text-to-image generator, for example, just type out a few words—such as “artistic painting of a solitary figure in an open meadow filled with flowers”—and Runway will go to work. You can choose from artistic styles, mediums (like chalk or ink), and even moods to refine a picture.

Other tools, like the one that colorizes black and white photos, require even fewer clicks. You can use Runway for free, but you’re limited in terms of export resolutions, storage space, and image generations—paid plans start at $15 a month.

It’s all based on advanced machine learning models that can recognize and repeat patterns. You can even use Runway to train your own AI models, making it suitable for advanced users: You might want to train it on photos of your face, for instance, and then generate endless portrait images of yourself in all kinds of styles and settings.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 23, 2022.

The post The best free AI tools you can try right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station https://www.popsci.com/diy/homepod-temperature-sensor/ Tue, 28 Feb 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516029
An orange HomePod Mini device sits on a wooden desk right next to a laptop, a keyboard, and an external hard drive.
You may not have known it when you got it, but the HomePod 2 and HomePod Mini have multiple sensors inside. Matúš Gocman / Unsplash

The new temperature and humidity sensor came as a surprise to HomePod Mini owners.

The post You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An orange HomePod Mini device sits on a wooden desk right next to a laptop, a keyboard, and an external hard drive.
You may not have known it when you got it, but the HomePod 2 and HomePod Mini have multiple sensors inside. Matúš Gocman / Unsplash

Apple unveiled the HomePod Mini in November 2020, and not long after that users discovered the smart speaker had an integrated temperature and humidity sensor that the company hadn’t told anyone about.

With the rollout of the 16.3 software patch for iOS and iPadOS, you can now enable this sensor and use it to keep tabs on what’s happening in the room your speaker is in.

You can also find a temperature and humidity sensor in the second-generation HomePod Apple launched in January 2023—and this time its existence was disclosed upfront. So if you’ve got a HomePod Mini or a HomePod 2, it’s time you use its integrated sensor as part of your smart home setup. 

Make sure your device is up to date

To use the built-in sensor in the HomePod Mini and HomePod 2, you’ll need the latest Apple software, which in this case means iOS or iPadOS 16.3 or later. To check the OS version your iPhone or iPad is currently running, open Settings, tap General, and Software Update. If an update is available, you’ll be able to download and install it on this screen.

[Related: Four ways you can get your music to follow you from room to room]

Once that’s done, you can check the software of your HomePod. Open the Home app on your iPhone or iPad, then tap the three dots (top right), and select Home Settings and Software Update. If an update is available, you’ll be able to install it from this screen.

Don’t be surprised if you find all of this has already been automatically done for you—iPhones, iPads, and HomePods are all capable of applying updates in the background, so you may not have anything to install. As long as you’re using software versions higher than 16.3, you’re good to go.

Checking temperature and humidity

With all of your devices updated, you can simply say “hey Siri, what’s the temperature in here?” or “hey Siri, what’s the humidity in here?” to get a reading. If you’re on your iPhone, you can ask Siri through your handheld device about the specific room where the HomePod is in—so “hey Siri, what’s the temperature in the kitchen?” for example.

You don’t have to use your voice if you don’t want to—you can also get readings through the Home app on your iPhone or iPad. From the front screen of the app, either tap the room where the HomePod is to see the conditions there or select Climate at the top to see readings from every temperature and humidity sensor in your home.

In rooms where there’s more than one sensor (if you’ve got two HomePods set up, for example), you’ll see an average reading for the room. Tap through on any device to see more details about it, including its position and whether its sensor is active.

Setting up automations with your HomePod

One clever way you can use these sensors is to have them trigger smart home automations. You could have a fan turn on automatically if a room gets too hot or too humid, for example, or turn up a thermostat if a room gets too cold, provided that these other devices also work with the Apple Home app.

[Related on PopSci+: When it comes to privacy, smart devices are not the smarter choice]

To create an automation, head into the Home app, tap the room your HomePod is in, select either Temperature or Humidity, and then choose Add Automation. You can then set the temperature or humidity threshold that triggers the automation, the time of day or night it’s active, the people who need to be at home for it to be actioned, and what you want to happen with another smart home device as a result.

You can find, edit, and delete these automations from the same Temperature or Humidity screens used to create them, and you can come up with multiple ones for the same speaker. A warning, though—note that Apple says that extended periods of playing music at a loud volume on a HomePod can interfere with temperature and humidity readings.

The post You can now use your HomePod Mini as an indoor weather station appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shapr3D can make woodworking easier—here are 5 tips to get started https://www.popsci.com/diy/shapr3d-tips/ Sun, 26 Feb 2023 15:39:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515347
A person using Shapr3D to design a nightstand on an iPad.
You can use the program on a computer or a tablet. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; Jean Levasseur

Computer-aided design (CAD) programs like Shapr3D can really level up your DIY.

The post Shapr3D can make woodworking easier—here are 5 tips to get started appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person using Shapr3D to design a nightstand on an iPad.
You can use the program on a computer or a tablet. Kelly Sikkema / Unsplash; Jean Levasseur

A common woodworking tip is to “measure twice, cut once.” But first you have to know what you’re making and how big it needs to be. Having a detailed, accurate plan makes measuring much easier. Woodworkers have designed their projects with a pencil and paper for generations, but computer-aided design (CAD) programs can make drawings faster, more accurate, and easier to adjust.  

A few months ago, I started using a CAD program called Shapr3D (free or $25 a month for Windows, macOS, iPadOS, and Wacom tablets) to design my woodworking projects. It’s a much simpler and straightforward interface than some of the more powerful programs like SketchUp and Fusion 360, which are both overkill for woodworking. Shapr3D, which works by default with solid objects rather than hollow ones like SketchUp does, lends itself well to positioning and manipulating digital boards. And best of all, the free version of Shapr3D has 99 percent of the features I need, so I haven’t had a reason to pay for it yet. The only paid functions I wish I had are the ability to convert a 3D rendering into an actual set of PDF plans, and making aesthetic and color changes.

While Shapr3D is easy to use, there is a learning curve like with any other complex piece of software. But with a little time and effort, it’s a powerful and versatile tool that can help you take your designs to the next level. These five tips will help you get started.

1. Work through a detailed tutorial or two

If you’re at all like me, you figure out a new computer program as you go. I rarely read or watch tutorials for how to use an entire program—I only look up how-tos for specific tasks in a program. That’s a bad strategy with CAD, particularly if you’ve never used computer design software before.

Instead, spend some time working through a few project guides. I highly recommend the “Learn Shapr3D in 10 Days” playlist by PDO-Shapr3D on YouTube. This series of 10 videos walks you through building a series of increasingly complex projects that each focus on a new set of tools in the program. After a week, I was familiar enough with the program to start designing my own projects and know what to look up when I got stuck. These tutorials do use the paid version of the software, so there are a few features that are either unavailable or work slightly differently in the free version that you will need to figure out.

Once you’ve built a solid foundation of Shapr3D skills, I recommend checking out Bevelish Creations’ CAD Talk playlist on YouTube for some more advanced tutorials on how to get the most out of the program. Whether you use these tutorials or another one, take the time to not just watch them, but to build the projects alongside the videos. It’s absolutely the fastest way to learn, even if it takes a week or more.

2. Keep your projects organized and labeled

Like most CAD programs, Shapr3D allows users to name components and group them in folders. Stay organized by using that functionality as you build. Don’t make the mistake of trying to label and group everything when the project is nearly finished—it’s confusing, it takes forever, and you’ll probably make some frustrating mistakes.  

I typically use several layers of folders. The top layer is a folder for each individual project, which is only necessary if you’re using the free version that limits you to two project files. Within each project folder, I create subfolders for the major components of the build. For a nightstand I built recently, for instance, I have one folder for the main body of the piece, one for the drawer, and another for the legs. Within each of those folders, I have each individual board or panel labeled (i.e. drawer left, drawer right, drawer bottom, etc.). If I had more than one drawer, I would put each drawer into its own folder, and then have another folder that holds all of the folders for the individual drawers. 

Labeling and organizing serves two purposes beyond simply knowing quickly which piece is which. First, it will help you easily duplicate large pieces. If I need to create a second drawer for my nightstand, I can simply select the drawer folder, then copy and duplicate it, rather than having to select and move the drawer components individually.  

[Related: 8 new skills you can learn from watching YouTube]

Second, you’ll be able to temporarily hide an entire section at once. So if I need to change something inside the nightstand body, I can simply hide the entire drawer folder to access areas that might have been hidden, make my changes, and then make the drawer visible again. This ability also makes it easy to explore different versions of the same component. I can create a folder of drawer faces, each with a slightly different design, and hide all of the versions I’m not working on. But if you’re not organized about it, that kind of iteration can get unwieldy.

3. Think in terms of wood joinery

One of the major benefits of CAD drawings versus pen and pencil drawings is the ability to really visualize and design the joinery of a project.  Whether you’re using dados, rabbets, dovetails, box joints, mortise and tenons, or some other type of connection method, you can design it directly into the sketch.

Once you’ve drawn the joinery, you can hide one of the boards to see exactly what the joint looks like, which you can’t do on paper. You also can’t cheat. If you do your math wrong and make a dado too deep, you can see the error on the screen and fix it before you ever touch a board. I’ve had to reconsider my joinery on numerous projects after seeing my first idea in place in Shapr3D. 

To make joinery easier to design, get familiar with the subtract tool—all of the tools are clearly labeled rather than relying on abstract icons that you have to memorize. This function allows you to draw two overlapping boards and remove the shared area from one of them. At its simplest, this makes creating rabbets and dados easy. Just draw the boards where you want them, with one inset slightly into the face of another, and activate the subtract function. This removes the shared material from the dado or rabbet location. Mortise and tenon, miters, dovetails, and box joints are a bit more complex because they require you to draw the geometry of those joints onto the boards, but once you have the shapes in the correct place, it’s just a matter of using the subtract tool. Other than the extrude tool, which allows you to expand a two-dimensional shape into a three-dimensional board, the subtract tool is the feature that saves me the most time. 

4. Learn multiple ways to achieve the same result

Shapr3D is powerful and easy to use, but it’s not perfect, nor am I the perfect user. Occasionally I can’t get a certain tool to work the way I want it to. Rotating, for example, is one task I constantly fight with. I have trouble getting a component to rotate around the correct X, Y, or Z axis. While the rotation tool saves time when it works, it can take a lot of time to figure out when it doesn’t. Sometimes it’s easier and faster to skip that rotation and redraw the component where I want it.

That’s why it’s helpful to learn more than one way to achieve the same result. The subtraction tool is another great example of this: If sections aren’t subtracting the way you want them to in order to create dados for a shelf, maybe it’s easier to draw the dado onto a panel and then extrude the material away. Sure, it might take two minutes longer than the subtraction tool, but it’s much faster than figuring out why that tool isn’t working. Trying a different method can save you 30 minutes of frustrated troubleshooting.

[Related: How to build a simple wall-mounted laundry rack]

Of course, this only applies to tools that you generally know how to use. If you’ve never managed to use the rotation or subtraction tool properly, look up a tutorial and figure out what you’re doing wrong. Don’t avoid learning one of the tools because it’s a challenge. Working through that challenge and figuring out all of Shapr3D’s functions will save you time in the long run.

5. Start with pencil and paper

This one isn’t absolutely necessary, and is likely something you’ll grow out of as you get better with Shapr3D. However, as I learn, I find it easier to have some idea of what I’m designing drawn up before I start on the computer. Even a rough sketch that shows the basic size, shapes, and proportions lets me focus on getting the details right in the program rather than brainstorming on the screen.

Like anything else, the best teacher is experience. The more you design in Shapr3D, the better and faster you’ll be. Get in there and let your imagination run wild.

The post Shapr3D can make woodworking easier—here are 5 tips to get started appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to check if your computer has been tampered with https://www.popsci.com/computer-tampering-security-guide/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 17:40:29 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/computer-tampering-security-guide/
A man wearing sunglasses and a blue plaid shirt sitting in a dark room using an Apple Macbook laptop.
Everyone knows sunglasses are much more practical than a full Guy Fawkes mask when you're hacking. NeONBRAND / Unsplash

There are some easy ways to tell if someone has been using your computer.

The post How to check if your computer has been tampered with appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A man wearing sunglasses and a blue plaid shirt sitting in a dark room using an Apple Macbook laptop.
Everyone knows sunglasses are much more practical than a full Guy Fawkes mask when you're hacking. NeONBRAND / Unsplash

Whether you’re in an open office where colleagues regularly wander past, or live somewhere—like a college dorm—where you feel comfortable leaving your laptop unattended in the presence of relative strangers, it can be all too easy for someone else to sneak a look at your computer.

If you want to keep your device secure in communal environments, your best bet is to stop unauthorized access in the first place. Still, there’s some detective work you can do if you suspect someone else has been using your device.

Always make sure you lock your computer

Since prevention is better than a cure, you ideally want to prevent others from accessing your laptop in the first place. A simple way to do that is to lock your laptop behind a password whenever you step away from it.

On macOS, you can get back to the lock screen at any point by opening the Apple menu and choosing Lock Screen, or hitting the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+Cmd+Q. It’s straightforward on Windows, too. From the Start menu, click your avatar, then choose Lock. Alternatively, the Win+L keyboard shortcut works as well.

[Related: How to remove Bing results from your Window Start menu]

If you keep leaving your desk in a hurry or just always forget to lock your computer when you step away from it, set your laptop to lock itself after a certain amount of idle time. On macOS, open the Apple menu and pick System Settings, then scroll down to Lock Screen. Find the option to Require password after screen saver begins or display is turned off, and use the dropdown menu to choose exactly when your computer will lock itself after it’s been idle. You can use the options and dropdown menus right above this to change the time it takes for a screen saver to appear or the display to turn off.

To automatically lock Windows 11, click the Start menu, then the cog icon to open your settings. Then go to Accounts > Sign-in options and find the Additional settings heading. Click the dropdown menu next to If you’ve been away, when should Windows require you to sign in again? and choose When PC wakes up from sleep. To set when your computer should start snoozing, choose System from settings, then Power & battery, and click Screen and sleep to adjust the various options to your liking.

On Windows 10, open the Start menu and hit the cog icon to access your settings. From there, go to Accounts > Sign-in options and make sure the Require sign-in option is set to When PC wakes up from sleep. To set idle time duration, go to your settings and pick System, followed by Power & sleep.

The duration of your PC’s various sleep and idle options is up to you—a shorter time is better for security and battery life, but also means your computer might lock itself while you’re still in front of it if you haven’t touched the keyboard or mouse for a few minutes. Start with something around five minutes, and adjust it if you feel that time is too short.

Check for recent activity

Let’s say you suspect someone might have been able to access your laptop while it was unlocked, or maybe even knows your password. Your next step should be to check for telltale signs of unusual activity inside the most commonly used apps.

Start with your web browser and call up the browsing history to see if someone else has left a trace. From the Chrome menu (three vertical dots in the top right corner of your browser), go to History, then History again; from the Firefox menu (three lines), choose History, then Manage history; from the Microsoft Edge menu (three dots), choose History, then either All to view recent pages in a dropdown menu or the three dots in the top right of that menu followed by Open history page; and from the Safari toolbar on macOS, choose History, then Show All History.

Most programs on your computer have some kind of history or recent files list. In Microsoft Word, for example, click File, Open, then Recent. In Adobe Photoshop, you can choose File and Open Recent. Whatever the applications on your system, you should be able to find similar options.

If you’re not sure what program a would-be laptop infiltrator might have used, check the file system—your intruder might have left something behind on the desktop or in your computer’s download folder, but you can dig deeper, too. On macOS, open Finder from the dock, then switch to the Recents tab to see all the files that have been edited lately. There’s a similar screen on Windows too, accessible by opening File Explorer and clicking Quick Access (this may appear by default).

Finder window on macOS showing recent image files.
Finder can show you all the files that have been worked on recently in macOS—a good way to check if your computer has been tampered with. David Nield

If you’re still using Windows 10, you’ve got another screen you can check: the timeline. Click the Task View icon on the taskbar, which looks like two stacked rectangles with a scroll bar to their right. If you don’t see it, right-click your taskbar and choose Show Task View button. Scroll down your timeline to find any files that have been opened, websites that have been viewed, and Cortana commands that have been run. The Task View still exists on Windows 11, but it functions differently, and there’s no timeline.

You can dig into absolutely everything that’s happened on your laptop or desktop recently, but the utilities involved are quite difficult to decipher. You might have to run a few web searches to make sense of the information they provide. The utilities will also log all system actions, including those taken by the computer itself. Just because you see activity at a time you weren’t around doesn’t mean someone tampered with your device—it could have run a task itself.

[Related: Set your computer to turn on and off on a schedule]

On macOS, you can do so with the Console—find it by opening Spotlight (Cmd+Space) then typing “console” into the box. If you don’t see anything, you’ll have to click Start streaming to begin viewing system log messages, but this may slow down your computer. These logs will give you a comprehensive list of everything happening on your computer, and you can narrow down the entries via the Search box. Type “wake up” into the box to see all the times your Mac has woken up from sleep, for example.

Over on Windows, you have Event Viewer—look for it in the taskbar search box. Again, it’ll provide you with a mass of information, presented in mostly technical language. Click the right-pointing arrow next to Windows Logs to view a number of subcategories, select System and then right-click System. Choose Filter Current Log, find the Event sources dropdown menu, select Power-Troubleshooter and click OK. This should present you with a list of all the times your laptop woke up.

Get some extra help from apps

Realtime Spy app window
Spytech Realtime-Spy will keep an eye on your laptop in your absence. David Nield

If you’re serious about catching laptop snoopers in the act, some third-party software might be in order. One of the best we’ve come across is Spytech Realtime-Spy, which works for Windows or macOS through a simple web interface. You can test out a demo version online, too.

The program shows you the apps that have been used, the websites that have been visited, and the connections that have been made on your computer. It will even take screenshots and record individual key presses. It’s a comprehensive package but will set you back $80 per year.

Another option is Refog, which concentrates mainly on logging keystrokes on your laptop’s keyboard, but which also monitors web usage and takes screenshots. The software costs about $30 per month for Windows or macOS, but there’s a free trial if you want to test it first.

While these programs can alert you to potential snoopers, they can also be used to spy on other people. Of course, we’d strongly advise against doing this. Otherwise, you’re the creep.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on July 20, 2019.

The post How to check if your computer has been tampered with appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now https://www.popsci.com/diy/chatgpt-use-cases/ Fri, 24 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514911
Close up to a screen showing the home page of ChatGPT
Yes, ChatGPT is fun, but it can also be incredibly useful. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

Cheating on your essays isn't one of them.

The post 6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to a screen showing the home page of ChatGPT
Yes, ChatGPT is fun, but it can also be incredibly useful. Jonathan Kemper / Unsplash

It’s been difficult to get away from ChatGPT lately. The advanced artificial intelligence chatbot has been trying its hand at writing emails and even books, and Microsoft has added a customized (and rather controversial) version of it to its Bing search engine.

It’s not difficult to see what all the fuss is about if you try it out for yourself. You can engage the bot in conversation on just about any topic, and it will respond with coherent, human-like answers by using its text prediction technology.

Once you’ve played around with it, you might wonder if there’s actually any real use to ChatGPT—other than ethically dubious purposes, like cheating on essays. But there are already a lot of ways it can help you day to day.

1. Learn to code

ChatGPT is an impressive coder, no doubt thanks to the reams of code that it’s sucked up during training. While human programmers still have the edge, ChatGPT can be really handy if you want to learn languages such as HTML, CSS, Python, JavaScript, or Swift.

[Related: No, the AI chatbots (still) aren’t sentient]

Just ask ChatGPT to give you the code for a specific functionality, like “write the HTML to center an image,” and that’s what you’ll get back. It’s that simple. You can also use the bot as a debugging tool by copying and pasting lines of code into it and asking it why they’re not working. If you need clarification on anything, just ask.

2. Find ideas for activities

One way to sidestep any ChatGPT inaccuracies is to ask it for suggestions rather than hard facts. For example, you could request ideas for games for toddlers, outdoor activities for adults, or fun ways to pass the time on a long car journey.

If ChatGPT’s suggestions aren’t suitable, you can get the bot to refine them. Ask for games that need less preparation or don’t take as long to play. You can also request ideas for activities you can do in any kind of weather or that people of any age can enjoy. The bot won’t get tired of throwing out more recommendations.

3. Prepare for an interview

ChatGPT doesn’t know for sure what questions might come your way at your next job interview, but it can give you some kind of idea of what to expect and help you prepare. We wouldn’t rely on it entirely for interview prep, but it can certainly help.

The more specific you can be about the type of job you’re going for and the format of the interview, the better. Type in something like “questions asked at face-to-face customer service jobs,” for example. While there’s no guarantee that ChatGPT will get it exactly right, it will be able to draw on its training to make some decent guesses.

4. Generate writing prompts

As you would expect from publications like Popular Science, we think there’s plenty of life left in human authors before AI takes over. The text that ChatGPT produces is no doubt groundbreaking, but also tends to be rather generic and repetitive, as you would expect from a large-scale autocorrect machine.

However, the bot can be great at giving you prompts for writing ideas, which you can then work on yourself. Ask it about character or scenario prompts, for example, or get its thoughts on what might happen next in a certain situation. This can work for any kind of writing, from a novel to a wedding speech. It may not be able to write as well as you, but it can help you brainstorm

5. Get music, TV, and movie recommendations

The version of ChatGPT that’s available to the public only has information up to 2021, but with that limitation in mind you can ask it about movies, TV shows, and music that’s similar to stuff you already like. The answers can be hit or miss, but they might be good options to explore.

You can also ask ChatGPT about obscure and little-known songs by your favorite bands that are worth discovering. We tested the platform by asking about the works of R.E.M. and it came up with a really good and appropriate answer (the song “Camera”), before proceeding to give us incorrect information about the track length and style. That’s ChatGPT in a nutshell.

6. Ask for advice

ChatGPT doesn’t know or think anything, really, but it has absorbed a vast trove of information from human writers (some say in violation of copyright law). That means you can ask it for advice on anything from long-distance relationships, to moving houses, to starting a business.

[Related: Building ChatGPT’s AI content filters devastated workers’ mental health, according to new report]

Obviously, ChatGPT won’t know the intricacies of your own situation, but it can generate a list of considerations to weigh up, some of which you might not otherwise have thought about. We wouldn’t recommend living your life entirely based on ChatGPT’s opinions, but it can still be helpful if you don’t know where to start tackling a particular problem.

The post 6 ways ChatGPT is actually useful right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to keep using two-factor authentication on Twitter for free https://www.popsci.com/diy/twitter-2fa/ Wed, 22 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514042
hands holding a phone with a Twitter logo on the screen. Twitter's white logo can be seen on the background.

Soon, only Twitter Blue users will be able to secure their accounts with unique codes sent over text messages.

The post How to keep using two-factor authentication on Twitter for free appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hands holding a phone with a Twitter logo on the screen. Twitter's white logo can be seen on the background.

Twitter plans to remove text-message two-factor authentication (2FA) from all accounts except those subscribed to Twitter Blue, effectively putting an essential user protection feature behind a paywall. The good news is that the site offers two other more secure methods of authentication that will remain free.

If you don’t want to pay $8 a month for Twitter Blue ($11 if you’re using the platform on your phone), you can easily move away from SMS authentication to security keys and authenticator apps. You can set up one or both so you don’t have to choose between security and savings.

How to protect your Twitter account with an authentication app

The menu for activating 2FA on your Twitter account is buried under a lot of options, but we can guide you along the path. 

On the web, click the More option on the sidebar, open the Settings and support menu, and choose Settings and privacy. Next, go to Security and account access, Security, and finally, Two-factor authentication. If you’re on your phone, the steps are pretty much the same, but you’ll need to start by tapping your profile pic in the top left corner of your screen. Then go to Settings and support.  

[Related: Protect all of your accounts with two-factor authentication]

Once you’re in the two-factor authentication menu, you’ll see three methods you can activate by selecting the checkbox next to them: Text message, Authentication app, and Security key. Since the first one is about to cost money, let’s start with the second one. 

The moment you check the box next to Authentication app, Twitter will ask for your password again. This is an extra security measure to make sure it is you making the changes and not someone taking advantage of the fact that you left the library in a hurry and forgot to log out of your account. Click Get started on the next window and the platform will show you a QR code. Keep it open while you set up the app on your phone. 

Download and install your authentication app on one of your mobile devices. There are a lot of options to choose from in your gadget’s app store, but we’ll go with the Google Authenticator app (available for Android and iOS) because it’s free and easy to use. If you want to try something else, don’t worry—you’ll find the setup process pretty similar. Once the app is ready to use, open it, tap Get started, and it’ll offer you two options: Scan a QR code and Enter a setup key. The first is the easiest: tap it, give the app permission to use your device’s camera, and use that to scan the code Twitter gave you. Immediately, Google Authenticator will create a new item on a list where you’ll see the name of the account and a six-digit code that expires every 30 seconds. 

Back on your computer, click the Next button under the QR code you just scanned, and type in the six digits you see on your authentication app. If the code is blinking red, it will expire soon, so we recommend you wait for the next one to avoid any syncing problems. Click Confirm and you’ll be all set. 

If for whatever reason you can’t scan a QR code (maybe you dropped your phone and the cracked glass over the lens won’t let you), you can configure your app using a setup key. On Twitter, right under the QR code, click on Can’t scan the QR code? to reveal a 16-digit key. On Google Authenticator, choose Enter a setup key and type in the code you see on your computer. You’ll also have to provide an account name, just so you know where you’ll be able to use your code in the future. Finish by tapping Add, and on your computer click Next. On the following screen, type in the six-digit code you see on your authentication app, then hit Confirm.

Before you click Done in the next window, Twitter will offer you a single-use backup code to log into your account in case you don’t have access to your authentication app—it’ll come in handy if you lose your device or get locked out of it. Write down your code and store it in a safe place.

You can add as many accounts as you like to your authentication app, and if you get another phone or set up shop on another device, you can easily move your data using a QR code. Just tap the three-dot menu in the top right of your screen and choose Transfer accounts (Android) or Export accounts (iOS).

How to protect your Twitter account with a security key

Authentication apps provide a quick and simple way of protecting your Twitter account. But if you don’t want to download another app or just want to have an extra method of authentication, it’s a good idea to add a security key. 

If you’re prone to losing your phone, you can use USB-compatible gizmos that act like a regular key: every time you sign into your account from a new computer, you’ll have to plug in the gadget and tap it to prove you are who you say you are. Depending on the device you have and the ports you have available, you can find security keys that are lightning-, USB-A-, or USB-C-compatible—the last of those three is especially useful, as you’ll also be able to plug it into most mobile devices. Prices vary depending on the brand and the compatibility, but you can find these keys for anywhere between $15 to $70. Whichever you get, make sure they’re compliant with FIDO standards, a protocol widely used in the tech industry and known for its high level of security.

But if you don’t feel like buying a security key, you can always use a phone or tablet as one. Using a device is similar to using a security key: whenever you log into your Twitter account from a new computer, for example, the platform will show you a passkey similar to a QR code. You can then use the camera on your mobile device to scan the code, and you’ll be good to go. 

To protect your Twitter account with a security key, click the checkbox next to the option in the Two-factor authentication menu. On the emerging window, click Get started, go to Add key, and you’ll see two options: USB security key and A different device. For a USB key, click the former, plug the key into the relevant port, and touch it to activate it. On the next screen, give your key a name, then click Confirm. 

[Related: The most transformative security innovations of 2021: Encrypted biometrics at your fingertips]

To set up a phone or tablet as your security key, select A different device, and scan the passkey with your device’s camera. It’s possible your device will ask you for a biometric or passcode to unlock it. This will also happen every time you want to use it as a security key. Back on Twitter, name your device, and click Confirm.

Before you’re completely done, both of these options will give you a single-use backup code for whenever you don’t have access to your security keys. Write them down and keep them in a safe place in case you ever need them. 

Unlike authenticator apps, you can have as many security keys as you want. Back in the Two-factor authentication menu, click on Manage security keys, go to Add another key, and follow the instructions. You’ll also see a list of the keys you’re already using on your account—click on each of them to rename or delete them.

The post How to keep using two-factor authentication on Twitter for free appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to uninstall a bunch of Windows apps at once https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-uninstall-apps-on-windows/ Tue, 21 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513461
Person sitting down with a mug on one hand and the other typing on an a windows computer
Uninstalling programs will allow you to have a cleaner computer from the inside out. Windows / Unsplash

Getting rid of the bloatware in your PC is easier than you think.

The post How to uninstall a bunch of Windows apps at once appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person sitting down with a mug on one hand and the other typing on an a windows computer
Uninstalling programs will allow you to have a cleaner computer from the inside out. Windows / Unsplash

Whether you’re running out of space in your hard drive or just want to tidy things up, it’s a good idea to uninstall apps and games you’re not using anymore.

Removing applications from your PC—either in bulk or one-by-one—is easy, but there are different ways to do it depending on what OS version you’re using. There are specific steps you’ll need to follow if your machine is running Windows 11 or 10, and for older computers, there’s also a method that will work with any version of Microsoft’s operating system. 

But built-in options are not always the most convenient approach, especially if there’s a lot in your hard drive you want to get rid of in one fell swoop. If that’s the case, there are useful tools that will allow you to uninstall multiple applications without having to babysit your computer.

How to uninstall apps on Windows 11 and 10

Screenshot of the Settings tools on Windows
Uninstalling apps on Windows 10 and 11 is easy, but you’ll have to go one by one. Justin Pot

To remove apps from a Windows 11 computer, start by opening the Settings app. You can find it pinned to the top of the start menu, where it’s located by default. But if for whatever reason you don’t see it there, you can also look for it in the search bar. Once the app is open, click Apps in the left panel and choose Apps and Features to see a list of every program on your computer.

[Related: The Chocolatey solution to faster, safer Windows software installation]

To uninstall an app click the three dots to the right of its name, choose Uninstall on the drop-down menu, and follow the instructions on the screen. It’s going to be a little different for every application but generally, you just need to click Next a bunch of times. Repeat the process for every app you want to remove.

Uninstalling programs on Windows 10 is similar. In this version of the OS, you’ll find the Settings app in the shape of a gear icon in the left panel of the start menu, but if you can’t find it, you can always use the search bar. Open the utility and go to Apps to find a list of every program on your computer. Click on an item on the list and you’ll see an Uninstall button—click it to launch the app’s uninstaller and just follow the instructions. 

How to uninstall Windows applications using the Control Panel

Control Panel has been around since at least Windows 95, and you can still use it to uninstall software on your PC, if you like. The process is the same for Windows versions going back to Vista, XP, and probably even earlier.

Just like you would any other Windows utility, you can look for Control Panel in the start menu search bar. Once you’re there, click Uninstall a program and you’ll see a list of applications—double-click any of them to launch the uninstaller. As before, you’ll need to follow the on-screen instructions, which will be different depending on the program you’re hoping to get rid of.

How to uninstall Windows applications in bulk

Screenshot of the BCU app on Windows
Bulk Crap Uninstaller allows you to bulk-remove apps on Windows. Justin Pot

All of the above options have one major downside: you have to run the uninstallers yourself. And to make matters worse, you can’t run multiple uninstallers at the same time, meaning if there’s a bunch of software you want to remove, you’re going to be sitting at your computer for a while.

This is where BCU (which stands for Bulk Crap Uninstaller) comes in handy. This app is free and open source, meaning it’s maintained by a community and is broadly considered trustworthy. The BCU program can scan your computer for applications you can remove, and uninstall them for you in bulk. This means you can set a number of processes and walk away while the software does the heavy lifting for you.

Once BCU shows you a list of the apps on your computer, you can check which ones you want to delete. If you don’t see checkboxes next to each item, just click the Select using checkboxes in the left panel. Once you’ve made your selection, click Uninstall quietly at the top. The software will ask you if you’re sure—take this as an opportunity to double-check you haven’t accidentally added an app you want to keep to the list. If everything looks good, confirm your choices and sit back while BCU does the work.

[Related: There’s a better way to install software on your Mac]

Deleting programs in bulk may be scary, but rest assured that before this software starts uninstalling the applications you marked, it will create a restore point. This will allow you to roll back any changes in case something goes wrong.

Downloading an external app to uninstall programs in bulk is a great approach to getting rid of the bloatware that tends to come with a new computer. It’s also helpful to remove applications you’ve tried out but decided were not good enough to keep. Just about any person could use a tool like BCU from time to time to do a thorough system cleaning. 

The post How to uninstall a bunch of Windows apps at once appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 ways to translate websites on your phone https://www.popsci.com/diy/translation-tools-for-phone/ Fri, 17 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513128
Screenshot of the mobile version of the Microsoft Edge browser.
These mobile browsers will take you even further than your language skills will. David Nield

Know the lingo without knowing the lingo.

The post 5 ways to translate websites on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of the mobile version of the Microsoft Edge browser.
These mobile browsers will take you even further than your language skills will. David Nield

There’s a whole world outside the English-speaking corner of the internet, so you have likely come across a website in a language that’s not your own.

When you do, resist the temptation to instantly tap the back button, as modern-day mobile browsers can translate the text with just a couple of taps. The accuracy of these tools isn’t perfect but the technology behind them is getting better, and even with some errors, you’ll still be able to understand the main idea and details in a story. 

What you need to do to translate a website on your mobile device will depend on your browser of choice. In most cases, the app will assume the language you’re fluent in is the one your phone is set to, which is controlled via System and Languages and input in Settings on Android, and via General and Language & Region in Settings on iOS.

How to translate websites on the Google Chrome app

Google has both a popular mobile web browser and a translation engine, so when you open up a foreign language website in Chrome you’ll see an overlay pop up at the bottom (Android) or top (iOS) of the screen, offering to translate it for you. Tap on English (Android) or Translate (iOS) to decode the content.

[Related: 7 language apps and tools to help you navigate the world]

The translation will continue throughout the website until you turn it off, so if you’re browsing around links on the site, text will still appear in English automatically. If you need to jump back to the original language on an Android device, tap it on the translation bar. On iOS, tap the Google Translate icon to the left of the address bar and select Show Original.

Tap the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS) on the right-hand side of the translation pop-up to automatically translate certain languages or sites. You can also manage these options by tapping the three dots in the top-right (Android) or bottom-right (iOS) corner of the Chrome interface and choosing Settings and Languages.

How to translate websites on the Microsoft Edge app

Edge (for Android and iOS) comes with its own translation engine as well. Open up a website in a language that’s not your own, and you’ll see an offer to translate it pop up at the bottom (Android) or top (iOS) of the screen. Tap to accept the translation, which will continue as long as you stay on the same site.

If Edge has detected a language incorrectly, you want translations to run automatically, or you’d like to exempt the current site from future translations, tap on the three dots (Android) or cog icon (iOS) on the overlay that appears. On Apple devices, these extra options will also appear as an additional step before translating a site.

To go back to the original language, reload the page and don’t accept the translation when prompted. You can also configure how the browser manages translations through the browser app settings: Tap the three dots at the bottom of the Edge interface, then choose Settings, General, and Microsoft Translator.

How to translate websites on the Apple Safari app

Safari comes as the built-in browser on iOS and can take care of all of your translation needs. Load up a website in a language other than your iPhone’s default one, tap the AA icon to the left of the address bar at the bottom of the screen, and choose Translate to English from the menu that appears.

You’ll also need to tap Enable Translation on the next dialog box to confirm that you’re happy with Apple sending the site’s text to its servers for translation. If you’re not, you’ll have to rely on your own language skills. Safari will remember which sites you’ve given it permission to translate for the next time you visit them.

The translation will stick until you leave the current website, so any links that you tap within the same site will be automatically translated, with no extra privacy pop-up to get through. To return to the original language on a page, tap the translation icon to the left of the address bar, and then View Original.

How to translate websites on other mobile browsers

Many other mobile browsers are available, including some that have built-in translation options (Brave) and some that don’t (Opera). You can always use the translation features integrated into your phone’s software to decode blocks of text, if you need to. It’s not quite as helpful as translating entire pages, but it’s better than nothing.

[Related: How to translate any website from your browser]

On Android, you’ll need to start by installing the Google Translate app. Open it, tap your profile picture (top right), choose Settings, and then Tap to Translate to enable the feature. Once that’s done, you should be able to select text in any of your apps and pick Translate from the pop-up overlay to do just that.

On iOS, simply select a block of text and the Translate option should appear (if it doesn’t, tap the right arrow icon). You’ll need to confirm that you’re okay with Apple analyzing the text, and if you are, you’ll then get a panel showing the translated text. You can have it read out to you, or copy it to the clipboard on your iPhone.

The post 5 ways to translate websites on your phone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How a vertical monitor setup will change your life https://www.popsci.com/diy/vertical-monitor-setup/ Tue, 14 Sep 2021 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=396303
A black desk with a vertical monitor setup, in addition to a horizontal monitor, with both screens backlit with white light.
Turn your desktop into a control center. Josh Sorenson / Unsplash

Flip your monitor vertically and get the most out of your screen real estate.

The post How a vertical monitor setup will change your life appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black desk with a vertical monitor setup, in addition to a horizontal monitor, with both screens backlit with white light.
Turn your desktop into a control center. Josh Sorenson / Unsplash

With time, monitors have grown wider and wider to give us more space and more resolution for videos and gaming. Setting up your screen horizontally may come naturally to you—that’s how it’s shown on the box anyway—but it might not be the most efficient option when you’re working.

Changing to a vertical monitor setup is easy to do and can make more efficient use of every single inch of your screen. When you’re using programs like Microsoft Word or Google Docs, or looking at traditional scroll-down webpages, there’s only so much a wider screen can do for you. It’ll come to a point when having more room only means more space between columns or a larger grey area between the document you’re working on and the scroll bar on the right. 

A vertical monitor will display more condensed versions of your browser, but it’ll allow you to fully fit two windows on your screen instead of one more comfortably. This means that if you use a monitor as your laptop’s second display, you’ll have immediate control over three applications or tabs at the same time. 

How to set up a vertical monitor

There are two sets of steps you’ll have to go through to set up a vertical monitor—one involving hardware, and the other involving software.

Let’s start with the first one. If you’re using your monitor with a stand, physically changing the screen orientation into a vertical position should be easy. The exact process will depend on the manufacturer, but some Dell monitors, for example, can be easily rotated into portrait mode, or have some sort of a lock on the back you can press to rotate your screen. Desk mounts are easy too, and even basic ones let you change your display orientation however you want. 

[Related: The best vertical monitors of this year]

Once that’s sorted, you’ll have to deal with the software setup. First, make sure your monitor is properly connected and set up to work with your computer. If you don’t know how to do that, PopSci has all the instructions you need. No matter the make of your computer, the monitor you connect will be in a landscape or horizontal position by default—you’ll need to change that.

Set up a vertical monitor with Windows

On PCs running Windows 11, go to the Start menu and click Settings (the cog icon). The menu will automatically open the System options, where you’ll click on the first item on the list: Display. If your monitor is already connected to your machine, you’ll immediately see the Multiple displays menu, where you can configure where the screen is relative to your laptop or other monitors you may be using. If you don’t see this, scroll down to find the Multiple displays menu and click on Detect.

Once your computer recognizes the secondary screen, scroll down to Display orientation and click the drop-down menu on the right to change the default option from Landscape to either Portrait or Portrait (flipped). Choose the second one if you rotated your display counterclockwise. Don’t sweat it if you get it wrong—Windows will give you 15 seconds to undo your changes via a pop-up notification. Just click on Revert and things will immediately go back to normal.

If you’re still using Windows 10, the steps are substantially similar: Start > Settings (cog icon) > System > Display > Orientation.

Set up a vertical monitor with macOS

On Macs, go to the Apple menu, choose System Settings, and then on the sidebar choose Displays. Unlike Windows, there’s no manual way to push a Mac to detect a second screen. This happens automatically, so if you don’t see your monitor in the Displays menu, it’s not connected. Once you see your monitor, select it and at the bottom of the window you’ll find Rotation. Click the drop-down menu to the right and change the default Standard to either 90° or 270°, depending on whether you flipped your display clockwise or counterclockwise. 

When not to choose a vertical monitor setup

If you work in a very compartmentalized way and use separate windows for different jobs or accounts, a vertical monitor will be comfortable and help you keep everything just a glance away. 

But if you prefer to keep a long row of endless tabs on your browser or need to focus on one thing at a time, a vertical monitor setup may be too stimulating for you. Still, if this is your case, it’s always a good idea to keep your primary screen (be it another monitor or your laptop’s built-in display) locked to a landscape view. That way, whenever you need to concentrate, you can turn off your vertical monitor and pour all of your attention into the task at hand. When you’re finished, you can easily go back to that comfortable bird’s-eye view.    

This story has been updated. It was originally published on September 14, 2021.

The post How a vertical monitor setup will change your life appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox https://www.popsci.com/diy/xbox-to-keyboard-and-mouse/ Wed, 15 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512320
Close up to a white Xbox controller on a black table.
Entering passwords with one of this is a nightmare. thiago japyassu / Pexels

Controllers are not your only option if you have an Xbox Series X/S.

The post You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to a white Xbox controller on a black table.
Entering passwords with one of this is a nightmare. thiago japyassu / Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

When you buy an Xbox Series X or an Xbox Series S, the obvious move is to use the wireless controller that comes in the box. But if need them, these Microsoft consoles can also work with a keyboard and mouse—just like any Windows computer.

Hooking up extra peripherals to your console can make typing and navigating menus much easier, and if you want, you can also use them to play compatible games.

What to know before connecting a mouse and keyboard to your Xbox

The vast majority of wired keyboards and mice should work fine on your Xbox Series X/S. The only major restriction is that the console doesn’t support Bluetooth devices, so wired or dongle peripherals are your only options.

We couldn’t find any reports of any keyboards or mice that didn’t work with Microsoft’s gaming machine, perhaps because the underlying architecture is similar to Windows. So if you can plug the gadget into a USB-A port, you should be okay.

[Related: Xbox Series X vs. PS5: How to pick between the two biggest new game consoles]

Input devices with their own wireless USB dongles should also work well, but it’s more of a hit or miss. If you’re using a piece of hardware you already own, just give it a try to see if it’s a good match. But if you’re buying new, take a minute to look at the specs and make sure there’s a mention of Xbox compatibility. 

A keyboard and mouse setup allows for a lot more precision and fluidity in games, as you’ll know if you regularly game on PCs and consoles. However, while your keyboard and mouse will work everywhere in the Xbox menus, you won’t be able to use them in every game you play. And that’s not least because it would give you an unfair advantage over other players online using standard controllers.

If you need to know whether a specific title supports a keyboard and mouse, a quick web search is the easiest way to find out. Various sites maintain updated lists you can check out, but at the time of writing, some of the popular Xbox Series X/S games that support peripherals other than controllers include The Sims 4, Halo, Sea of Thieves, and Minecraft. Keep in mind that some games only offer limited support, so you might be able to use the keyboard for in-game chat but not for gameplay, for example.

Connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox console

Connecting a mouse and keyboard to your Xbox is simple. All you need to do is plug your keyboard or mouse into a spare USB port on the Xbox Series X/S and you’re up and running. You’ve got three ports to choose from: two around the back of the console and one on the front. It makes no difference which ones you use.

If you’re these ports are already taken by other accessories such as a gamepad controller or external storage, you can connect a USB hub. This takes up one port on your console but adds a few extras for whatever you want. There’s no definitive list of compatible hubs to refer to, but most devices out there should work seamlessly. If you’re buying a new one, we’d recommend making sure that it specifically mentions Xbox Series X/S support, just to be on the safe side.

Note that the Xbox Series X/S consoles use USB Type-A ports, not the smaller USB Type-C, so pick your keyboard, mouse, or hub accordingly. If you already have your peripheral but it connects via USB-C, a simple and inexpensive adapter should easily do the trick: they’re about $10 and available from most electronics stores.

If you’re using a keyboard or mouse with a wireless USB dongle, follow the instructions that came with your device. Most of the time, connecting them to your Xbox is just a matter of plugging the dongle in and waiting a few seconds—it’ll automatically find the devices and get them working with the console they’re plugged into.

Configuring a keyboard or mouse on your Xbox Series X/S

Once your keyboard is connected to your Xbox Series X/S, it’s time to test it. Try navigating around the main Xbox interface, using the arrow keys to move, the Enter key to select, and the Esc key to go back. If you try running a search using the box in the top left corner of the screen, you should be able to type out your search using the keyboard.

The Xbox Series X/S have their own keyboard shortcuts as well. Tap Y to run a search, for example, Tab to go forward through items on the screen (or Shift+Tab to go backward), or Win+I to open up the main Settings panel. And if you can’t momentarily reach your keyboard, you can always keep using your standard controller, as one doesn’t replace the other.

[Related: The best Xbox One controllers of 2023]

Unfortunately, testing a mouse isn’t quite as easy. The peripheral won’t work on the main Xbox interface and menus, so you’ll need to open a compatible game or app to see if everything is working fine. You can refer to one of the online lists we mentioned earlier, but you can also try Microsoft Edge, which comes pre-installed in your console.

If you want to personalize your experience, there aren’t many configuration options you need to know about. There are none for a connected keyboard, but when it comes to the mouse, you can select the cog in the top right corner of the interface to get to the Settings screen. There, pick Devices & connections and then Mouse—you’ll able to change the pointer speed and swap the functions of the primary and secondary (left and right) mouse buttons.

The post You should try connecting a keyboard and mouse to your Xbox appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to remove Bing results from your Windows Start menu https://www.popsci.com/diy/windows-start-menu-bing/ Tue, 14 Feb 2023 16:46:52 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512122
The Windows 11 Start menu against a black background, showing a Bing search for "hot sauce recipe."
Maybe you don't need all these suggestions when you're just trying to find the document with your family's hot sauce recipe. John Kennedy

What to do when you just want to find a Windows file, not view Bing search results.

The post How to remove Bing results from your Windows Start menu appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Windows 11 Start menu against a black background, showing a Bing search for "hot sauce recipe."
Maybe you don't need all these suggestions when you're just trying to find the document with your family's hot sauce recipe. John Kennedy

Once upon a time, you could open the Windows Start menu, type the name of the program or file you wanted to open, and hit enter. It was the fastest way to open an app. You can bring those days back.

At some point, Microsoft decided to start answering queries by showing web results from its search engine, Bing, alongside local results from your computer. This is occasionally useful but consistently slows down the Start menu search—annoying if you just want to open a certain app or file with a couple of keystrokes.

Some people might like this feature, and are maybe even looking forward to artificial intelligence wriggling in there later on. I don’t, and am not, so I figured out how to turn Bing off. It turns out the option isn’t in the settings: you have to edit the registry. I have tested the following method on both Windows 10 and 11.

First edit the registry

To get started, you will need to open the Registry Editor, which you can find in the Windows Start menu. Generally, it’s not a good idea to make changes in the Registry Editor unless you fully understand what will happen. Ill-conceived registry edits could break features or even prevent Windows from booting. Here, though, you will be making a single policy that only does one thing: removes Bing from the Start menu.

Browse to the folder Computer\HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\Explorer in the left pane,  right-click the empty space in the right panel, and select DWORD (32-bit) Value.

A new option in the Windows Registry Editor with DWord (32-bit) value highlighted.
Just choose DWord. Justin Pot

Name the value “DisableSearchBoxSuggestions”, without the quotation marks, and set the Value data to “1”.

Click OK, then close the Registry Editor. You can undo the change later by setting this value to “0”.

Restart Windows Explorer

The change won’t take effect immediately, which you will notice if you attempt to open the Start menu shortly after editing the registry. Don’t worry: you just have to restart the Explorer. You can do this with the Task Manager, which you can find in the Start menu or by using the keyboard shortcut Ctrl-Shift-Esc. Find the application called “Windows Explorer” by searching or scrolling, then click Restart. Your taskbar and desktop will briefly disappear, but when they reload you will no longer see Bing results in the Start menu.

[Related: Microsoft is betting ChatGPT will make Bing useful]

I, personally, found my searches were noticeably faster after making this change, especially on my older Windows 10 device. I wish Microsoft had made this change a little easier to make, but I’m glad it’s at least possible.

The Windows 11 Start menu search with Bing removed, showing no results for "bunny."
We all know there are plenty of bunny-related results online, but now they won’t show in your Start menu. Justin Pot

The post How to remove Bing results from your Windows Start menu appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s your last chance to save your Internet Explorer bookmarks https://www.popsci.com/diy/export-internet-explorer-bookmarks/ Mon, 13 Feb 2023 21:43:31 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512007
3D rendering of the Internet Explorer logo against a blue background.
Internet Explorer is dead. Long live Edge. Rubaitul Azad / Unsplash

The browser dies. Your settings live on.

The post It’s your last chance to save your Internet Explorer bookmarks appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
3D rendering of the Internet Explorer logo against a blue background.
Internet Explorer is dead. Long live Edge. Rubaitul Azad / Unsplash

The day has come. Tomorrow, on Valentine’s Day, Microsoft is officially putting the legendary Internet Explorer out of commission. If you still have bookmarks stored on this doomed program, you’ll need to move them to Edge or another browser before it’s too late.

Microsoft stopped supporting Internet Explorer last year after deciding to focus all efforts on IE’s successor, Microsoft Edge. Now the company is finishing the job. The final nail in the browser’s coffin is an update that will redirect all PC Internet Explorer icons to Edge. The shortcuts will stay put, at least for a few months, but after that, it’s goodbye forever. 

How to export your bookmarks from Internet Explorer

Getting your Internet Explorer bookmarks ready for a newer, shinier browser is easy: the program has a built-in wizard that will walk you through the export process. The result is a single HTML file you can import to Edge, Google Chrome, Firefox, or whatever software you want to use to surf the web. Even if you don’t know which browser you’ll use next, you should at least export your bookmarks before they vanish into the ether.

On Internet Explorer, open your favorites list by clicking the star icon in the top right corner of the screen. You can also use the shortcut Alt+C. In the emerging menu, click the down arrow next to the Add to Favorites button, and then choose Import and export to summon the wizard. 

[Related: RIP Internet Explorer, and thanks for all the memes]

In the next window, select the checkbox next to Export to a file and click Next. The wizard will ask you what you want to export. If you’re only saving the websites you’ve bookmarked, check the box next to Favorites. If you also want to export your RSS feeds, click the box next to Feeds; if you’d like to export privacy settings, preferences, and other options related to frequently visited websites, check the box next to Cookies. Hit Next when you’re ready. 

In the next window, you’ll have to choose what bookmarks folder you’re exporting. If you’ve organized your collection of websites in specific locations, you can select them all here, but if you only have random links saved to your bookmarks bar, select Favorites Bar. With your selections made, click Next. Now you’ll have to choose where you want to save the HTML file once it’s ready. Internet Explorer will show you the latest location you used, which may be the downloads folder on your PC. If that’s OK with you, proceed to the next step. But if you want to export the file elsewhere, click Browse and use the file explorer to find a new location. Hit Save to go back to the wizard, and once you’re there, click Export and Finish.

How to import your Internet Explorer data into another browser

Once you’ve saved what you wanted to keep from your Internet Explorer days, it’s time to find a new home for it on another browser. If you want to stay true to Microsoft, you may want to stick to Edge, but you should be able to import the HTML file to other browsers like Chrome. 

How to move Internet Explorer bookmarks to Edge

As IE’s heir-apparent, Edge will certainly give you the most seamless experience when importing your bookmarks, feeds, and/or cookies. To start, find the HTML file containing your exported Internet Explorer data. If you’re transferring information from an older machine, you’ll need to move it to your new computer—you can use your email, a cloud service, or a flash drive for this.

To import the file to Microsoft Edge, open the browser, click the three-dot menu in the top right corner of your screen, and go to Settings. In the General tab, click Import or export, and in the following step choose Import from a file. Use the emerging file explorer window to locate the HTML file you exported from Internet Explorer and click Open. Edge will create a new folder in the Favorites section called Imported from the bookmark. It’ll be the last item on the list, and you can rename it to something else if you want to.

[Related: 10 reasons to try Microsoft Edge now that Internet Explorer is dead]

How to move Internet Explorer bookmarks to Chrome

Since Edge was built on the same underlying code as Chrome, you’ll be able to easily move your information there as well—but only your bookmarks. Unfortunately, you won’t be able to transfer your Internet Explorer feeds or cookies to Chrome.

The import process for Google’s browser is similar. Click the three-dot menu in the top right corner of your screen, go to Bookmarks, and then Import bookmarks and settings. Chrome will open a new tab and display a new window where you can choose the program you’re importing your information from. From the dropdown menu, select Bookmarks HTML file and then click Choose file. Use File Explorer (PC) or Finder (Mac) to locate the correct file and import it. When it’s done, you’ll see your bookmarks as a new folder titled Imported at the end of your bookmarks bar. To edit its name and contents, open the Bookmarks manager: go to the three-dot menu, and click the Bookmarks option to find it. 

The post It’s your last chance to save your Internet Explorer bookmarks appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Evernote is getting more expensive—here’s how to move to another app https://www.popsci.com/diy/evernote-alternative-export/ Mon, 13 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511552
Screenshot of Joplin's app menu to import notes from Evernote.
The key to move your files to a new note-taking app is to export them as ENEX files. Justin Pot

You don't have to lose your Evernote content if you move to another app.

The post Evernote is getting more expensive—here’s how to move to another app appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of Joplin's app menu to import notes from Evernote.
The key to move your files to a new note-taking app is to export them as ENEX files. Justin Pot

Evernote used to be great, but now it’s less so. In 2020 the company overhauled the Windows and macOS apps, replacing them with a clumsy web-based one that users really didn’t like. This only came to make matters worse, as Evernote had already made the controversial decision of constraining syncing capabilities to only two devices and limiting monthly uploads to 60 MB for free tier users. It got so bad that the company, once valued at $1 billion, was sold off in 2022 to a lesser-known Italian company

If you refuse to pay for a premium Evernote account then it’s understandable that you might want to find a replacement. The good news is that you won’t have to start fresh. Exporting all of your notes and moving them to apps like Joplin, Apple Notes, Obsidian, Zoho Notes, or Notion, is easy. 

Export your notes from Evernote

Before setting up shop elsewhere, you’ll need to download your notes from Evernote. Open the desktop version of the app, right-click the notebook you want to export, and choose Export. On the emerging menu, choose to save the notebook as an ENEX file. Repeat this process for every notebook you want to migrate over to another service.

[Related: 6 apps and tools to help organize your life]

If you want to move loose notes over to another app, you can also select them in bulk and repeat the process. Just press Command (on Mac) or Control (on Windows) and click on the notes you want to export. When you’re done, right-click on one of them, choose Export, and save the items as an ENEX file.

Migrating notes from Evernote to Joplin

Joplin is an open-source notetaking application reminiscent of Evernote back in the early 2010s. It’s lightweight, runs locally, and organizes your notes into notebooks. It also supports importing ENEX files from Evernote.

To start go to File and choose Import. There are two options that can work with Evernote: Markdown and HTML. We recommend using the Markdown option as it will make editing easier. But if you’ve clipped a lot of websites or otherwise have a lot of notes that are heavily formatted, the HTML option might be a better fit. The process should complete within seconds depending on how many notes you’re importing.

It’s worth noting that Joplin stores all your notes right on your computer inside text documents. This means that just by importing your notes to this app you’re actually archiving them, which is useful even if you don’t intend to use Joplin itself.

Migrating notes from Evernote to Apple Notes

Tech Hacks photo

The Notes app on every Mac, iPhone, and iPad supports importing content from Evernote. On a Mac computer, you can do this by going to File, clicking on Import to Note, and browsing to the ENEX files you exported earlier. On your mobile device just open the ENEX using the Notes app.

All of your notes will show up in a couple of minutes in their own folder, but any attached file or feature that Notes doesn’t support won’t show up. That is the case with task lists, for example, where neither the name of the note nor its contents were imported properly. Scroll through your notes and make sure everything is there. Repeat the process if necessary.

Migrating notes from Evernote to Zoho Notes

Zoho Notes has a built-in tool for importing Evernote notebooks. To use it, click on your profile picture in the top-right corner of your screen, and go to Settings. Scroll down and you’ll find the Migrate From Evernote option. A notification will pop up informing you that the process will take a while and the result may not be perfect.

After clicking Start Migration Zoho Notes will ask you to log into your Evernote account to grant the necessary permissions, and then you’ll have to select which notebooks you’d like to import. Eventually, you’ll get an email notifying you that the process is complete and your Evernote notebooks will show up as such in Zoho Notes.

Migrating notes From Evernote to Obsidian

Tech Hacks photo

Obsidian is possibly the ultimate power user note-taking app. The application is built around simple text documents in folders, but you can also link to other notes, creating a personal wiki on your computer. Even better, there are hundreds of plugins you can install allowing you to use the app however you want, too. 

[Related: 7 smart Google Keep features you’re missing out on]

The bad news is that there’s no direct way to import notes from Evernote to Obsidian—but that’s why Yarle (which stands for Yet Another Rope Ladder from Evernote), exists. This third-party app can convert any ENEX file into a folder that you can then drag into Obsidian’s vault. To keep things in order, the app also allows you to configure all kinds of things before you drop your files in, from the date format to how Evernote’s tags show on the app.

When the process is done you will have a folder of properly formatted Markdown files, which you can then use in Obsidian or with any application that can edit such files, including Joplin.

Migrating notes from Evernote to Notion

Notion is another application that offers a built-in tool to migrate content directly from Evernote. You can find it on the web and desktop versions of the platform, but not on mobile. 

To use it, click the Import button in the left-hand sidebar and go to the Evernote option. You will need to log into your Evernote account and then decide which notebooks you want to move. Your Evernote notebooks will soon show up in the sidebar as pages, and every note will be an item on that page. 

The post Evernote is getting more expensive—here’s how to move to another app appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
6 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking https://www.popsci.com/diy/twitter-alternatives/ Wed, 27 Apr 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=439596
Close up to the Twitter app icon on the screen of an iPhone
Finding the best Twitter alternative for you will require you to dive in head first. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

There are a lot of platforms like Twitter—you just have to find the right one for you.

The post 6 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to the Twitter app icon on the screen of an iPhone
Finding the best Twitter alternative for you will require you to dive in head first. Brett Jordan / Unsplash

Ever since Elon Musk officially became the owner of Twitter, user experience on the platform has been… interesting. The company has endured massive layoffs, glitches, and scandals, and the also-owner of Tesla and SpaceX has taken it upon himself to manage things from the comfort of his own Twitter polls. Needless to say, some people have had a problem with all this.

Twitter hasn’t imploded (yet), despite predictions its collapse is imminent, but if you don’t want to stay to witness that, you might want a place where you can re-create the pre-Musk Twitter experience. 

Well, we checked, and some of the countless available social media platforms do have the potential to feel a bit like Twitter. If you’re thinking about where to set up shop next, these should be your first stops. 

1. Post

Post was in the middle of a private beta phase when Musk took over Twitter, so they rushed to open the platform to receive fleeing users. But the site is not exactly like the bird app, especially in that Post was designed specifically for news gatherers and thread-makers to monetize their content. 

People can tip or pay a creator on a post-to-post basis using a point system that translates into money: one point equals one cent. You get 50 points for free upon signing up, but you’ll need to start spending your own money if you want to keep tipping. That’s when the currency conversion gets a little iffy. For example, a bundle of 10,000 points, which should translate to $100, is actually $127 (with a discount, because buying in bulk is cheaper). Logically, that $27 difference goes to expenses like taxes and operational costs, but since we didn’t see any ads in the time we spent there, it’s easy to assume this is one of the ways Post makes money. Even if some of the initial payments go to the platform, Post’s developers say tips go entirely to creators.  

[Related: 11 Twitter bots that will make the most of your timeline]

Aesthetically, Post looks like a put-together version of Twitter: as soon as you create a profile, you can start scrolling a curated feed that gets refined the more you click and scroll. The interface is clean and the site uses a legible serif font. You can share original content and like and repost stuff from other users, but instead of Twitter-like replies where everything you say is in the form of a new tweet, you can comment the old-fashioned way—publicly, but not showing as a new item on your personal timeline.

Overall, things are generally civil over at Post, and even though you can find a large variety of wholesome content, there’s a lot of politics and journalism from reputable sources going around. 

Does Post feel like Twitter? 

Sort of, yes. Again, this is a much more civil version of Twitter, so if you like an ounce of chaos on your social media feeds, you won’t find that here. If you’re a journalist, writer, work in media, or have a healthy desire to know what’s going on in the world, you can find informative content on this platform. The downside is that Post is still very niche, so there’s not a lot of dissent or debate. Now, that may be exactly what you want in a Twitter alternative. If it is, you know where to go. 

2. Tumblr

Even before the Twitter deal actually went through, users started tweeting about dusting off their old Tumblr accounts. And they did it—so many people have joined since Musk’s Twitter takeover that longtime users are not too happy about it.

If you never experienced the good ol’ days of peak Tumblr, the best way to understand the platform is to think of it as Twitter’s and Instagram’s forbidden love child. Its design makes it more of a visual-first platform than Twitter, but you can post all sorts of content: text, photos, videos, GIFs, and even audio. You can also interact with posts from people you follow by reposting (retweeting) them and replying to them just like you would on Twitter. 

In the beginning and during its heyday, this platform was a haven for women, fandoms, artists, and the LGBTQI+ community, who were free to post all sorts of content. Tumblr’s decline began when Yahoo bought the platform in 2013, but the biggest hit came when Verizon acquired the site in 2017. The telecom company set up stricter community guidelines that purged adult content from the site (including that of an artistic or educational nature), driving a lot of users onto other platforms, like Twitter. 

Does Tumblr feel like Twitter? 

Yes, sort of. Just like the bird app, Tumblr has a history of dealing with problematic user behavior, but the company has cracked down on a variety of tags and its community guidelines are now not as lax as Twitter’s. Also, you won’t find as many people here, but maybe that’s what you prefer. 

3. Pillowfort  

With only 143,800 users as of December 2022, Pillowfort is a small social network, and its size might be both a strength and a weakness as a Twitter alternative. The platform launched in 2017, and it became a real option for people who left Tumblr after the Verizon acquisition. 

Pillowfort was highly attractive to those users for two main reasons: its interface is similar to Tumblr’s (especially because it gives more space to photos and videos) and community guidelines are more flexible, which is why the platform currently has a thriving fandom community. 

The site emphasizes content filtering and giving users the ability to interact with a handpicked group of people. Sign up, and you’ll be able to blacklist bothersome accounts, preventing them from seeing your posts or contacting you in any way—even through reposted content or instant messaging. 

Right now, Pillowfort is still in an open beta stage, and new users can only create accounts by paying a one-time $5 fee or by signing up for the waitlist, which promises to send you an invitation code in less than an hour.

If you don’t want to pay or wait, you can take a tour of the platform as a “demo user,” which will give you a pretty good idea of what you’ll encounter if you decide to join. 

Does Pillowfort feel like Twitter? 

In all fairness, Pillowfort feels a lot more like Tumblr. But since Tumblr is already a bit like Twitter, we think it’s close enough for you to consider it as an alternative. Pillowfort’s user base is still pretty small though, which may be a problem if there’s a highly specific community you want to find there. 

4. Cohost

With around 118,000 users as of December 2022, Cohost is still a growing social network that feels exactly as if your neighborhood’s food co-op turned into an online platform. The people behind Cohost tout transparency and give users the opportunity to stay informed about what’s going on behind the scenes. You can even request new features

With an easy-to-use and retro-looking interface, Cohost works a lot like Tumblr, but there’s no algorithm. This means you’ll only see the content from accounts you follow and tags you’ve bookmarked. As an anti-spam measure, new users cannot post or comment until a day or two after opening their accounts, but you can bypass that if you have an invite code from an existing user. 

Because there’s no algorithm, the easiest way to find people and posts you’re interested in (and make it easy for other users to find you) is by using tags. Users are encouraged to slap as many as possible onto each post, even if they’re super niche or more of an extra comment than a label. 

Cohost also attracts the artistic and LGBTQI+ communities, and has a strong population of Furries. In general, users are nice and respectful, while looking to make friends, show their work, and share humor. A cute extra feature is Cohost’s mascot, Eggbug, a round magenta bug who’s the star of a lot of fan art and merchandise.  

Does Cohost feel like Twitter? 

Similar to Pillowfort, Cohost is closer to the Tumblr side of the spectrum, but you can definitely see classic Twitter elements. This platform is a great place to be on the internet right now and has grown a lot since Twitter switched hands, but it’s still very niche. You also won’t find a whole lot of diversity on Cohost, as the communities that have made it their home are inclusive but pretty much established.  

5. Mastodon

Mastodon was officially born in 2016, but a lot of people learned about it for the first time after Musk’s bid for Twitter ceased to be a rumor. The platform has become one of the most popular Twitter alternatives, but there’s a major difference: it’s open-source and decentralized. This means that instead of one server or environment where everyone interacts with each other, Mastodon has many and calls them instances. This prevents any one person or company from owning the platform. But it also means you’re more at the mercy of the multiple people who run the servers you join.

People can interact freely with each other at a “federal” level—meaning regardless of what community they belong to—or join more than one server at a time. If you change your mind, the platform allows you to move your entire account, including your followers, from one community to another. 

All this makes the Mastodon concept a little difficult to understand upfront, so the learning curve for new users is a bit steeper than for other platforms. Still, the best way to truly see if Mastodon is the Twitter alternative for you is to create an account and dive in head first. 

Does Mastodon feel like Twitter? 

Definitely. You get two timelines (one local and one “federated”), which can be confusing at first, but the interface is similar to Twitter’s. Another benefit: there seems to be way less toxicity on Mastodon compared to Twitter, so finding your place on the platform may be a gift to your mental health. 

6. CounterSocial

If you don’t like cluttered platforms, CounterSocial is not the Twitter alternative for you. Reminiscent of TweetDeck, CounterSocial’s website is organized into columns where you’ll be able to see posts from the community in chronological order, content from the people you follow, and your notifications. You can add columns to follow specific tags and lists, as well. 

What makes CounterSocial different from other platforms is its claim to have a zero-tolerance policy for bullies, trolls, ads, and fake news. The network takes this so far that it has completely banned entire countries for being “well known to be origin points of an overwhelming majority of bots and trolls.” The list currently includes Russia, China, Iran, North Korea, Pakistan, and Syria, and the platform reserves the right to add and remove territories to this list at its own discretion

[Related: 8 tricks for making your Twitter feed less toxic]

CounterSocial (also known as COSO) puts a particular emphasis on news and politics. You’ll see MSNBC’s news ribbon at the top of your screen, and Counter Pro accounts even have access to news video clips on the homepage. Something you won’t see anywhere else is COSO’s current overall network sentiment—you’ll see it in the form of a thermometer at the top of the first column. This tool is constantly taking the pulse of the platform, measuring its level of toxicity. By looking at it you can be sure that people are, indeed, on edge, and it’s not just you. 

In terms of community, CounterSocial has a variety of folks sharing things like random thoughts, music, and the latest decal they’ve stuck to their bikes. Still, in the time we spent there, most posts were about politics, and all of them were very clearly from the same blue side of the US political spectrum. 

As an added bonus, COSO Pro users ($4.99 a month) get access to Counter Realms, which is a virtual reality iteration of the social network. There, users can create spaces or join those formed by others, and talk to other people using their avatars. If you have a VR set, you can use it in Realms, but if you prefer to keep it old-school, you can also access the platform with only your computer. 

Does Counter Social feel like Twitter? 

The interface certainly does, and the fact that politics is so prominent on the platform also gives you a whiff of Twitter. At 63 million monthly users, COSO’s still a growing platform, but there doesn’t seem to be trolls or toxicity here. Aesthetically speaking, Counter Social looks like TweetDeck’s and Winamp’s lost baby—which is not necessarily a good thing if you don’t like clutter. 

This story has been updated. It was first published on April 27, 2022.

The post 6 Twitter alternatives, in case you’re looking appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to watch the Super Bowl, with or without cable https://www.popsci.com/story/technology/watch-super-bowl-4k-streaming/ Wed, 29 Jan 2020 21:14:53 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/watch-super-bowl-4k-streaming/
A bird's-eye view of FedExField in Maryland hosting the Army-Navy game during the day, surrounded by a parking lot full of cars.
On a 4K TV, you'd have enough resolution to see that this definitely isn't a picture of the Super Bowl. Pixabay

With the right streaming trial, you might be able to watch the big game for free.

The post How to watch the Super Bowl, with or without cable appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A bird's-eye view of FedExField in Maryland hosting the Army-Navy game during the day, surrounded by a parking lot full of cars.
On a 4K TV, you'd have enough resolution to see that this definitely isn't a picture of the Super Bowl. Pixabay

Imagine whipping up some perfect homemade nacho cheese, cleaning off your TV screen, and welcoming guests into your home this Sunday just to discover no one’s actually figured out how to watch the Super Bowl. A nightmare. Whether you’re planning ahead or rushing in the moments before the game, we’re here to help.

Super Bowl LVII kicks off at 6:30 p.m. Eastern time on Sunday, February 12, though pre-game coverage will start several hours ahead of time. This year, the Philadelphia Eagles will face off against the Kansas City Chiefs at State Farm Stadium in Glendale, Arizona, and Fox has broadcast rights. There are also some 4K viewing and streaming options available.

Where to watch the Super Bowl

The easiest way to watch the big game is on the Fox network with a cable subscription. If you haven’t yet cut your cable cord, just tune into Fox or your local Fox affiliate to join the festivities. Not sure about your hometown Fox station? Type your address into the Federal Communication Commission’s network finder. The game will also air in Spanish on Fox Deportes, and if you’re not in the US the NFL has a list of country-specific channels that will show the action internationally.

If you don’t have cable, you can also grab Fox off the airwaves with a TV antenna. This, of course, requires you to buy an antenna ahead of time, but if you already have one, you’re good to go. Antennas generally cost between $20 and $140, and they’re a good investment if you don’t want to pay for cable but do want to watch your local networks. PopSci’s reviews team has even picked the best antennas for rural areas if you happen to live far from any broadcast infrastructure.

The game will also air on the Fox Sports website and the Fox Sports app, but you’ll have to log in with a cable provider or one of the streaming services listed below. The Fox Sports app is available on Apple TV, Roku, Xbox, Chromecast, Fire TV, and Android TV.

How to watch the Super Bowl without cable (and maybe for free)

Without cable or an antenna, the best way to watch the Super Bowl this year will be on one of the several streaming services carrying the game. If you’re already subscribed to one of these, you’re good to go. If not, you may be able to use a free trial and watch the game without paying a single cent. Just remember to cancel your subscription before the test period ends—unless you like the service you choose.

FuboTV

Starting at $75 per month, Fubo is a little more expensive than some of the other Super Bowl streaming options, but it does offer a seven-day free trial for any of its plans. That’s important because while you can’t watch 4K TV with its cheapest tier, Pro Quarterly, 4K resolution is included with the $85-a-month Elite Quarterly plan.

[Related: Serve any beer in style with this DIY beer flight board]

YouTube TV

Normally $65 a month, YouTube TV is currently $55 for each of the first three months, and you can test the streaming service with a 14-day free trial. Add YouTube’s 4K Plus plan for $20 to watch in 4K, but it’s unclear if that can be rolled into a free trial.

DirecTV Stream

DirecTV’s entertainment package is $75 a month, with a five-day free trial if you sign up online.

Sling Blue

As luck (or smart marketing) would have it, Sling is offering half off your first month, so Sling Blue (the only plan that carries Fox) is $20. After that, your bill will increase to $40. Sign up, and you’ll also be able to watch the Super Bowl on three different devices, which is handy if you’re hosting a huge party.

The downsides here are that there’s no free trial period and Sling only carries Fox in some TV markets—you can check its website to see if your area is covered.

Hulu Plus Live TV

You can grab Hulu’s live TV streaming service for $70 a month, with the ability to stream to two separate screens at once. To watch on more, you’ll need to pay another $10 a month for the Unlimited Streams option. There is currently no free trial for Hulu Plus Live TV.

NFL Plus app

If you’re just learning of the NFL’s dedicated broadcast app, it’ll cost you $5 a month. There’s a $13-a-season plan, but that doesn’t make sense when the season ends in two days. NFL Plus (for Android, iOS, iPadOS, and Apple TV) is really only good if you’re planning to watch on your phone or a tablet, though—the app doesn’t currently support casting games to a smart TV or connected device.

This year’s 4K streaming options

According to Consumer Reports, Super Bowl LVII will be broadcast in 4K HDR. It won’t be “true” 4K, though, as Fox will essentially be repeating what it did the last time it hosted the big game in 2020: recording everything in 1080p HDR and upscaling it to 4K.

To get access to this higher-quality broadcast, though, you’ll need to check with your TV provider and ensure you have a 4K TV or some other display that can handle this resolution. Consumer Reports says the 4K broadcast will be available on Altice Optimum, Comcast Xfinity, Cox Contour TV, DirecTV satellite, Dish Network, Fubo, Verizon FiOS, and YouTube TV.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 29, 2020.

The post How to watch the Super Bowl, with or without cable appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to translate any website from your browser https://www.popsci.com/diy/translation-tools-for-browsers/ Fri, 10 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511100
Screenshot of Safari's translation tool.
Safari, Chrome, and Edge are some of the browsers with built-in solutions for translation. Sandra Gutierrez

You can now learn the news from the horse's mouth—without having to speak horse.

The post How to translate any website from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Screenshot of Safari's translation tool.
Safari, Chrome, and Edge are some of the browsers with built-in solutions for translation. Sandra Gutierrez

Coming across text in a foreign language in your desktop browser no longer requires hiring an interpreter or pulling out a translation dictionary. Thanks to regular improvements in artificial intelligence and translation engines, you can now convert text into your own language with just a couple of clicks.

These solutions aren’t yet 100 percent accurate, especially when it comes to slang, turns of phrase, or more obscure and technical terms. But they should give you a very good idea of what’s being said and what the gist of an article is. If you find that your browser of choice doesn’t have the necessary tools built in, there are third-party apps and extensions you can turn to.

How to translate text from your browser

Google Chrome now comes with Google Translate built-in. You can see your browser’s default language in Chrome’s settings (click the three dots to the top right then Languages, if you want to change it). But when you load up a website that’s not in this language, you should see a box pop-up on the address bar asking if you want to run a translation. Just click on your default language to do this.

[Related: 7 language apps and tools to help you navigate the world]

You can also click the three dots to the right to have specific conversions (e.g. Spanish to English) run automatically or to exempt a site from automatic translation. The same menu enables you to flag up an incorrectly identified language. If the pop-up doesn’t appear, you can right-click anywhere on the actual webpage to find the translation option, and it’s also possible to translate specific blocks of text by highlighting and right-clicking on them.

Should Microsoft Edge be your browser of choice, this program also has its own integrated translation tool. As with Chrome, it should kick in automatically when you visit a website that isn’t in your browser’s default language, which you can set by choosing Languages from the main settings pane (click the three dots in the top right corner to see it).

When you visit a foreign website in Edge, an address bar will pop up—just click Translate to run the suggested translation. Use the drop-down menu to pick a different language to translate into, or click More to always or never translate websites in this language. You can also exclude specific sites from conversion. As in Chrome, you can also right-click on pages to translate them, as well as selecting text and right-clicking on the selection to translate specific sections.

Then there’s Apple’s Safari, which matches Chrome and Edge by having its very own built-in translation engine, which should offer its services instantly as soon as you visit a webpage that’s not in the language set for macOS. You can check and change what this is by opening the Apple menu, then choosing System Settings, General, and Language & Region.

If a translation is available in Safari, you’ll see a translate button (two speech bubbles) up in the address bar at the top of the interface. Click on the icon, choose the Translate to English option, and confirm the action. The same menu lets you edit your preferred languages, and go back to the original if you want. Just like on Edge and Chrome, you can also translate specific blocks of text by highlighting and right-clicking on them.

It’s worth noting that Safari will politely ask if it can send the web text to the cloud for processing, which is something that Google’s and Microsoft’s tools also do,  but don’t ask you about. This is crucial for the tool to work, so if you’re not comfortable with that, the translation won’t happen.

Using third-party extensions to translate text

There are also third-party browser extensions that you can turn to for translating web pages. You’ll need to do this if you’re using Mozilla Firefox, for example, as it doesn’t have a built-in translation feature, though it does have a Firefox Translations add-on that appears to be an official Firefox-developed product. Install the extension, and its icon will appear at the top of web pages written in a foreign language.

Change the languages that the extension has detected if needed, then click the Translate button to run the translation. Via the Options button on the right of the extension’s toolbar, you can also turn off translation prompts and disable translations for a particular website. Click Options and then Translation preferences to set your default language in Firefox, and edit the lists of languages and webpages the add-on should ignore.

[Related: Learning a new language? Here’s how to perfect your pronunciation.]

There isn’t an official Google Translate extension for Firefox, but there are plenty of compatible extensions that make use of Google Translate’s engine. One example is To Google Translate, which doesn’t translate entire webpages, but it sends text you’ve selected and right-clicked on to Google Translate for processing. It can be a nice complement to Firefox Translations.

You’ll find multiple translation extensions for browsers running on the Chromium code (including Chrome, Edge, and Opera). One of the more interesting ones is DeepL Translate, which pops up as soon as you select text on a page to offer a translation. This add-on can also read foreign text aloud and translate what you write in your browser into a new language.

Another option is Translator uLanguage, which brings a whole host of translation features right into your browser. You can convert entire pages or text selections into different languages, have translations read out to you, look up words in a dictionary, and save specific words and phrases to your own vocabulary list for future reference. It’s ideal if you’re learning a language.

We also like Mate Translate, which is also a comprehensive suite of various language tools. You can look up words and phrases and save them for later reference, convert entire pages or selected blocks of text, and hear translations read out loud. The add-on is also able to translate Netflix subtitles, though this doesn’t happen automatically—you’ll need to highlight the subtitles to translate.

The post How to translate any website from your browser appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse https://www.popsci.com/diy/ps5-keyboard-and-mouse/ Tue, 07 Feb 2023 13:23:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=510406
A PS5 on a wooden desk with a DualSense controller, a keyboard, and a mouse nearby.
It's nice to have a variety of controller options. Nubelson Fernandes / Unsplash

Changing your input options can make some on-screen tasks simpler.

The post Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PS5 on a wooden desk with a DualSense controller, a keyboard, and a mouse nearby.
It's nice to have a variety of controller options. Nubelson Fernandes / Unsplash

The DualSense gamepad that comes with the Sony PlayStation 5 does a fine job controlling the gaming action on screen, but it’s not quite as good for entering text, running searches, or typing out passwords.

That’s where a keyboard and mouse come in. You can attach these PC peripherals to your PS5 to make typing a whole lot easier, so you won’t struggle to get through menus and fill out forms.

Check support and compatibility

Just because the PS5 supports an attached keyboard and mouse doesn’t necessarily mean you can game with them, not least because it might give you an unfair advantage over other players online. Some developers have built keyboard and mouse support into their games, but it’s not all that common.

The games that will work with a keyboard and mouse tend to be those with a slower pace, such as Minecraft or The Sims—the sort of games where you’ve got time to reach for a mouse or look down and type. A quick web search should tell you if your favorite game will work with a keyboard and mouse, and you can also find full lists online.

[Related: This year’s best mechanical keyboards]

It’s also worth bearing in mind that the PS5 won’t work with every keyboard and mouse out there. Most models will function fine, but it’s not guaranteed. If you want to use a piece of hardware you already own, just try to connect it and see how it goes. If you’re buying something specifically for this purpose, check online or in the product listing to see if it supports a PS5 connection.

If a keyboard or mouse spec sheet doesn’t mention PS5 support one way or the other, it’s difficult to know for sure if it will work besides actually trying it. There are lists you can consult on sites such as Reddit, and you’ll see that some peripherals won’t work wirelessly but will work if you plug them in directly, so it’s worth trying both options before giving up.

How to connect a keyboard or mouse to a PS5 via USB

The easiest way to connect a keyboard and mouse to your PS5 is to simply plug these peripherals into spare USB slots on the console: You’ve got a USB Type-A port and a USB Type-C port on the front, and two USB Type-A ports on the back, and any of them can be used to hook up a keyboard and a mouse.

You won’t have to configure anything, and the peripherals should work straight away. Try running a search, for example, via the magnifying glass icon in the top right corner of the interface, to verify that the devices are properly connected. Even if a game doesn’t support a keyboard and mouse, you should be able to use them in the PS5 menus.

While these devices should start working straight away, there are a few settings you can tweak for further customization. Open up Settings (the cog icon in the top right corner of the PS5 interface), then select Accessories, and Other Accessories. You can configure the keyboard layout and its repeat rate and repeat delay, the pointer speed of the mouse, and whether you’re using it with your left or right hand.

You can also use a USB hub to connect a keyboard and mouse to your console—you’ll only use one PS5 port this way. As with the peripherals themselves, check that the USB hub has PS5 compatibility before you buy it. Most will function fine, but it’s worth double-checking by reading the product listing or reviews from other users.

How to connect a wireless mouse or keyboard to a PS5

You can do away with cables and connect a keyboard and mouse over Bluetooth too. First, get your input device in pairing mode, so it’s ready to connect. If you’re not sure how to do this, check the instructions that came with it, or run a web search using the model name of the keyboard or mouse.

Open up Settings on your PS5 via the cog icon in the top right corner, then choose Accessories, General, and Bluetooth Accessories. The console will start looking for nearby Bluetooth devices, and the peripheral you’ve put into pairing mode should show up—select it to make the connection.

[Related: This year’s best wireless mice]

The device will be added to the registered accessories list at the top (where you should also see your DualSense controller). In the future, whenever the PS5 and the input device are both switched on, they should connect automatically. If this doesn’t happen, select the peripheral in registered accessories and choose Connect.

Some keyboard and mouse models come with wireless USB dongles that will plug into your PS5 and automatically connect your peripheral without any wires involved. However, these will need to be specifically PS5-compatible to work (not just made for Windows PCs, for example)—check the specs of the keyboard and mouse to make sure.

The post Improve your PS5 experience with a keyboard and mouse appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to get your iPhone to stop telling people you’ve silenced notifications https://www.popsci.com/diy/ios-focus-status-off-on/ Tue, 25 Jan 2022 02:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421914
A do not disturb sign on a wooden door. It's the analog way to ensure you have notifications silenced.
You can put up and take down your digital "do not disturb" sign at will. Cottonbro / Pexels

This iOS feature is on by default, but you can turn it off.

The post How to get your iPhone to stop telling people you’ve silenced notifications appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A do not disturb sign on a wooden door. It's the analog way to ensure you have notifications silenced.
You can put up and take down your digital "do not disturb" sign at will. Cottonbro / Pexels

Attention iPhone users: You may have recently sent an iMessage and seen a brief alert in the chat that your contact has silenced notifications, along with the option to notify them anyway. If you use Focus mode to do the same, your phone may also be telling your contacts about it. Not a fan? Turn it off.

How to turn off Focus status alerts (or turn them on)

When Apple launched iOS 15, it transformed and expanded its “do not disturb” mode into Focus, which offers more options for getting people to leave you alone. One of these is the ability to share your Focus status, and it’s on by default. To change that, go to the Settings app, tap Focus, and touch Focus Status. Turn off the toggle switch next to Share Focus Status to stop showing people you have you’ve silenced your notifications. Below this general kill switch, you can turn Focus status alerts on or off for specific Focuses—use these if there are times when you want people to know your notifications are off.

Now, leaving Focus status alerts on won’t share too much information—it just lets some apps show people who message you that you don’t want to be disturbed. It will never tell them which Focus you’re using, so if you really like to use the bathroom in peace, it won’t blab that “John has silenced notifications for Poop Time.” Thank goodness, that’d be embarrassing.

[Related: It’s time to turn off some notifications]

Even so, the Focus status alert will give your contact the chance to notify you anyway, potentially annoying and distracting you by interrupting whatever you’ve got going on. If you turn it off, they won’t get that chance.

What else to know about Focus status alerts

This is a pretty straightforward iOS feature, but there are a few more tips worth knowing about it. For one, Driving Focus offers the opportunity to create an auto-reply message that lets your contact know what you’re doing (you can also use this to send automated messages for non-driving reasons). From the main Focus settings screen, tap Driving, then Auto-Reply. That sub-menu will let you choose whether the message goes to no one, recent contacts, favorites, or all contacts.

To use Focus with some apps, but not others, go to the Settings app and tap a specific program—Messages, for example. If you see a Focus toggle switch, turn it off to stop it from teaming up with Focus. And if you want Focus status alerts to work but they aren’t, you may need to follow the same steps to turn it on in a particular app. Now that you’ve sorted all this out, you can focus on something far more important.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on January 24, 2022.

The post How to get your iPhone to stop telling people you’ve silenced notifications appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to share streaming service logins while you still can https://www.popsci.com/how-to-share-your-online-streaming-logins/ Mon, 02 May 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-share-your-online-streaming-logins/
A person pointing a TV remote at a TV with Netflix on the screen. It's possible they're sharing a Netflix account with someone else.
A new login has been detected. Freestocks / Unsplash

Do you even know who else uses your Netflix now?

The post How to share streaming service logins while you still can appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person pointing a TV remote at a TV with Netflix on the screen. It's possible they're sharing a Netflix account with someone else.
A new login has been detected. Freestocks / Unsplash

Because Netflix and other streaming services are more amorphous and unmoored than traditional hard-wired cable and other forms of media, it’s become common to share passwords and other login information with friends and family. That may be changing, as streaming platforms appear poised to permanently claim a majority share of watchers and listeners.

Most popular streaming services have built password-sharing hurdles into their platforms, and they can always add more as users become more siloed and reliant on individual companies. In this ever-changing environment, maybe you’re wondering if you should even share streaming accounts at all. Might you run into technical or legal problems down the line? We’ve taken a detailed look at the major streaming services to help you figure out those answers.

How to share Netflix with other people

The Netflix interface showing Black Mirror in the main spot. Netflix is one of the most commonly shared streaming services.
Each Netflix plan offers a different number of simultaneous streams. David Nield

Each of the four Netflix plans gives you access to a certain number of concurrent streams. Both Basic plans (with and without ads) let you watch on one screen at a time, the mid-tier Standard plan ups that to two, and the most expensive, 4K- and 8K-ready Premium plan lets you watch on four screens at once.

You can set up multiple profiles (perhaps for you and your kids) inside a single account, and although Netflix itself once tweeted “Love is sharing a password,” the streaming service has begun shrinking the circle of people it allows you to “love.” Still, you’re fine to pass on your details to a handful of people, as long as you stick to the simultaneous streaming limits and make it work within the platform’s rules and regulations.

Per the Netflix terms of use, you can’t share login details with people outside of your household. What that means is not clearly defined, but the platform’s sharing page uses the words “live together.” Although the company won’t automatically charge you if you share your Netflix account with someone who doesn’t live with you, it may try to verify that their device is allowed to use the account. To do so, Netflix will email a link to a verification code to the main account holder, and that code must be entered on the unverified device within 15 minutes.

[Related: How to kick strangers and exes out of your streaming accounts]

If you’re worried about recent headlines that suggested Netflix would block any device that didn’t log in from the account’s primary location at least once every 31 days, don’t be—at least not yet. The company later told The Verge that those rules were posted accidentally and only meant to apply to three countries where it has been testing account sharing restrictions: Chile, Costa Rica, and Peru.

Can you share HBO Max?

If you’re thinking of sharing HBO Max logins to watch The Last of Us, you need to know it’s something the streaming service doesn’t encourage. Dig deep enough into the HBO Max support pages, and you’ll see that your HBO Max password “should not be shared with anyone outside your household.” It’s not clear what the company means by “household,” but it does say your account can have up to five profiles for kids and adults.

HBO Max also says simultaneous streams are “limited,” without specifying what the maximum number of streams actually is—perhaps you could try to find out by loading up additional streams on your account until you get an error message.

When to share Hulu account details

Like Netflix, Hulu lets you set up multiple profiles within a single account for all the members of your family. It’s more restrictive when it comes to simultaneous streams, though: the standard plans only allow concurrent viewing on a maximum of two screens.

But if you’re paying extra for Hulu Live TV, you can pay another $10 a month for the Unlimited Screens add-on, which lets you watch simultaneously on as many devices as you like. But even with this service, you’re limited to five screens at once for the HBO, Cinemax, Starz, and Showtime channels.

Hulu’s subscriber agreement only mentions sharing passwords to make it clear that you’re responsible for everything that happens on your account. So if you do share your account information, you do so at your own risk.

How to share Disney Plus

Disney is notoriously protective of its copyrights and anything else it owns, so it’s no surprise that the company’s terms of use explicitly require you to agree that “you will not share your account or account information with others.” You can, however, create seven total Disney Plus profiles per subscription. That doesn’t mean seven people can watch Disney Plus at once, though—the streaming service limits simultaneous streams to four.

How to share Amazon Prime Video

The Amazon Prime Video interface, showing Good Omens in the main preview spot.
Amazon Prime Video is connected to the rest of your Prime account. David Nield

Amazon Prime Video is, as the name suggests, part of the Amazon Prime package. You can share this streaming service with one other adult, up to four teenagers, and up to four children within a single Amazon Household. Everyone doesn’t have to live at the same address, either, just the same country or region is fine. Each Amazon account within a household has a three-stream limit for simultaneous Prime Video streams, and you can’t watch the same video on more than two devices at once.

Beyond that household, though, sharing your personal Prime Video login credentials with someone else will give them access to much more than TV shows and movies. They’ll also be able to shop for stuff on Amazon, get at files in your Amazon cloud storage, read your e-books, and so on. Ultimately, unless you’re setting up an Amazon Household, it’s probably not worth the risk to share your Prime Video password.

How to share YouTube TV

YouTube TV just has the one $65-per-month plan, and that gives you the ability to share YouTube TV with up to five other people at no extra charge. This is part of the same family group sharing you get with Google Drive and other Google services: everyone logs in with a different Gmail address, but can access some of the same shared services.

[Related: How to secure your Google account]

Set up a family group, and all six members can each access up to three streams at once. The catch is that Google asks that you and any members of your family group sign in within your designated home area (defined by ZIP code) at least once every three months to keep your subscription active.

Sharing a YouTube TV account with someone outside your family group is much riskier than sharing a Netflix or Hulu login. Because each YouTube TV account is tied to a Google account, someone using your Google login information will also have access to all your other Google apps and services, including Gmail.

Can you share a Spotify account?

The Spotify interface.
Spotify limits you to one stream at a time. David Nield

Spotify accounts are clearly designed to be used by one person and one person only. You can register as many devices as you like, but you can only listen to your tunes on one at a time. That might cause problems if you’ve passed your login credentials on to friends and family.

Paying for Spotify Premium lets you bundle multiple accounts, with plans for two to six people. Each person gets their own login information, but everyone needs to live at the same address. That means it’s not a great option for sharing among people living in different places.

Naturally, Spotify lets you and members of your family plan listen to your music wherever you go, but it’s presumably applying some background checks to make sure you actually live at the address you’ve specified. Considering sharing your password is specifically prohibited in the Spotify user agreement, a family plan is your best bet for getting other people on your account.

How to share Apple Music

Because an Apple Music subscription is so tightly tied to an Apple ID on specific devices, and that ID gives access to everything else Apple offers (from email to iCloud), it can be risky to share your Apple Music login. Plus, you can only stream Apple Music tracks to one device at a time.

[Related: Why and how to set up a second Apple Music library]

Like Spotify though, Apple Music offers a family plan: up to six people can use the same account for $17 a month. Everyone needs their own Apple ID, but only one person pays for purchases. If you’re a parent, you can restrict what your kids can and can’t do after you’ve added them.

Each family member gets one Apple Music stream, plus their own recommendations, playlists, and more. Apple seems to be less strict than Spotify when it comes to having everyone at the same address, as long as you’re all in the same country, but bear in mind that anyone in your Apple family will only be able to make purchases with your registered card.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on June 22, 2019.

The post How to share streaming service logins while you still can appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to snooze your browser tabs https://www.popsci.com/diy/tab-snoozing-guide/ Fri, 03 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=509432
close up on hands typing on laptop keyboard
Glenn Carstens-Peters / Unsplash

Having a bajillion open tabs might look messy, but it's not slowing you down.

The post How to snooze your browser tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up on hands typing on laptop keyboard
Glenn Carstens-Peters / Unsplash

Browsing sessions can quickly lead to dozens of tabs popping up along the top of your screen. And when you can no longer read the tab titles, you know you’re in trouble. This is not only demanding on your brain, but also on the available memory and battery life of your computer. 

Luckily, web browsers are getting savvier when it comes to managing that tab overload. To help mitigate the issue, they’ve added a feature that allows you to snooze tabs you haven’t visited in a while, reawakening them only when you need them.

Your browser doesn’t let go of the contents of these sleeping tabs, it just puts them into storage until it’s time to go back to them. This reduces the demand on your computer’s resources, making the tabs you are actually using fast and responsive.

How to put tabs to sleep on Google Chrome

Google Chrome has a built-in Memory Saver function to target inactive tabs and limit the impact they have on your system. When you’re ready to go back to these tabs they automatically reload back to the state they were in when you left them.

To turn this feature on and off, click the three dots (top right), and choose Performance. If Memory Saver is on, you can prevent certain tabs (such as music sites on pause or chat pages, for example) from going to sleep. To do this, just click the Add button and enter the site URL.

[Related: Google Chrome’s new search function will help you keep tabs on your tabs]

But that is only a precaution, as Chrome is smart enough to know what tabs need to stay active, even if you haven’t manually added them to the list. Pages with partially filled-out forms, active audio or video playback, live screen sharing, or active downloads won’t get snoozed.

If you need more control over the process, you can get browser extensions like Snoozz. The free add-on for Chrome gives you more choices over which tabs get tucked into sleep, how long they need to be inactive for before they’re targeted, and when they come back.

How to put tabs to sleep on Microsoft Edge

Microsoft Edge offers the ability to put tabs to sleep as an integrated feature, which means they’re automatically unloaded from memory until you switch back to them. Each sleeping tab saves 85 percent of its memory and 99 percent of its CPU usage, Microsoft says.

You can find the feature by clicking the three dots (top right), then choosing Settings and System and performance. There you can toggle the feature on and off, choose whether or not sleeping tabs show as faded on the tab bar, and set the period of inactivity required before a tab goes to sleep.

Certain websites won’t be snoozed automatically, such as those playing audio or those currently using your microphone or webcam, even if they’re in the background. You’ll also be able to prevent certain pages from getting paused: Just click on the Add button to specify one of these URLs.

If the built-in feature isn’t giving you what you need, you can choose one of several third-party alternatives. A free option is Tab Suspender, which offers settings including a customizable idle time and the ability to disable tab suspensions until your laptop reaches a certain battery level.

How to put tabs to sleep on Mozilla Firefox

In Mozilla Firefox, the sleeping tabs feature is called Tab Unloading, and it’s built right into the browser. Firefox says it reduces memory usage and will automatically kick in when system memory is running low. The program will retain details like your scroll position and data in unfilled forms for when a tab wakes back up, and Firefox won’t unload tabs playing media or running in picture-in-picture mode.

The feature isn’t quite as easy to access as it is in other browsers. Type about:unloads into the address bar and hit Enter to see the system resources each open tab is using up, and when you last accessed them. The sites at the top of the list will be first in line for snoozing—but remember Firefox will only do it when memory is running low.

Clicking the Unload button will manually snooze “the least-recently-used” tabs, though the exact criteria for this aren’t clear. If you’d rather disable the feature completely, type about:config in the address bar, hit Enter, and then change the browser.tabs.unloadOnLowMemory value to false (search for it using the box at the top, and then double-click to change its value).

A busy third-party extension market has built up around Firefox, and several tools will let you snooze tabs in a slightly more user-friendly way. One that you might want to try out is the free New Tab Suspender, which automatically puts inactive tabs into stasis after a period you specify.

How to put tabs to sleep on Apple Safari

Safari is something of an outlier because it doesn’t include a visible and native tab snoozing tool. We’re assuming the software uses some optimization techniques to reduce system resource load when you have a lot of tabs open, but we can’t find any official documentation from Apple on the topic.

[Related: How to organize your browser tabs vertically—and why you should do it]

Unfortunately, there aren’t any third-party extensions you can turn to either. Safari is quite restrictive when it comes to what add-ons are allowed to do, and functionality such as putting tabs to sleep is off-limits to outside developers. If this is a feature you absolutely need, you’re going to have to swap browsers.

The post How to snooze your browser tabs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Opt Out: The case against editing your ad settings https://www.popsci.com/diy/ad-settings-google-facebook/ Thu, 02 Feb 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=508913
art photograph of a tiny plastic person sweeping what appears to be toothpaste out of a giant tube that says "your data".
Once your data is out, it might not make a difference if you edit it. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

The illusion of control is still an illusion.

The post The Opt Out: The case against editing your ad settings appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
art photograph of a tiny plastic person sweeping what appears to be toothpaste out of a giant tube that says "your data".
Once your data is out, it might not make a difference if you edit it. Lauren Pusateri for Popular Science

IT’S BECOME COMMON for social media platforms and other online services to offer you a way to find, edit, and delete the data they have on you. The steps aren’t always obvious, but if you dig deep enough into a site’s settings, you’ll likely find a page full of information the company has gathered in an attempt to serve you more relevant ads.

What you see will vary, but you should find data points such as your gender, marital status, education, income bracket, and various interests. Platforms make this data available for the sake of transparency, but also to tempt you into refining it—if only to stop seeing ads about football games when you’re more of a basketball person.

But be careful: A more complete profile may result in ads you find more relevant, and that doesn’t benefit you. It benefits them—the platforms that earn billions of dollars from advertisers to show you banners and autoplay videos they hope will get you to spend your money on things you may not need.

Transparency is always good news

For more than a decade, the biggest players in the digital advertising industry have been Google and Meta. In 2021, these powerhouses respectively held close to a third and a quarter of the market share. Their dominance may be why they have both created dedicated sites that people can use to see information each company has gathered for its advertising purposes. 

In the case of the Big G, the site is My Ad Center. For a long time, this was an options menu you could find only through your main account page, but the company recently gave it more prominence with a user-friendly makeover and its own URL. While signed into your Google account, you can visit the site and tweak ad-related settings for all of the company’s products, including YouTube. 

[Related: When it comes to privacy, smart devices are not the smarter choice]

Meta has something similar. In the past, users had to go through a labyrinthic process to find their Facebook ad settings, but getting to the right menu is a lot easier now. (On the web, go to Settings and Privacy, Privacy Center, find Ads, and click on Get Started.) You can even bypass those steps by going directly to the platform’s ad settings website while signed into your Facebook account. Changing your preferences here might also affect the ads you see on Instagram because both sites are owned by Meta. 

These are not the only ones: Microsoft, Snapchat, Instagram, TikTok, and some others also give users the ability to see information these platforms have gathered. If you’re not sure where to find it, your best bet is to go to your account settings and look for any menus related to privacy or ads. 

Putting all this information at our disposal mainly helps with one thing: transparency. Tech privacy is a conundrum, and a hairy one at that. Not only is there a huge power disparity between the actors involved—you vs. lawyered-up, tech-savvy, billion-dollar companies—but also because it poses different challenges in different contexts. User privacy is intimately related to mass surveillance, including face recognition software, spying apps, and blabber-mouth speakers. There are also future problems we can’t even imagine at the moment. For people who talk and think about this for a living, it’s hard to keep up; for users who are not specifically attuned to the matter, it’s practically impossible. So having tech companies create a space to show us a potentially sanitized version of how the sausage is made is a big step in the right direction.  

Editing your ad preferences is a trap

But don’t get the wrong idea—this is not just a user perk. If you’ve ever had to undergo a serious medical procedure, your doctor might have sat you down and walked you through the process step by step. They do this so you’ll go into the operation feeling like you understand what’s going to happen.

The same principle applies to ad settings and user privacy in general. Some tech companies show you how they use your data to get you to trust them. This, in turn, may appease privacy concerns from certain reluctant users and some people advocating for regulation that would hinder the companies’ primary source of wealth. A little less mystery around data-harvesting can reduce questions about the services, making it easier for these companies to operate.  

You may feel relieved after Google tells you it’s not selling your personal information and Meta assures you it doesn’t share the content you post with data brokers. Even more than that—you may feel like you have control over what happens to your data. Up to a certain point, that’s true: These companies also give you the choice to personalize your experience and even turn off targeted ads altogether. But that’s not a lot of control. Personalized ads are on by default on many platforms, so unless you turned them off the second you created your account, the app has already used your data to try to sell you stuff. 

The chance to edit your ad profile can also be misleading. You can cull topics, accounts, and even specific brands you’re not interested in, but in doing so you’re helping make your data more accurate. There’s not really a way to win here, but refining your data may actually be worse than doing nothing. 

Still, there’s no harm in trying

Yet, having the ability to edit, omit, and add data can also be an opportunity. After all, if you can input data, you can input wrong data. This could mess with the algorithm and obscure real information, leading to ineffective ads and more privacy as a result. 

While this is a possibility, the somewhat disappointing truth is that we don’t know for sure whether this type of data obfuscation actually works. We can’t see what happens behind the scenes of social platform companies and their ad tech relationships, and without that access it’s hard to determine if changing our ad preferences to something that misrepresents our true selves does anything at all. 

[Related: How to uncover what Facebook knows about you]

We must also consider that online platforms use a vast variety of aggregated data to try to understand who you are and what you’re interested in, beyond what you input into its forms. This includes geotags you might have included on some of your posts, the language you speak, and the accounts you follow. That is a lot of information, so stating that you are not actually interested in sports might not counterbalance the fact that you follow a lot of sports-related accounts and constantly post about your favorite team. The good news is that trying won’t cost you a thing—using ad settings to protect your privacy might be a shot in the dark, but it’s one worth taking. 

Other than that, there’s not a lot you should do on the ad settings page of any given app. Anything you do there is really just free labor, whether it’s confirming your age group or trimming a long list of topics and interests. Some may think it’s fair—after all, these companies provide services, like Google Maps and WhatsApp, free of charge. But you’re definitely paying for them, just not in cash. You don’t want to do these companies’ work for them too.

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post The Opt Out: The case against editing your ad settings appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to turn AAA batteries into AAs https://www.popsci.com/diy/aluminum-foil-battery-trick/ Wed, 01 Feb 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=508949
Close up to a stack of AA batteries
Don't interrupt movie night when your remote decides to die on you. Hilary Halliwell / Pexels

A truly A+ hack.

The post How to turn AAA batteries into AAs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Close up to a stack of AA batteries
Don't interrupt movie night when your remote decides to die on you. Hilary Halliwell / Pexels

Of all the annoying things that can happen on a lazy Sunday afternoon watching TV, running out of AA batteries for your remote might easily be in the top 10. Luckily, there’s a hack for that: you can use AAA batteries instead. 

Just wad up some aluminum foil and place it between the battery and the spring so that it fits snugly. It’s a perfect solution if your gamepad dies or you cannot be bothered to go to the store to get some AAs. 

This trick has been around for a while and it’s currently making the rounds on TikTok again. But you can’t trust everything you see on your For You page, and some of those viral lifehacks are duds or even just straight-out dangerous. We wanted to know if this is one of them, so we turned to the experts.

Spoiler alert: It actually works

“This is definitely a valid trick,” says Arthur Shi, who leads the technical writing team at iFixIt, a company that sells repair kits and writes repair guides for just about every gadget you can think of. He even goes further and says AA and AAA batteries are actually not that different.

[Related: An AI called Dragonfly is helping design faster-charging batteries]

Alkaline batteries from AAAA size up to D cells have the same operating voltage, Shi explains. This means non-rechargeable batteries like these all offer 1.5 volts of power, so there’s no electrical reason you can’t use them interchangeably—they just won’t physically fit right into the battery slot in your device. That’s where the tinfoil comes in: it allows the battery to fit snugly in place while still conducting electricity.

“Aluminum foil isn’t the best conductor,” says Shi. “But for low-power devices such as those powered by AA batteries, it works just fine.”

If you don’t mind spending a little money, you can also opt for buying a dedicated product for the job. You can buy battery adapters that turn AAA batteries into AAs, or even D cells. Shi says these are better than aluminum foil as they facilitate more stable physical contact.

Maybe buying one of these adapters means you’ll never have to purchase any battery bigger than AAA for the rest of your life. Technically, you could, but that’s far from a perfect solution.

The downside

It would be too easy for tin foil or a battery adapter to completely solve the AA problem, so of course there’s a downside to it—the lifespan. Devices powered with a smaller battery just don’t run as long as they would when using a right-sized juice source, simply because smaller gizmos store a smaller amount of energy. 

[Related: The best rechargeable batteries for 2023]

But it’s not just a matter of size. Shi says that as a rule of thumb, cheap D-cell batteries, for example, have less power than a good AA, and the heavier the battery is, the more energy it will pack.

So consider tin foil as the perfect way to avoid a trip to the store on a lazy day. But don’t be surprised if a week later you find you’ve drained all the AAAs you had at home. It’ll buy you some time, but it’s not the end-all solution.  

The post How to turn AAA batteries into AAs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Revive your old computer by turning it into a Chromebook https://www.popsci.com/diy/chromeos-flex-guide/ Tue, 31 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=508760
screenshot of google chrome opened on chromeos flex showing the home page of popsci.com
Your old laptop can be more than a door stop. Justin Pot

Breathe new life into your ancient dust-covered laptop by installing ChromeOS Flex.

The post Revive your old computer by turning it into a Chromebook appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
screenshot of google chrome opened on chromeos flex showing the home page of popsci.com
Your old laptop can be more than a door stop. Justin Pot

The latest versions of Windows and macOS have a long list of system requirements, resulting in many devices not being able to keep up. Over time, old iterations of software stop getting updates, which in this case means your computer will be useless.

But before you abandon your old laptop, consider giving it new life by turning it into a dedicated Chrome device. Google’s free operating system makes it possible and it’s fairly easy to set up.

ChromeOS Flex can turn any old PC or Mac into a Chromebook—even ones you’d consider too slow and outdated to use. This is a great solution if you can’t or won’t upgrade your machine, or just need a general-purpose computer for the family. 

What to know before you start

Before you blow the dust off of your ancient laptop, there are a few things you need to keep in mind. 

First, ChromeOS Flex doesn’t offer every feature a Chromebook does. You won’t be able to install Android apps or Parallels, for example, and there’s no Linux development environment, either. The good news is that this won’t be a problem if you just want a computer for web browsing. The operating system also has minimum requirements, and it’ll only work on x86 processors. That’s basically anything made by Intel or AMD. 

[Related: The best Chromebook add-ons and tricks]

Finally, a warning—installing this version of ChromeOS will completely delete everything on your computer, so before you start, make sure you back up any data you don’t want to lose. 

What you will need to install ChromeOS Flex

First of all, you will need an older laptop or desktop computer. Google offers a list of certified devices—if your machine is on that list, you are good to go. But even if it’s not, there’s a chance you’ll be able to make it work. I installed the OS on my Macbook and an old desktop computer that doesn’t support Windows 11, and both worked well for me.

You’ll also need a USB flash drive or SD card, with at least 8GB of storage space. Note that this process will also completely erase everything on the drive, so make sure there’s nothing important there either.

Finally, you will need access to Google Chrome. This can be the same computer you intend to install ChromeOS Flex on, or it can be another machine entirely.

Start by creating a boot drive

The first thing you’ll need to do is put ChromeOS Flex on a flash drive or SD card.

On the computer running Google Chrome, plug in the flash drive and install the Chromebook Recovery Utility. Run it, click Get Started, and on the Select a model from a list drop-down menu, choose Google ChromeOS Flex.

Click Continue and select your flash drive from the drop-down menu. Make sure you choose the right drive—otherwise, you might end up overwriting something completely different. When you’re ready, click Create Now

The tool will download the operating system and turn your flash drive or SD card into a bootable drive. This will take a while—for me, it was about 15 minutes but your experience will vary depending on your internet speed and other factors. You will eventually see a message telling you the drive is ready.

Boot from the drive and try things out

If it isn’t off already, turn off the device you want to run ChromeOS Flex on, and plug in your flash drive or SD card. Now you can turn on the computer.

In most cases, your machine will boot right from the drive, but if that doesn’t happen, you will need to press a certain key right after turning on the computer—most likely, F2 or F12 on PCs. Right after that, just follow the directions. 

[Related: Best Chromebooks of 2023]

On a Mac it’s a little easier: just hold the Option key after turning the computer on and the system will ask you which device you want to boot from.

Eventually, you will see a screen welcoming you to ChromeOS Flex—click Try it first to give the software a spin. You can sign in using your Google account, if you like, or try things out as a guest. If you find everything is working well and you’re happy to completely delete your computer’s drive, it’s time to install.

Installing ChromeOS Flex

As we warned you before: installing ChromeOS Flex will completely delete everything on your computer. Don’t continue unless you’re okay with that. If you are, sign out of your Google account by clicking the clock in the bottom-right corner of your screen. This will take you back to the welcome menu—this time, click Install ChromeOS Flex

When the process is done you can shut down your computer, unplug the USB drive or SD card, and boot directly into ChromeOS. You will need to sign in to your Google account, even if you did while testing things out, as settings don’t carry over from the live version. 

After that, you will have what feels like a brand-new Chromebook, even if the device itself is a decade old. It’s a great way to get more use of a device you’d otherwise give up on. 

The post Revive your old computer by turning it into a Chromebook appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture https://www.popsci.com/diy/tv-cables-guide/ Mon, 30 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=508204
close up to laptop connection sockets
Not all USB-C connectors are made equal. TheRegisti / Unsplash

How to choose the right cables for your TV or monitor

The post What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up to laptop connection sockets
Not all USB-C connectors are made equal. TheRegisti / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Connecting a device such as a laptop or a console to a television or monitor only requires a cable. Unfortunately, sometimes making that link isn’t as straightforward as it should be.

You not only have different connection standards to deal with—all with their own specific port shapes and sizes—but you’ve also got various versions of those standards to consider. Choosing the wrong one can result in a picture that’s not as good as it could be or, in the worst-case scenario, no picture at all.

With a little research, you can ensure you’ve got the right cables connecting your TV or monitor to your favorite devices. As a plus, you’ll also get a better idea of what’s possible from the display tech you’re using.

Check your specs

Connecting a device to a display is a three-part equation: You’ve got the device (i.e. the console or laptop), the display (i.e. the TV or monitor), and the cable that goes between them. To get all the features of a specific connection standard, all three links in this chain have to support it.

Start by looking into the specs of your main device, whether it’s a PlayStation 5 or a Mac Mini. A quick web search or a careful read-through of the bundled instructions should tell you what display standards the hardware is compatible with. This is the first step in knowing which cables to get.

[Related: Best HDMI cables for 2022]

Next, turn your attention to your TV or monitor—you’ll find you have a bit more flexibility here, as perhaps you’ve got several different displays at home you can choose from or you’re already thinking about an upgrade, giving you the opportunity to get one with a certain specification. Look up the model name and number of your display online and you should be able to tell which standards it supports. Most TVs and monitors provide multiple options, and you only need one of them to match up with your primary device.

You’re looking for a matching connection standard, and chances are it’ll be one of the most popular ones such as HDMI, DisplayPort, USB-C, or Thunderbolt. But don’t get it wrong: each of these has a number of nuances and variations you need to know about in more detail to make sure you pick the right cable.

What to know about the HDMI connection standard

Close up to HDMI ports on a tech device
HDMI is one of the most popular video transferring standards, but newer laptops don’t have enough space for it. TheRegisti / Unsplash

High-Definition Multimedia Interface, commonly known as HDMI, has the familiar plug where the top is slightly larger than the bottom. It’s a well-established standard, especially for TVs and set-top boxes, but because the port takes up a lot of space, it’s becoming less common as laptops get thinner and lighter.

The latest version at the time of writing is HDMI 2.1, bringing with it the ability to handle 10K resolution video at 120 frames per second. When you enable HDR (which keeps dark and light parts of the frame well balanced), you’ll be able to get a 4K image at 120 fps or 8K at 60 fps. In total, the newest HDMI version can transmit 48 Gigabits per second to your television or monitor. Compare that to the previous iteration of the standard, HDMI 2.0b, where the Dynamic HDR-enabled resolution immediately drops to a maximum of 4K at 60 fps. 

There are a few other extras in HDMI 2.1 that HDMI 2.0b doesn’t have, such as the Variable Refresh Rate (VRR) used by some PC graphics cards, the PlayStation 5, the Xbox Series X, and the Xbox Series S. With that faster 4K refresh rate and VRR, it’s really gamers who benefit most from the standard.

If your primary device and your TV or monitor both support HDMI 2.1, and you absolutely want those top specs, you need a cable that supports it. Older cables will work, but won’t provide the top resolutions and refresh rates. Look for the HDMI 2.1 and “Ultra High Speed” labels on the packaging, as they indicate support for the full 48 Gbps speeds. If a cable isn’t advertising its HDMI 2.1-ness, it’s probably using an older standard, but if you want to make sure, a quick web search on the cable’s brand and model should tell you for sure.

What to know about the DisplayPort connection standard

close up of a hand holding a regular DisplayPort and a mini DisplayPort cables
There are two kinds of DisplayPorts: regular and mini. ifeelstock / Deposit Photos

DisplayPort isn’t as ubiquitous as HDMI, but it’s still extensively used in the world of Windows and macOS computers. While the standard goes up to version 2.1, at the time of writing it’s highly unlikely you’ll see any device on the market that goes beyond DisplayPort 1.4 or 1.4a, as demand for upgrades is not that high and companies are sticking with older technology. DisplayPort 1.4a supports up to 32.40 Gbps of total bandwidth, and resolutions up to 8K at 60 fps and 4K at 120 fps with HDR enabled.

Fortunately, choosing a DisplayPort cable is pretty straightforward—you just have to look for that 1.4 or 1.4a support on the packaging or the listing. There are some DisplayPort 2.0 cables on the market at the moment, but it’s unlikely you’ll find hardware to plug them into, so there’s no point getting a cable that supports the latest standard unless you want to futureproof it for several years to come.

It is also worth looking for a VESA logo on the packaging, which means the cable has been certified by the Video Electronics Standards Association, the organization that develops the DisplayPort spec. That’s not to say cables without this badge won’t work as well, but it’s another mark of quality that could well help you 

Another point to bear in mind is that USB-C and Thunderbolt ports and cables support DisplayPort technology as well, which is why some specs lists might seem confusing. But this doesn’t really change which types of cables you need to get, as you’re first and foremost looking at the physical connector ports when choosing what to buy.

What to know about the Thunderbolt connection standard

Close up to macbook sockets
You can’t know if a cable or outlet supports Thunderbolt just by looking at them. TheRegisti / Unsplash

Another display standard you’re likely to see in the computing world is Thunderbolt, with the latest version being Thunderbolt 4. It brings with it 40 Gbps of bandwidth and is capable of driving not one but two 4K displays at 60 fps with HDR. This works via a daisy chain system, so you can connect one monitor up to your laptop, for example, and then a second monitor to the first monitor.

Thunderbolt 4 can transmit data and video and uses DisplayPort 2.0 technology for the latter. Physically, it uses a smaller version of the DisplayPort connector or the well-known USB-C standard. This can make things confusing as you won’t be able to tell the difference between Thunderbolt 4 and standard USB-C ports and cables just by looking at them. To make sure what you’re dealing with, you’ll need to carefully check the spec listings on the product for a mention of the Thunderbolt tech. One example is the Apple site for the MacBook Pro, where they list Thunderbolt 4 among the device’s specs.

The same applies when you’re shopping for cables, as you’ll also need to look for that mention of Thunderbolt 4. If you find it, the cable connector will always be USB-C. Your monitor may have a USB-C-shaped Thunderbolt 4 port or a DisplayPort port instead, in which case you can buy a cable with USB-C on one end and DisplayPort on the other.  

What to know about the USB-C connection standard

Close up to USB-C cable
It might be confusing, but USB-C is not a video transferring standard—it’s a connector system. Marcus Urbenz / Unsplash

Many modern laptops only come with USB-C ports now, which means you’ll need a cable that fits accordingly to output video. 

But it’s important that you understand that USB-C is not in itself a video transmission standard like HDMI or DisplayPort, but a connector system—it describes the physical ports and connectors on cables and devices, not their transferring abilities. 

[Related: How to connect a soundbar to a TV: HDMI ARC vs optical]

If you want to output video using USB-C you’ll need to make sure the port and cable are also Alt Mode, meaning they can transfer video on top of all the normal USB jobs, such as charging and transferring data. Depending on the hardware or cable, this connector system is able to support any one of the standards previously mentioned on this list: DisplayPort (up to version 1.4), HDMI (up to version 1.4b), and Thunderbolt (up to version 4). If your device’s USB-C port or cable support video transfer you’ll see one of these standards mentioned (and probably Alt Mode too) when looking at its specs list.

Many monitors now come with USB-C ports as well, but you’ll need to check the display’s specs to see whether it uses DisplayPort, HDMI, or Thunderbolt. It’s the same when choosing cables: Look at the product description to make sure it supports the same video standard as your primary device and monitor. The maximum resolution will depend on the video tech, but you can typically get 4K at 60 fps with HDR.

The versatility of USB-C means you can find USB-C-to-HDMI and USB-C-to-DisplayPort cables as well. These may be a better option for you depending on the monitor or TV you’re using, and the product specs should tell you the resolution and fps you can expect from the cable.

The post What cables to connect to your TVs and monitors for the best picture appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. https://www.popsci.com/diy/icloud-shared-photo-library/ Thu, 26 Jan 2023 13:35:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=507520
screenshot of iOS's new feature Shared Libraries menu
It's never been easier to manage all of those photos from that trip you took with your friends. David Nield

Having iCloud shared photo libraries gives Apple users an easy way to collectively manage numerous pictures and videos.

The post This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
screenshot of iOS's new feature Shared Libraries menu
It's never been easier to manage all of those photos from that trip you took with your friends. David Nield

With the launch of iOS 16.1, Apple introduced a new way to share pics and videos with a small group of people. It’s called iCloud Shared Library and you can use it straight from your iPhone, but it’s also accessible from iPads and Mac computers.

The old way of sharing photos and videos, Shared Albums, hasn’t gone away, but iCloud Shared Library is a more comprehensive option. It’ll give people the ability to not only see an image collection but also curate and edit it. It’s also ideal for when you want to stop bombarding the group chat with an endless string of photos of your toddler. 

Starting an iCloud Shared Photo Library

Before you can use iCloud Shared Photo Library on your iPhone, make sure it’s running iOS 16.1 or later. You should also have iCloud Photos in your Apple account enabled, which you can check on your phone by going to Settings, tapping on your name at the top, and then choosing iCloud and Photos. Once that housekeeping is done, from Settings, tap Photos, choose Shared Library, and Get Started.

The system will then move these photos and videos out of your personal library and into the shared library, so they’ll show up somewhere different in the Photos app. You’ll be able to preview the shared library before continuing, and then you can invite other participants through Messages or via a link you can paste into any app you like.

[Related: The easiest ways to back up iPhone photos without iCloud]

Finally, iOS will ask you if photos and videos you take in the future will go to your shared or personal library by default. You can switch between them on a case-by-case basis inside the camera app by tapping the library button: it’s the icon showing two silhouettes, top right in portrait mode. You can also change the default destination of your images at any time via Photos, Shared Library, and Sharing from Camera in Settings.

Using an iCloud Shared Photo Library

When you’ve set up an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you’ll have that and your existing personal library in the Photos app. To switch between them from the Library view, tap the three dots (top right) then choose Personal Library, Shared Library, or Both Libraries. To make it easier to tell which items are in which library, you can enable the Shared Library Badge option. This will overlay an icon (showing two silhouettes) on images and videos that belong to your shared library.

Every participant in the shared library will have full curation permissions and the same options in their Photos app, allowing them to add and remove items, as well as edit them. The only privileged member of a shared library will be the person who created it in the first place: they’re the only ones who can kick out members or add new ones by going to Photos then Shared Library in their phone’s Settings. From this screen, the administrator can also delete the shared library, and if you’re a guest, you can use this menu to leave.

Shared libraries also show up in the Photos apps on iPadOS and macOS. If you’re on a Mac, launch Photos and you’ll see a drop-down menu at the top, just to the right of the main navigation pane. Click on it to switch between Personal Library, Shared Library, and Both Libraries, and right-click on any image or video to move it between your personal and shared library, and vice versa.

Note that, by default,  the photos and videos inside an iCloud Shared Photo Library will count against the storage quota of the person who created the library, but not of those who’ve been invited to share it. So if you’re expecting to create a large image collection, it’s probably a good idea to have someone paying for extra iCloud storage to host the library.  

How Shared Albums compare

Compared with the Shared Albums feature, an iCloud Shared Photo Library is designed to give fewer people greater access to photos and videos. Think of parents sharing photos of their kids, for example, or a group of friends gathering photos and videos from a shared vacation.

[Related: How to manage the iPhone camera’s AI effects your way]

You can have up to 200 Shared Albums at a time, each one with a maximum of 100 participants who can add photos and videos, but not edit them. Meanwhile, you can only have one iCloud Shared Library at a time, which you can only share with up to six participants, everyone with full control over the collection. Shared libraries are more spacious as well: they can have as many photos and videos as your iCloud storage will allow, whereas shared albums can only include up to 5,000 items.

There’s also the tighter integration shared libraries have with the Camera app on the iPhone—the ability to send photos and videos directly to an iCloud Shared Photo Library is really convenient. But to take full advantage of this feature, your shared library should be a space you’ll be using a lot, rather than a bunch of photos and videos you only check back on occasionally.

The post This new iOS feature lets you share entire image libraries. Here’s how to set it up. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>